This file documents awk, a program that you can use to select particular records in a file and perform operations upon them.
Copyright © 1989, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2007, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This is Edition 3 of GAWK: Effective AWK Programming: A User's Guide for GNU Awk, for the 3.1.7 (or later) version of the GNU implementation of AWK.
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the Invariant Sections being “GNU General Public License”, the Front-Cover texts being (a) (see below), and with the Back-Cover Texts being (b) (see below). A copy of the license is included in the section entitled “GNU Free Documentation License”.
getline
getline with No Arguments
getline into a Variable
getline from a File
getline into a Variable from a File
getline from a Pipe
getline into a Variable from a Pipe
getline from a Coprocess
getline into a Variable from a Coprocess
getline
getline Variants
delete Statement
Arnold Robbins and I are good friends. We were introduced 11 years ago
by circumstances—and our favorite programming language, AWK.
The circumstances started a couple of years
earlier. I was working at a new job and noticed an unplugged
Unix computer sitting in the corner. No one knew how to use it,
and neither did I. However,
a couple of days later it was running, and
I was root and the one-and-only user.
That day, I began the transition from statistician to Unix programmer.
On one of many trips to the library or bookstore in search of books on Unix, I found the gray AWK book, a.k.a. Aho, Kernighan and Weinberger, The AWK Programming Language, Addison-Wesley, 1988. AWK's simple programming paradigm—find a pattern in the input and then perform an action—often reduced complex or tedious data manipulations to few lines of code. I was excited to try my hand at programming in AWK.
Alas, the awk on my computer was a limited version of the
language described in the AWK book. I discovered that my computer
had “old awk” and the AWK book described “new awk.”
I learned that this was typical; the old version refused to step
aside or relinquish its name. If a system had a new awk, it was
invariably called nawk, and few systems had it.
The best way to get a new awk was to ftp the source code for
gawk from prep.ai.mit.edu. gawk was a version of
new awk written by David Trueman and Arnold, and available under
the GNU General Public License.
(Incidentally, it's no longer difficult to find a new awk. gawk ships with Linux, and you can download binaries or source code for almost any system; my wife uses gawk on her VMS box.)
My Unix system started out unplugged from the wall; it certainly was not
plugged into a network. So, oblivious to the existence of gawk
and the Unix community in general, and desiring a new awk, I wrote
my own, called mawk.
Before I was finished I knew about gawk,
but it was too late to stop, so I eventually posted
to a comp.sources newsgroup.
A few days after my posting, I got a friendly email from Arnold introducing himself. He suggested we share design and algorithms and attached a draft of the POSIX standard so that I could update mawk to support language extensions added after publication of the AWK book.
Frankly, if our roles had been reversed, I would not have been so open and we probably would have never met. I'm glad we did meet. He is an AWK expert's AWK expert and a genuinely nice person. Arnold contributes significant amounts of his expertise and time to the Free Software Foundation.
This book is the gawk reference manual, but at its core it is a book about AWK programming that will appeal to a wide audience. It is a definitive reference to the AWK language as defined by the 1987 Bell Labs release and codified in the 1992 POSIX Utilities standard.
On the other hand, the novice AWK programmer can study a wealth of practical programs that emphasize the power of AWK's basic idioms: data driven control-flow, pattern matching with regular expressions, and associative arrays. Those looking for something new can try out gawk's interface to network protocols via special /inet files.
The programs in this book make clear that an AWK program is typically much smaller and faster to develop than a counterpart written in C. Consequently, there is often a payoff to prototype an algorithm or design in AWK to get it running quickly and expose problems early. Often, the interpreted performance is adequate and the AWK prototype becomes the product.
The new pgawk (profiling gawk), produces program execution counts. I recently experimented with an algorithm that for n lines of input, exhibited ~ C n^2 performance, while theory predicted ~ C n log n behavior. A few minutes poring over the awkprof.out profile pinpointed the problem to a single line of code. pgawk is a welcome addition to my programmer's toolbox.
Arnold has distilled over a decade of experience writing and using AWK programs, and developing gawk, into this book. If you use AWK or want to learn how, then read this book.
Michael Brennan
Author of mawk
Several kinds of tasks occur repeatedly when working with text files. You might want to extract certain lines and discard the rest. Or you may need to make changes wherever certain patterns appear, but leave the rest of the file alone. Writing single-use programs for these tasks in languages such as C, C++, or Pascal is time-consuming and inconvenient. Such jobs are often easier with awk. The awk utility interprets a special-purpose programming language that makes it easy to handle simple data-reformatting jobs.
The GNU implementation of awk is called gawk; it is fully compatible with the System V Release 4 version of awk. gawk is also compatible with the POSIX specification of the awk language. This means that all properly written awk programs should work with gawk. Thus, we usually don't distinguish between gawk and other awk implementations.
In addition, gawk provides facilities that make it easy to:
This Web page teaches you about the awk language and how you can use it effectively. You should already be familiar with basic system commands, such as cat and ls,1 as well as basic shell facilities, such as input/output (I/O) redirection and pipes.
Implementations of the awk language are available for many different computing environments. This Web page, while describing the awk language in general, also describes the particular implementation of awk called gawk (which stands for “GNU awk”). gawk runs on a broad range of Unix systems, ranging from 80386 PC-based computers up through large-scale systems, such as Crays. gawk has also been ported to Mac OS X, MS-DOS, Microsoft Windows (all versions) and OS/2 PCs, Atari and Amiga microcomputers, BeOS, Tandem D20, and VMS.
1 part egrep | 1 part snobol
| |
2 parts ed | 3 parts C
|
Blend all parts well usinglexandyacc. Document minimally and release.After eight years, add another part
egrepand two more parts C. Document very well and release.
The name awk comes from the initials of its designers: Alfred V. Aho, Peter J. Weinberger and Brian W. Kernighan. The original version of awk was written in 1977 at AT&T Bell Laboratories. In 1985, a new version made the programming language more powerful, introducing user-defined functions, multiple input streams, and computed regular expressions. This new version became widely available with Unix System V Release 3.1 (SVR3.1). The version in SVR4 added some new features and cleaned up the behavior in some of the “dark corners” of the language. The specification for awk in the POSIX Command Language and Utilities standard further clarified the language. Both the gawk designers and the original Bell Laboratories awk designers provided feedback for the POSIX specification.
Paul Rubin wrote the GNU implementation, gawk, in 1986. Jay Fenlason completed it, with advice from Richard Stallman. John Woods contributed parts of the code as well. In 1988 and 1989, David Trueman, with help from me, thoroughly reworked gawk for compatibility with the newer awk. Circa 1995, I became the primary maintainer. Current development focuses on bug fixes, performance improvements, standards compliance, and occasionally, new features.
In May of 1997, Jürgen Kahrs felt the need for network access from awk, and with a little help from me, set about adding features to do this for gawk. At that time, he also wrote the bulk of TCP/IP Internetworking with gawk (a separate document, available as part of the gawk distribution). His code finally became part of the main gawk distribution with gawk version 3.1.
See Contributors, for a complete list of those who made important contributions to gawk.
The awk language has evolved over the years. Full details are provided in Language History. The language described in this Web page is often referred to as “new awk” (nawk).
Because of this, many systems have multiple versions of awk. Some systems have an awk utility that implements the original version of the awk language and a nawk utility for the new version. Others have an oawk version for the “old awk” language and plain awk for the new one. Still others only have one version, which is usually the new one.2
All in all, this makes it difficult for you to know which version of awk you should run when writing your programs. The best advice I can give here is to check your local documentation. Look for awk, oawk, and nawk, as well as for gawk. It is likely that you already have some version of new awk on your system, which is what you should use when running your programs. (Of course, if you're reading this Web page, chances are good that you have gawk!)
Throughout this Web page, whenever we refer to a language feature that should be available in any complete implementation of POSIX awk, we simply use the term awk. When referring to a feature that is specific to the GNU implementation, we use the term gawk.
The term awk refers to a particular program as well as to the language you use to tell this program what to do. When we need to be careful, we call the language “the awk language,” and the program “the awk utility.” This Web page explains both the awk language and how to run the awk utility. The term awk program refers to a program written by you in the awk programming language.
Primarily, this Web page explains the features of awk, as defined in the POSIX standard. It does so in the context of the gawk implementation. While doing so, it also attempts to describe important differences between gawk and other awk implementations.3 Finally, any gawk features that are not in the POSIX standard for awk are noted.
This Web page has the difficult task of being both a tutorial and a reference. If you are a novice, feel free to skip over details that seem too complex. You should also ignore the many cross-references; they are for the expert user and for the online Info version of the document.
There are subsections labelled as Advanced Notes scattered throughout the Web page. They add a more complete explanation of points that are relevant, but not likely to be of interest on first reading. All appear in the index, under the heading “advanced features.”
Most of the time, the examples use complete awk programs. In some of the more advanced sections, only the part of the awk program that illustrates the concept currently being described is shown.
While this Web page is aimed principally at people who have not been exposed to awk, there is a lot of information here that even the awk expert should find useful. In particular, the description of POSIX awk and the example programs in Library Functions, and in Sample Programs, should be of interest.
Getting Started, provides the essentials you need to know to begin using awk.
Regexp, introduces regular expressions in general, and in particular the flavors supported by POSIX awk and gawk.
Reading Files,
describes how awk reads your data.
It introduces the concepts of records and fields, as well
as the getline command.
I/O redirection is first described here.
Printing,
describes how awk programs can produce output with
print and printf.
Expressions, describes expressions, which are the basic building blocks for getting most things done in a program.
Patterns and Actions, describes how to write patterns for matching records, actions for doing something when a record is matched, and the built-in variables awk and gawk use.
Arrays, covers awk's one-and-only data structure: associative arrays. Deleting array elements and whole arrays is also described, as well as sorting arrays in gawk.
Functions, describes the built-in functions awk and gawk provide, as well as how to define your own functions.
Internationalization, describes special features in gawk for translating program messages into different languages at runtime.
Advanced Features, describes a number of gawk-specific advanced features. Of particular note are the abilities to have two-way communications with another process, perform TCP/IP networking, and profile your awk programs.
Invoking Gawk, describes how to run gawk, the meaning of its command-line options, and how it finds awk program source files.
Library Functions, and Sample Programs, provide many sample awk programs. Reading them allows you to see awk solving real problems.
Language History, describes how the awk language has evolved since first release to present. It also describes how gawk has acquired features over time.
Installation, describes how to get gawk, how to compile it under Unix, and how to compile and use it on different non-Unix systems. It also describes how to report bugs in gawk and where to get three other freely available implementations of awk.
Notes, describes how to disable gawk's extensions, as well as how to contribute new code to gawk, how to write extension libraries, and some possible future directions for gawk development.
Basic Concepts, provides some very cursory background material for those who are completely unfamiliar with computer programming. Also centralized there is a discussion of some of the issues surrounding floating-point numbers.
The Glossary, defines most, if not all, the significant terms used throughout the book. If you find terms that you aren't familiar with, try looking them up here.
Copying, and GNU Free Documentation License, present the licenses that cover the gawk source code and this Web page, respectively.
This Web page is written using Texinfo, the GNU documentation formatting language. A single Texinfo source file is used to produce both the printed and online versions of the documentation. Because of this, the typographical conventions are slightly different than in other books you may have read.
Examples you would type at the command-line are preceded by the common shell primary and secondary prompts, ‘$’ and ‘>’. Output from the command is preceded by the glyph “-|”. This typically represents the command's standard output. Error messages, and other output on the command's standard error, are preceded by the glyph “error-->”. For example:
$ echo hi on stdout
-| hi on stdout
$ echo hello on stderr 1>&2
error--> hello on stderr
In the text, command names appear in this font, while code segments
appear in the same font and quoted, ‘like this’. Some things are
emphasized like this, and if a point needs to be made
strongly, it is done like this. The first occurrence of
a new term is usually its definition and appears in the same
font as the previous occurrence of “definition” in this sentence.
file names are indicated like this: /path/to/ourfile.
Characters that you type at the keyboard look like this. In particular, there are special characters called “control characters.” These are characters that you type by holding down both the CONTROL key and another key, at the same time. For example, a Ctrl-d is typed by first pressing and holding the CONTROL key, next pressing the d key and finally releasing both keys.
Dark corners are basically fractal — no matter how much you illuminate, there's always a smaller but darker one.
Brian Kernighan
Until the POSIX standard (and The Gawk Manual), many features of awk were either poorly documented or not documented at all. Descriptions of such features (often called “dark corners”) are noted in this Web page with “(d.c.)”. They also appear in the index under the heading “dark corner.”
As noted by the opening quote, though, any coverage of dark corners is, by definition, something that is incomplete.
The Free Software Foundation (FSF) is a nonprofit organization dedicated to the production and distribution of freely distributable software. It was founded by Richard M. Stallman, the author of the original Emacs editor. GNU Emacs is the most widely used version of Emacs today.
The GNU4 Project is an ongoing effort on the part of the Free Software Foundation to create a complete, freely distributable, POSIX-compliant computing environment. The FSF uses the “GNU General Public License” (GPL) to ensure that their software's source code is always available to the end user. A copy of the GPL is included in this Web page for your reference (see Copying). The GPL applies to the C language source code for gawk. To find out more about the FSF and the GNU Project online, see the GNU Project's home page. This Web page may also be read from their web site.
A shell, an editor (Emacs), highly portable optimizing C, C++, and Objective-C compilers, a symbolic debugger and dozens of large and small utilities (such as gawk), have all been completed and are freely available. The GNU operating system kernel (the HURD), has been released but is still in an early stage of development.
Until the GNU operating system is more fully developed, you should consider using GNU/Linux, a freely distributable, Unix-like operating system for Intel 80386, DEC Alpha, Sun SPARC, IBM S/390, and other systems.5 There are many books on GNU/Linux. One that is freely available is Linux Installation and Getting Started, by Matt Welsh. Many GNU/Linux distributions are often available in computer stores or bundled on CD-ROMs with books about Linux. (There are three other freely available, Unix-like operating systems for 80386 and other systems: NetBSD, FreeBSD, and OpenBSD. All are based on the 4.4-Lite Berkeley Software Distribution, and they use recent versions of gawk for their versions of awk.)
The Web page you are reading is actually free—at least, the information in it is free to anyone. The machine-readable source code for the Web page comes with gawk; anyone may take this Web page to a copying machine and make as many copies as they like. (Take a moment to check the Free Documentation License in GNU Free Documentation License.)
Although you could just print it out yourself, bound books are much easier to read and use. Furthermore, the proceeds from sales of this book go back to the FSF to help fund development of more free software.
The Web page itself has gone through a number of previous editions. Paul Rubin wrote the very first draft of The GAWK Manual; it was around 40 pages in size. Diane Close and Richard Stallman improved it, yielding a version that was around 90 pages long and barely described the original, “old” version of awk.
I started working with that version in the fall of 1988. As work on it progressed, the FSF published several preliminary versions (numbered 0.x). In 1996, Edition 1.0 was released with gawk 3.0.0. The FSF published the first two editions under the title The GNU Awk User's Guide.
This edition maintains the basic structure of Edition 1.0, but with significant additional material, reflecting the host of new features in gawk version 3.1. Of particular note is Array Sorting, as well as Bitwise Functions, Internationalization, and also Advanced Features, and Dynamic Extensions.
GAWK: Effective AWK Programming will undoubtedly continue to evolve. An electronic version comes with the gawk distribution from the FSF. If you find an error in this Web page, please report it! See Bugs, for information on submitting problem reports electronically, or write to me in care of the publisher.
As the maintainer of GNU awk, I once thought that I would be able to manage a collection of publicly available awk programs and I even solicited contributions. Making things available on the Internet helps keep the gawk distribution down to manageable size.
The initial collection of material, such as it is, is still available
at ftp://ftp.freefriends.org/arnold/Awkstuff. In the hopes of
doing something more broad, I acquired the awk.info domain.
However, I found that I could not dedicate enough time to managing contributed code: the archive did not grow and the domain went unused for several years.
Fortunately, late in 2008, a volunteer took on the task of setting up an awk-related web site http://awk.info and did a very nice job.
If you have written an interesting awk program, or have written a gawk extension that you would like to share with the rest of the world, please see http://awk.info/?contribute for how to contribute it to the web site.
The initial draft of The GAWK Manual had the following acknowledgments:
Many people need to be thanked for their assistance in producing this manual. Jay Fenlason contributed many ideas and sample programs. Richard Mlynarik and Robert Chassell gave helpful comments on drafts of this manual. The paper A Supplemental Document for awk by John W. Pierce of the Chemistry Department at UC San Diego, pinpointed several issues relevant both to awk implementation and to this manual, that would otherwise have escaped us.
I would like to acknowledge Richard M. Stallman, for his vision of a better world and for his courage in founding the FSF and starting the GNU Project.
The following people (in alphabetical order) provided helpful comments on various versions of this book, up to and including this edition. Rick Adams, Nelson H.F. Beebe, Karl Berry, Dr. Michael Brennan, Rich Burridge, Claire Cloutier, Diane Close, Scott Deifik, Christopher (“Topher”) Eliot, Jeffrey Friedl, Dr. Darrel Hankerson, Michal Jaegermann, Dr. Richard J. LeBlanc, Michael Lijewski, Pat Rankin, Miriam Robbins, Mary Sheehan, and Chuck Toporek.
Robert J. Chassell provided much valuable advice on the use of Texinfo. He also deserves special thanks for convincing me not to title this Web page How To Gawk Politely. Karl Berry helped significantly with the TeX part of Texinfo.
I would like to thank Marshall and Elaine Hartholz of Seattle and Dr. Bert and Rita Schreiber of Detroit for large amounts of quiet vacation time in their homes, which allowed me to make significant progress on this Web page and on gawk itself.
Phil Hughes of SSC contributed in a very important way by loaning me his laptop GNU/Linux system, not once, but twice, which allowed me to do a lot of work while away from home.
David Trueman deserves special credit; he has done a yeoman job of evolving gawk so that it performs well and without bugs. Although he is no longer involved with gawk, working with him on this project was a significant pleasure.
The intrepid members of the GNITS mailing list, and most notably Ulrich Drepper, provided invaluable help and feedback for the design of the internationalization features.
Nelson Beebe, Martin Brown, Andreas Buening, Scott Deifik, Darrel Hankerson, Michal Jaegermann, Jürgen Kahrs, Pat Rankin, Kai Uwe Rommel, and Eli Zaretskii (in alphabetical order) make up the gawk “crack portability team.” Without their hard work and help, gawk would not be nearly the fine program it is today. It has been and continues to be a pleasure working with this team of fine people.
David and I would like to thank Brian Kernighan of Bell Laboratories for invaluable assistance during the testing and debugging of gawk, and for help in clarifying numerous points about the language. We could not have done nearly as good a job on either gawk or its documentation without his help.
Chuck Toporek, Mary Sheehan, and Claire Coutier of O'Reilly & Associates contributed significant editorial help for this Web page for the 3.1 release of gawk.
I must thank my wonderful wife, Miriam, for her patience through the many versions of this project, for her proofreading, and for sharing me with the computer. I would like to thank my parents for their love, and for the grace with which they raised and educated me. Finally, I also must acknowledge my gratitude to G-d, for the many opportunities He has sent my way, as well as for the gifts He has given me with which to take advantage of those opportunities.
Arnold Robbins
The basic function of awk is to search files for lines (or other units of text) that contain certain patterns. When a line matches one of the patterns, awk performs specified actions on that line. awk keeps processing input lines in this way until it reaches the end of the input files.
Programs in awk are different from programs in most other languages, because awk programs are data-driven; that is, you describe the data you want to work with and then what to do when you find it. Most other languages are procedural; you have to describe, in great detail, every step the program is to take. When working with procedural languages, it is usually much harder to clearly describe the data your program will process. For this reason, awk programs are often refreshingly easy to read and write.
When you run awk, you specify an awk program that tells awk what to do. The program consists of a series of rules. (It may also contain function definitions, an advanced feature that we will ignore for now. See User-defined.) Each rule specifies one pattern to search for and one action to perform upon finding the pattern.
Syntactically, a rule consists of a pattern followed by an action. The action is enclosed in curly braces to separate it from the pattern. Newlines usually separate rules. Therefore, an awk program looks like this:
pattern { action }
pattern { action }
...
There are several ways to run an awk program. If the program is short, it is easiest to include it in the command that runs awk, like this:
awk 'program' input-file1 input-file2 ...
When the program is long, it is usually more convenient to put it in a file and run it with a command like this:
awk -f program-file input-file1 input-file2 ...
This section discusses both mechanisms, along with several variations of each.
Once you are familiar with awk, you will often type in simple programs the moment you want to use them. Then you can write the program as the first argument of the awk command, like this:
awk 'program' input-file1 input-file2 ...
where program consists of a series of patterns and actions, as described earlier.
This command format instructs the shell, or command interpreter, to start awk and use the program to process records in the input file(s). There are single quotes around program so the shell won't interpret any awk characters as special shell characters. The quotes also cause the shell to treat all of program as a single argument for awk, and allow program to be more than one line long.
This format is also useful for running short or medium-sized awk programs from shell scripts, because it avoids the need for a separate file for the awk program. A self-contained shell script is more reliable because there are no other files to misplace.
Very Simple, later in this chapter, presents several short, self-contained programs.
You can also run awk without any input files. If you type the following command line:
awk 'program'
awk applies the program to the standard input, which usually means whatever you type on the terminal. This continues until you indicate end-of-file by typing Ctrl-d. (On other operating systems, the end-of-file character may be different. For example, on OS/2 and MS-DOS, it is Ctrl-z.)
As an example, the following program prints a friendly piece of advice
(from Douglas Adams's The Hitchhiker's Guide to the Galaxy),
to keep you from worrying about the complexities of computer programming
(BEGIN is a feature we haven't discussed yet):
$ awk "BEGIN { print \"Don't Panic!\" }"
-| Don't Panic!
This program does not read any input. The ‘\’ before each of the inner double quotes is necessary because of the shell's quoting rules—in particular because it mixes both single quotes and double quotes.6
This next simple awk program emulates the cat utility; it copies whatever you type on the keyboard to its standard output (why this works is explained shortly).
$ awk '{ print }'
Now is the time for all good men
-| Now is the time for all good men
to come to the aid of their country.
-| to come to the aid of their country.
Four score and seven years ago, ...
-| Four score and seven years ago, ...
What, me worry?
-| What, me worry?
Ctrl-d
Sometimes your awk programs can be very long. In this case, it is more convenient to put the program into a separate file. In order to tell awk to use that file for its program, you type:
awk -f source-file input-file1 input-file2 ...
The -f instructs the awk utility to get the awk program from the file source-file. Any file name can be used for source-file. For example, you could put the program:
BEGIN { print "Don't Panic!" }
into the file advice. Then this command:
awk -f advice
does the same thing as this one:
awk "BEGIN { print \"Don't Panic!\" }"
This was explained earlier (see Read Terminal). Note that you don't usually need single quotes around the file name that you specify with -f, because most file names don't contain any of the shell's special characters. Notice that in advice, the awk program did not have single quotes around it. The quotes are only needed for programs that are provided on the awk command line.
If you want to identify your awk program files clearly as such, you can add the extension .awk to the file name. This doesn't affect the execution of the awk program but it does make “housekeeping” easier.
Once you have learned awk, you may want to write self-contained awk scripts, using the ‘#!’ script mechanism. You can do this on many Unix systems7 as well as on the GNU system. For example, you could update the file advice to look like this:
#! /bin/awk -f
BEGIN { print "Don't Panic!" }
After making this file executable (with the chmod utility), simply type ‘advice’ at the shell and the system arranges to run awk8 as if you had typed ‘awk -f advice’:
$ chmod +x advice
$ advice
-| Don't Panic!
(We assume you have the current directory in your shell's search
path variable (typically $PATH). If not, you may need
to type ‘./advice’ at the shell.)
Self-contained awk scripts are useful when you want to write a program that users can invoke without their having to know that the program is written in awk.
Some systems limit the length of the interpreter name to 32 characters. Often, this can be dealt with by using a symbolic link.
You should not put more than one argument on the ‘#!’ line after the path to awk. It does not work. The operating system treats the rest of the line as a single argument and passes it to awk. Doing this leads to confusing behavior—most likely a usage diagnostic of some sort from awk.
Finally,
the value of ARGV[0]
(see Built-in Variables)
varies depending upon your operating system.
Some systems put ‘awk’ there, some put the full pathname
of awk (such as /bin/awk), and some put the name
of your script (‘advice’). Don't rely on the value of ARGV[0]
to provide your script name.
A comment is some text that is included in a program for the sake of human readers; it is not really an executable part of the program. Comments can explain what the program does and how it works. Nearly all programming languages have provisions for comments, as programs are typically hard to understand without them.
In the awk language, a comment starts with the sharp sign character (‘#’) and continues to the end of the line. The ‘#’ does not have to be the first character on the line. The awk language ignores the rest of a line following a sharp sign. For example, we could have put the following into advice:
# This program prints a nice friendly message. It helps
# keep novice users from being afraid of the computer.
BEGIN { print "Don't Panic!" }
You can put comment lines into keyboard-composed throwaway awk programs, but this usually isn't very useful; the purpose of a comment is to help you or another person understand the program when reading it at a later time.
Caution: As mentioned in One-shot, you can enclose small to medium programs in single quotes, in order to keep your shell scripts self-contained. When doing so, don't put an apostrophe (i.e., a single quote) into a comment (or anywhere else in your program). The shell interprets the quote as the closing quote for the entire program. As a result, usually the shell prints a message about mismatched quotes, and if awk actually runs, it will probably print strange messages about syntax errors. For example, look at the following:
$ awk '{ print "hello" } # let's be cute'
>
The shell sees that the first two quotes match, and that a new quoted object begins at the end of the command line. It therefore prompts with the secondary prompt, waiting for more input. With Unix awk, closing the quoted string produces this result:
$ awk '{ print "hello" } # let's be cute'
> '
error--> awk: can't open file be
error--> source line number 1
Putting a backslash before the single quote in ‘let's’ wouldn't help, since backslashes are not special inside single quotes. The next subsection describes the shell's quoting rules.
For short to medium length awk programs, it is most convenient to enter the program on the awk command line. This is best done by enclosing the entire program in single quotes. This is true whether you are entering the program interactively at the shell prompt, or writing it as part of a larger shell script:
awk 'program text' input-file1 input-file2 ...
Once you are working with the shell, it is helpful to have a basic knowledge of shell quoting rules. The following rules apply only to POSIX-compliant, Bourne-style shells (such as bash, the GNU Bourne-Again Shell). If you use csh, you're on your own.
Since certain characters within double-quoted text are processed by the shell, they must be escaped within the text. Of note are the characters ‘$’, ‘`’, ‘\’, and ‘"’, all of which must be preceded by a backslash within double-quoted text if they are to be passed on literally to the program. (The leading backslash is stripped first.) Thus, the example seen previously in Read Terminal, is applicable:
$ awk "BEGIN { print \"Don't Panic!\" }"
-| Don't Panic!
Note that the single quote is not special within double quotes.
FS should
be set to the null string, use:
awk -F "" 'program' files # correct
awk -F"" 'program' files # wrong!
In the second case, awk will attempt to use the text of the program
as the value of FS, and the first file name as the text of the program!
This results in syntax errors at best, and confusing behavior at worst.
Mixing single and double quotes is difficult. You have to resort to shell quoting tricks, like this:
$ awk 'BEGIN { print "Here is a single quote <'"'"'>" }'
-| Here is a single quote <'>
This program consists of three concatenated quoted strings. The first and the third are single-quoted, the second is double-quoted.
This can be “simplified” to:
$ awk 'BEGIN { print "Here is a single quote <'\''>" }'
-| Here is a single quote <'>
Judge for yourself which of these two is the more readable.
Another option is to use double quotes, escaping the embedded, awk-level double quotes:
$ awk "BEGIN { print \"Here is a single quote <'>\" }"
-| Here is a single quote <'>
This option is also painful, because double quotes, backslashes, and dollar signs are very common in awk programs.
A third option is to use the octal escape sequence equivalents for the single- and double-quote characters, like so:
$ awk 'BEGIN { print "Here is a single quote <\47>" }'
-| Here is a single quote <'>
$ awk 'BEGIN { print "Here is a double quote <\42>" }'
-| Here is a double quote <">
This works nicely, except that you should comment clearly what the escapes mean.
A fourth option is to use command-line variable assignment, like this:
$ awk -v sq="'" 'BEGIN { print "Here is a single quote <" sq ">" }'
-| Here is a single quote <'>
If you really need both single and double quotes in your awk program, it is probably best to move it into a separate file, where the shell won't be part of the picture, and you can say what you mean.
Although this Web page generally only worries about POSIX systems and the POSIX shell, the following issue arises often enough for many users that it is worth addressing.
Systems providing an MS-DOS compatible “shell” use the double-quote character for quoting, and make it difficult or impossible to include an escaped double-quote character in a command-line script. The following example, courtesy of Jeroen Brink, shows how to print all lines in a file surrounded by double quotes:
gawk "{ print \"\042\" $0 \"\042\" }" file
Many of the examples in this Web page take their input from two sample data files. The first, BBS-list, represents a list of computer bulletin board systems together with information about those systems. The second data file, called inventory-shipped, contains information about monthly shipments. In both files, each line is considered to be one record.
In the data file BBS-list, each record contains the name of a computer bulletin board, its phone number, the board's baud rate(s), and a code for the number of hours it is operational. An ‘A’ in the last column means the board operates 24 hours a day. A ‘B’ in the last column means the board only operates on evening and weekend hours. A ‘C’ means the board operates only on weekends:
aardvark 555-5553 1200/300 B
alpo-net 555-3412 2400/1200/300 A
barfly 555-7685 1200/300 A
bites 555-1675 2400/1200/300 A
camelot 555-0542 300 C
core 555-2912 1200/300 C
fooey 555-1234 2400/1200/300 B
foot 555-6699 1200/300 B
macfoo 555-6480 1200/300 A
sdace 555-3430 2400/1200/300 A
sabafoo 555-2127 1200/300 C
The data file inventory-shipped represents information about shipments during the year. Each record contains the month, the number of green crates shipped, the number of red boxes shipped, the number of orange bags shipped, and the number of blue packages shipped, respectively. There are 16 entries, covering the 12 months of last year and the first four months of the current year.
Jan 13 25 15 115
Feb 15 32 24 226
Mar 15 24 34 228
Apr 31 52 63 420
May 16 34 29 208
Jun 31 42 75 492
Jul 24 34 67 436
Aug 15 34 47 316
Sep 13 55 37 277
Oct 29 54 68 525
Nov 20 87 82 577
Dec 17 35 61 401
Jan 21 36 64 620
Feb 26 58 80 652
Mar 24 75 70 495
Apr 21 70 74 514
The following command runs a simple awk program that searches the input file BBS-list for the character string ‘foo’ (a grouping of characters is usually called a string; the term string is based on similar usage in English, such as “a string of pearls,” or “a string of cars in a train”):
awk '/foo/ { print $0 }' BBS-list
When lines containing ‘foo’ are found, they are printed because ‘print $0’ means print the current line. (Just ‘print’ by itself means the same thing, so we could have written that instead.)
You will notice that slashes (‘/’) surround the string ‘foo’ in the awk program. The slashes indicate that ‘foo’ is the pattern to search for. This type of pattern is called a regular expression, which is covered in more detail later (see Regexp). The pattern is allowed to match parts of words. There are single quotes around the awk program so that the shell won't interpret any of it as special shell characters.
Here is what this program prints:
$ awk '/foo/ { print $0 }' BBS-list
-| fooey 555-1234 2400/1200/300 B
-| foot 555-6699 1200/300 B
-| macfoo 555-6480 1200/300 A
-| sabafoo 555-2127 1200/300 C
In an awk rule, either the pattern or the action can be omitted, but not both. If the pattern is omitted, then the action is performed for every input line. If the action is omitted, the default action is to print all lines that match the pattern.
Thus, we could leave out the action (the print statement and the curly
braces) in the previous example and the result would be the same: all
lines matching the pattern ‘foo’ are printed. By comparison,
omitting the print statement but retaining the curly braces makes an
empty action that does nothing (i.e., no lines are printed).
Many practical awk programs are just a line or two. Following is a collection of useful, short programs to get you started. Some of these programs contain constructs that haven't been covered yet. (The description of the program will give you a good idea of what is going on, but please read the rest of the Web page to become an awk expert!) Most of the examples use a data file named data. This is just a placeholder; if you use these programs yourself, substitute your own file names for data. For future reference, note that there is often more than one way to do things in awk. At some point, you may want to look back at these examples and see if you can come up with different ways to do the same things shown here:
awk '{ if (length($0) > max) max = length($0) }
END { print max }' data
awk 'length($0) > 80' data
The sole rule has a relational expression as its pattern and it has no action—so the default action, printing the record, is used.
expand data | awk '{ if (x < length()) x = length() }
END { print "maximum line length is " x }'
The input is processed by the expand utility to change TABs into spaces, so the widths compared are actually the right-margin columns.
awk 'NF > 0' data
This is an easy way to delete blank lines from a file (or rather, to create a new file similar to the old file but from which the blank lines have been removed).
awk 'BEGIN { for (i = 1; i <= 7; i++)
print int(101 * rand()) }'
ls -l files | awk '{ x += $5 }
END { print "total bytes: " x }'
ls -l files | awk '{ x += $5 }
END { print "total K-bytes: " (x + 1023)/1024 }'
awk -F: '{ print $1 }' /etc/passwd | sort
awk 'END { print NR }' data
awk 'NR % 2 == 0' data
If you use the expression ‘NR % 2 == 1’ instead, the program would print the odd-numbered lines.
The awk utility reads the input files one line at a time. For each line, awk tries the patterns of each of the rules. If several patterns match, then several actions are run in the order in which they appear in the awk program. If no patterns match, then no actions are run.
After processing all the rules that match the line (and perhaps there are none), awk reads the next line. (However, see Next Statement, and also see Nextfile Statement). This continues until the program reaches the end of the file. For example, the following awk program contains two rules:
/12/ { print $0 }
/21/ { print $0 }
The first rule has the string ‘12’ as the pattern and ‘print $0’ as the action. The second rule has the string ‘21’ as the pattern and also has ‘print $0’ as the action. Each rule's action is enclosed in its own pair of braces.
This program prints every line that contains the string ‘12’ or the string ‘21’. If a line contains both strings, it is printed twice, once by each rule.
This is what happens if we run this program on our two sample data files, BBS-list and inventory-shipped:
$ awk '/12/ { print $0 }
> /21/ { print $0 }' BBS-list inventory-shipped
-| aardvark 555-5553 1200/300 B
-| alpo-net 555-3412 2400/1200/300 A
-| barfly 555-7685 1200/300 A
-| bites 555-1675 2400/1200/300 A
-| core 555-2912 1200/300 C
-| fooey 555-1234 2400/1200/300 B
-| foot 555-6699 1200/300 B
-| macfoo 555-6480 1200/300 A
-| sdace 555-3430 2400/1200/300 A
-| sabafoo 555-2127 1200/300 C
-| sabafoo 555-2127 1200/300 C
-| Jan 21 36 64 620
-| Apr 21 70 74 514
Note how the line beginning with ‘sabafoo’ in BBS-list was printed twice, once for each rule.
Now that we've mastered some simple tasks, let's look at what typical awk programs do. This example shows how awk can be used to summarize, select, and rearrange the output of another utility. It uses features that haven't been covered yet, so don't worry if you don't understand all the details:
ls -l | awk '$6 == "Nov" { sum += $5 }
END { print sum }'
This command prints the total number of bytes in all the files in the current directory that were last modified in November (of any year). 9 The ‘ls -l’ part of this example is a system command that gives you a listing of the files in a directory, including each file's size and the date the file was last modified. Its output looks like this:
-rw-r--r-- 1 arnold user 1933 Nov 7 13:05 Makefile
-rw-r--r-- 1 arnold user 10809 Nov 7 13:03 awk.h
-rw-r--r-- 1 arnold user 983 Apr 13 12:14 awk.tab.h
-rw-r--r-- 1 arnold user 31869 Jun 15 12:20 awkgram.y
-rw-r--r-- 1 arnold user 22414 Nov 7 13:03 awk1.c
-rw-r--r-- 1 arnold user 37455 Nov 7 13:03 awk2.c
-rw-r--r-- 1 arnold user 27511 Dec 9 13:07 awk3.c
-rw-r--r-- 1 arnold user 7989 Nov 7 13:03 awk4.c
The first field contains read-write permissions, the second field contains the number of links to the file, and the third field identifies the owner of the file. The fourth field identifies the group of the file. The fifth field contains the size of the file in bytes. The sixth, seventh, and eighth fields contain the month, day, and time, respectively, that the file was last modified. Finally, the ninth field contains the name of the file.10
The ‘$6 == "Nov"’ in our awk program is an expression that
tests whether the sixth field of the output from ‘ls -l’
matches the string ‘Nov’. Each time a line has the string
‘Nov’ for its sixth field, the action ‘sum += $5’ is
performed. This adds the fifth field (the file's size) to the variable
sum. As a result, when awk has finished reading all the
input lines, sum is the total of the sizes of the files whose
lines matched the pattern. (This works because awk variables
are automatically initialized to zero.)
After the last line of output from ls has been processed, the
END rule executes and prints the value of sum.
In this example, the value of sum is 80600.
These more advanced awk techniques are covered in later sections
(see Action Overview). Before you can move on to more
advanced awk programming, you have to know how awk interprets
your input and displays your output. By manipulating fields and using
print statements, you can produce some very useful and
impressive-looking reports.
Most often, each line in an awk program is a separate statement or separate rule, like this:
awk '/12/ { print $0 }
/21/ { print $0 }' BBS-list inventory-shipped
However, gawk ignores newlines after any of the following symbols and keywords:
, { ? : || && do else
A newline at any other point is considered the end of the statement.11
If you would like to split a single statement into two lines at a point where a newline would terminate it, you can continue it by ending the first line with a backslash character (‘\’). The backslash must be the final character on the line in order to be recognized as a continuation character. A backslash is allowed anywhere in the statement, even in the middle of a string or regular expression. For example:
awk '/This regular expression is too long, so continue it\
on the next line/ { print $1 }'
We have generally not used backslash continuation in the sample programs in this Web page. In gawk, there is no limit on the length of a line, so backslash continuation is never strictly necessary; it just makes programs more readable. For this same reason, as well as for clarity, we have kept most statements short in the sample programs presented throughout the Web page. Backslash continuation is most useful when your awk program is in a separate source file instead of entered from the command line. You should also note that many awk implementations are more particular about where you may use backslash continuation. For example, they may not allow you to split a string constant using backslash continuation. Thus, for maximum portability of your awk programs, it is best not to split your lines in the middle of a regular expression or a string.
Caution: Backslash continuation does not work as described with the C shell. It works for awk programs in files and for one-shot programs, provided you are using a POSIX-compliant shell, such as the Unix Bourne shell or bash. But the C shell behaves differently! There, you must use two backslashes in a row, followed by a newline. Note also that when using the C shell, every newline in your awk program must be escaped with a backslash. To illustrate:
% awk 'BEGIN { \
? print \\
? "hello, world" \
? }'
-| hello, world
Here, the ‘%’ and ‘?’ are the C shell's primary and secondary prompts, analogous to the standard shell's ‘$’ and ‘>’.
Compare the previous example to how it is done with a POSIX-compliant shell:
$ awk 'BEGIN {
> print \
> "hello, world"
> }'
-| hello, world
awk is a line-oriented language. Each rule's action has to begin on the same line as the pattern. To have the pattern and action on separate lines, you must use backslash continuation; there is no other option.
Another thing to keep in mind is that backslash continuation and comments do not mix. As soon as awk sees the ‘#’ that starts a comment, it ignores everything on the rest of the line. For example:
$ gawk 'BEGIN { print "dont panic" # a friendly \
> BEGIN rule
> }'
error--> gawk: cmd. line:2: BEGIN rule
error--> gawk: cmd. line:2: ^ parse error
In this case, it looks like the backslash would continue the comment onto the
next line. However, the backslash-newline combination is never even
noticed because it is “hidden” inside the comment. Thus, the
BEGIN is noted as a syntax error.
When awk statements within one rule are short, you might want to put more than one of them on a line. This is accomplished by separating the statements with a semicolon (‘;’). This also applies to the rules themselves. Thus, the program shown at the start of this section could also be written this way:
/12/ { print $0 } ; /21/ { print $0 }
NOTE: The requirement that states that rules on the same line must be separated with a semicolon was not in the original awk language; it was added for consistency with the treatment of statements within an action.
The awk language provides a number of predefined, or built-in, variables that your programs can use to get information from awk. There are other variables your program can set as well to control how awk processes your data.
In addition, awk provides a number of built-in functions for doing common computational and string-related operations. gawk provides built-in functions for working with timestamps, performing bit manipulation, and for runtime string translation.
As we develop our presentation of the awk language, we introduce most of the variables and many of the functions. They are defined systematically in Built-in Variables, and Built-in.
Now that you've seen some of what awk can do, you might wonder how awk could be useful for you. By using utility programs, advanced patterns, field separators, arithmetic statements, and other selection criteria, you can produce much more complex output. The awk language is very useful for producing reports from large amounts of raw data, such as summarizing information from the output of other utility programs like ls. (See More Complex.)
Programs written with awk are usually much smaller than they would be in other languages. This makes awk programs easy to compose and use. Often, awk programs can be quickly composed at your terminal, used once, and thrown away. Because awk programs are interpreted, you can avoid the (usually lengthy) compilation part of the typical edit-compile-test-debug cycle of software development.
Complex programs have been written in awk, including a complete retargetable assembler for eight-bit microprocessors (see Glossary, for more information), and a microcode assembler for a special-purpose Prolog computer. More recently, gawk was used for writing a Wiki clone.12 While the original awk's capabilities were strained by tasks of such complexity, modern versions are more capable. Even the Bell Labs version of awk has fewer predefined limits, and those that it has are much larger than they used to be.
If you find yourself writing awk scripts of more than, say, a few hundred lines, you might consider using a different programming language. Emacs Lisp is a good choice if you need sophisticated string or pattern matching capabilities. The shell is also good at string and pattern matching; in addition, it allows powerful use of the system utilities. More conventional languages, such as C, C++, and Java, offer better facilities for system programming and for managing the complexity of large programs. Programs in these languages may require more lines of source code than the equivalent awk programs, but they are easier to maintain and usually run more efficiently.
A regular expression, or regexp, is a way of describing a set of strings. Because regular expressions are such a fundamental part of awk programming, their format and use deserve a separate chapter.
A regular expression enclosed in slashes (‘/’)
is an awk pattern that matches every input record whose text
belongs to that set.
The simplest regular expression is a sequence of letters, numbers, or
both. Such a regexp matches any string that contains that sequence.
Thus, the regexp ‘foo’ matches any string containing ‘foo’.
Therefore, the pattern /foo/ matches any input record containing
the three characters ‘foo’ anywhere in the record. Other
kinds of regexps let you specify more complicated classes of strings.
Initially, the examples in this chapter are simple. As we explain more about how regular expressions work, we will present more complicated instances.
A regular expression can be used as a pattern by enclosing it in slashes. Then the regular expression is tested against the entire text of each record. (Normally, it only needs to match some part of the text in order to succeed.) For example, the following prints the second field of each record that contains the string ‘foo’ anywhere in it:
$ awk '/foo/ { print $2 }' BBS-list
-| 555-1234
-| 555-6699
-| 555-6480
-| 555-2127
~ (tilde), ~ operator
Regular expressions can also be used in matching expressions. These
expressions allow you to specify the string to match against; it need
not be the entire current input record. The two operators ‘~’
and ‘!~’ perform regular expression comparisons. Expressions
using these operators can be used as patterns, or in if,
while, for, and do statements.
(See Statements.)
For example:
exp ~ /regexp/
is true if the expression exp (taken as a string) matches regexp. The following example matches, or selects, all input records with the uppercase letter ‘J’ somewhere in the first field:
$ awk '$1 ~ /J/' inventory-shipped
-| Jan 13 25 15 115
-| Jun 31 42 75 492
-| Jul 24 34 67 436
-| Jan 21 36 64 620
So does this:
awk '{ if ($1 ~ /J/) print }' inventory-shipped
This next example is true if the expression exp (taken as a character string) does not match regexp:
exp !~ /regexp/
The following example matches, or selects, all input records whose first field does not contain the uppercase letter ‘J’:
$ awk '$1 !~ /J/' inventory-shipped
-| Feb 15 32 24 226
-| Mar 15 24 34 228
-| Apr 31 52 63 420
-| May 16 34 29 208
...
When a regexp is enclosed in slashes, such as /foo/, we call it
a regexp constant, much like 5.27 is a numeric constant and
"foo" is a string constant.
Some characters cannot be included literally in string constants
("foo") or regexp constants (/foo/).
Instead, they should be represented with escape sequences,
which are character sequences beginning with a backslash (‘\’).
One use of an escape sequence is to include a double-quote character in
a string constant. Because a plain double quote ends the string, you
must use ‘\"’ to represent an actual double-quote character as a
part of the string. For example:
$ awk 'BEGIN { print "He said \"hi!\" to her." }'
-| He said "hi!" to her.
The backslash character itself is another character that cannot be
included normally; you must write ‘\\’ to put one backslash in the
string or regexp. Thus, the string whose contents are the two characters
‘"’ and ‘\’ must be written "\"\\".
Backslash also represents unprintable characters such as TAB or newline. While there is nothing to stop you from entering most unprintable characters directly in a string constant or regexp constant, they may look ugly.
The following table lists all the escape sequences used in awk and what they represent. Unless noted otherwise, all these escape sequences apply to both string constants and regexp constants:
\\\a\b\f\n\r\t\v\nnn\xhh...\/\"In gawk, a number of additional two-character sequences that begin with a backslash have special meaning in regexps. See GNU Regexp Operators.
In a regexp, a backslash before any character that is not in the previous list
and not listed in
GNU Regexp Operators,
means that the next character should be taken literally, even if it would
normally be a regexp operator. For example, /a\+b/ matches the three
characters ‘a+b’.
For complete portability, do not use a backslash before any character not shown in the previous list.
To summarize:
If you place a backslash in a string constant before something that is not one of the characters previously listed, POSIX awk purposely leaves what happens as undefined. There are two choices:
"a\qc" is the same as "aqc".
(Because this is such an easy bug both to introduce and to miss,
gawk warns you about it.)
Consider ‘FS = "[ \t]+\|[ \t]+"’ to use vertical bars
surrounded by whitespace as the field separator. There should be
two backslashes in the string ‘FS = "[ \t]+\\|[ \t]+"’.)
"a\qc" is the same as typing
"a\\qc".
Suppose you use an octal or hexadecimal escape to represent a regexp metacharacter. (See Regexp Operators.) Does awk treat the character as a literal character or as a regexp operator?
Historically, such characters were taken literally.
(d.c.)
However, the POSIX standard indicates that they should be treated
as real metacharacters, which is what gawk does.
In compatibility mode (see Options),
gawk treats the characters represented by octal and hexadecimal
escape sequences literally when used in regexp constants. Thus,
/a\52b/ is equivalent to /a\*b/.
You can combine regular expressions with special characters, called regular expression operators or metacharacters, to increase the power and versatility of regular expressions.
The escape sequences described earlier in Escape Sequences, are valid inside a regexp. They are introduced by a ‘\’ and are recognized and converted into corresponding real characters as the very first step in processing regexps.
Here is a list of metacharacters. All characters that are not escape sequences and that are not listed in the table stand for themselves:
\^It is important to realize that ‘^’ does not match the beginning of a line embedded in a string. The condition is not true in the following example:
if ("line1\nLINE 2" ~ /^L/) ...
$ if ("line1\nLINE 2" ~ /1$/) ...
.In strict POSIX mode (see Options), ‘.’ does not match the nul character, which is a character with all bits equal to zero. Otherwise, nul is just another character. Other versions of awk may not be able to match the nul character.
[...][^ ...]|The alternation applies to the largest possible regexps on either side.
(...)*The ‘*’ repeats the smallest possible preceding expression. (Use parentheses if you want to repeat a larger expression.) It finds as many repetitions as possible. For example, ‘awk '/\(c[ad][ad]*r x\)/ { print }' sample’ prints every record in sample containing a string of the form ‘(car x)’, ‘(cdr x)’, ‘(cadr x)’, and so on. Notice the escaping of the parentheses by preceding them with backslashes.
+ awk '/\(c[ad]+r x\)/ { print }' sample
?{n}{n,}{n,m}wh{3}ywh{3,5}ywh{2,}yInterval expressions were not traditionally available in awk. They were added as part of the POSIX standard to make awk and egrep consistent with each other.
However, because old programs may use ‘{’ and ‘}’ in regexp constants, by default gawk does not match interval expressions in regexps. If either --posix or --re-interval are specified (see Options), then interval expressions are allowed in regexps.
For new programs that use ‘{’ and ‘}’ in regexp constants, it is good practice to always escape them with a backslash. Then the regexp constants are valid and work the way you want them to, using any version of awk.14
In regular expressions, the ‘*’, ‘+’, and ‘?’ operators, as well as the braces ‘{’ and ‘}’, have the highest precedence, followed by concatenation, and finally by ‘|’. As in arithmetic, parentheses can change how operators are grouped.
In POSIX awk and gawk, the ‘*’, ‘+’, and ‘?’ operators stand for themselves when there is nothing in the regexp that precedes them. For example, ‘/+/’ matches a literal plus sign. However, many other versions of awk treat such a usage as a syntax error.
If gawk is in compatibility mode (see Options), POSIX character classes and interval expressions are not available in regular expressions.
Within a character list, a range expression consists of two characters separated by a hyphen. It matches any single character that sorts between the two characters, using the locale's collating sequence and character set. For example, in the default C locale, ‘[a-dx-z]’ is equivalent to ‘[abcdxyz]’. Many locales sort characters in dictionary order, and in these locales, ‘[a-dx-z]’ is typically not equivalent to ‘[abcdxyz]’; instead it might be equivalent to ‘[aBbCcDdxXyYz]’, for example. To obtain the traditional interpretation of bracket expressions, you can use the C locale by setting the LC_ALL environment variable to the value ‘C’.
To include one of the characters ‘\’, ‘]’, ‘-’, or ‘^’ in a character list, put a ‘\’ in front of it. For example:
[d\]]
matches either ‘d’ or ‘]’.
This treatment of ‘\’ in character lists is compatible with other awk implementations and is also mandated by POSIX. The regular expressions in awk are a superset of the POSIX specification for Extended Regular Expressions (EREs). POSIX EREs are based on the regular expressions accepted by the traditional egrep utility.
Character classes are a new feature introduced in the POSIX standard. A character class is a special notation for describing lists of characters that have a specific attribute, but the actual characters can vary from country to country and/or from character set to character set. For example, the notion of what is an alphabetic character differs between the United States and France.
A character class is only valid in a regexp inside the brackets of a character list. Character classes consist of ‘[:’, a keyword denoting the class, and ‘:]’. table-char-classes lists the character classes defined by the POSIX standard.
| Class | Meaning
|
|---|---|
[:alnum:] | Alphanumeric characters.
|
[:alpha:] | Alphabetic characters.
|
[:blank:] | Space and TAB characters.
|
[:cntrl:] | Control characters.
|
[:digit:] | Numeric characters.
|
[:graph:] | Characters that are both printable and visible.
(A space is printable but not visible, whereas an ‘a’ is both.)
|
[:lower:] | Lowercase alphabetic characters.
|
[:print:] | Printable characters (characters that are not control characters).
|
[:punct:] | Punctuation characters (characters that are not letters, digits,
control characters, or space characters).
|
[:space:] | Space characters (such as space, TAB, and formfeed, to name a few).
|
[:upper:] | Uppercase alphabetic characters.
|
[:xdigit:] | Characters that are hexadecimal digits.
|
Table 2.1: POSIX Character Classes
For example, before the POSIX standard, you had to write /[A-Za-z0-9]/
to match alphanumeric characters. If your
character set had other alphabetic characters in it, this would not
match them, and if your character set collated differently from
ASCII, this might not even match the ASCII alphanumeric characters.
With the POSIX character classes, you can write
/[[:alnum:]]/ to match the alphabetic
and numeric characters in your character set.
Two additional special sequences can appear in character lists. These apply to non-ASCII character sets, which can have single symbols (called collating elements) that are represented with more than one character. They can also have several characters that are equivalent for collating, or sorting, purposes. (For example, in French, a plain “e” and a grave-accented “è” are equivalent.) These sequences are:
[[.ch.]] is a regexp that matches this collating element, whereas
[ch] is a regexp that matches either ‘c’ or ‘h’.
[[=e=]] is a regexp
that matches any of ‘e’, ‘é’, or ‘è’.
These features are very valuable in non-English-speaking locales.
Caution: The library functions that gawk uses for regular expression matching currently recognize only POSIX character classes; they do not recognize collating symbols or equivalence classes.
GNU software that deals with regular expressions provides a number of additional regexp operators. These operators are described in this section and are specific to gawk; they are not available in other awk implementations. Most of the additional operators deal with word matching. For our purposes, a word is a sequence of one or more letters, digits, or underscores (‘_’):
\w[[:alnum:]_].
\W[^[:alnum:]_].
\</\<away/ matches ‘away’ but not
‘stowaway’.
\>/stow\>/ matches ‘stow’ but not ‘stowaway’.
\y\B/\Brat\B/ matches ‘crate’ but it does not match ‘dirty rat’.
‘\B’ is essentially the opposite of ‘\y’.
There are two other operators that work on buffers. In Emacs, a buffer is, naturally, an Emacs buffer. For other programs, gawk's regexp library routines consider the entire string to match as the buffer. The operators are:
\`\'Because ‘^’ and ‘$’ always work in terms of the beginning and end of strings, these operators don't add any new capabilities for awk. They are provided for compatibility with other GNU software.
In other GNU software, the word-boundary operator is ‘\b’. However, that conflicts with the awk language's definition of ‘\b’ as backspace, so gawk uses a different letter. An alternative method would have been to require two backslashes in the GNU operators, but this was deemed too confusing. The current method of using ‘\y’ for the GNU ‘\b’ appears to be the lesser of two evils.
The various command-line options (see Options) control how gawk interprets characters in regexps:
--posix--traditional[[:alnum:]], etc.).
Characters described by octal and hexadecimal escape sequences are
treated literally, even if they represent regexp metacharacters.
Also, gawk silently skips directories named on the command line.
--re-intervalCase is normally significant in regular expressions, both when matching ordinary characters (i.e., not metacharacters) and inside character sets. Thus, a ‘w’ in a regular expression matches only a lowercase ‘w’ and not an uppercase ‘W’.
The simplest way to do a case-independent match is to use a character list—for example, ‘[Ww]’. However, this can be cumbersome if you need to use it often, and it can make the regular expressions harder to read. There are two alternatives that you might prefer.
One way to perform a case-insensitive match at a particular point in the
program is to convert the data to a single case, using the
tolower or toupper built-in string functions (which we
haven't discussed yet;
see String Functions).
For example:
tolower($1) ~ /foo/ { ... }
converts the first field to lowercase before matching against it. This works in any POSIX-compliant awk.
Another method, specific to gawk, is to set the variable
IGNORECASE to a nonzero value (see Built-in Variables).
When IGNORECASE is not zero, all regexp and string
operations ignore case. Changing the value of
IGNORECASE dynamically controls the case-sensitivity of the
program as it runs. Case is significant by default because
IGNORECASE (like most variables) is initialized to zero:
x = "aB"
if (x ~ /ab/) ... # this test will fail
IGNORECASE = 1
if (x ~ /ab/) ... # now it will succeed
In general, you cannot use IGNORECASE to make certain rules
case-insensitive and other rules case-sensitive, because there is no
straightforward way
to set IGNORECASE just for the pattern of
a particular rule.15
To do this, use either character lists or tolower. However, one
thing you can do with IGNORECASE only is dynamically turn
case-sensitivity on or off for all the rules at once.
IGNORECASE can be set on the command line or in a BEGIN rule
(see Other Arguments; also
see Using BEGIN/END).
Setting IGNORECASE from the command line is a way to make
a program case-insensitive without having to edit it.
Prior to gawk 3.0, the value of IGNORECASE
affected regexp operations only. It did not affect string comparison
with ‘==’, ‘!=’, and so on.
Beginning with version 3.0, both regexp and string comparison
operations are also affected by IGNORECASE.
Beginning with gawk 3.0, the equivalences between upper- and lowercase characters are based on the ISO-8859-1 (ISO Latin-1) character set. This character set is a superset of the traditional 128 ASCII characters, which also provides a number of characters suitable for use with European languages.
As of gawk 3.1.4, the case equivalences are fully
locale-aware. They are based on the C <ctype.h> facilities,
such as isalpha() and toupper().
The value of IGNORECASE has no effect if gawk is in
compatibility mode (see Options).
Case is always significant in compatibility mode.
echo aaaabcd | awk '{ sub(/a+/, "<A>"); print }'
This example uses the sub function (which we haven't discussed yet;
see String Functions)
to make a change to the input record. Here, the regexp /a+/
indicates “one or more ‘a’ characters,” and the replacement
text is ‘<A>’.
The input contains four ‘a’ characters. awk (and POSIX) regular expressions always match the leftmost, longest sequence of input characters that can match. Thus, all four ‘a’ characters are replaced with ‘<A>’ in this example:
$ echo aaaabcd | awk '{ sub(/a+/, "<A>"); print }'
-| <A>bcd
For simple match/no-match tests, this is not so important. But when doing
text matching and substitutions with the match, sub, gsub,
and gensub functions, it is very important.
Understanding this principle is also important for regexp-based record
and field splitting (see Records,
and also see Field Separators).
The righthand side of a ‘~’ or ‘!~’ operator need not be a regexp constant (i.e., a string of characters between slashes). It may be any expression. The expression is evaluated and converted to a string if necessary; the contents of the string are used as the regexp. A regexp that is computed in this way is called a dynamic regexp:
BEGIN { digits_regexp = "[[:digit:]]+" }
$0 ~ digits_regexp { print }
This sets digits_regexp to a regexp that describes one or more digits,
and tests whether the input record matches this regexp.
Caution: When using the ‘~’ and ‘!~’
operators, there is a difference between a regexp constant
enclosed in slashes and a string constant enclosed in double quotes.
If you are going to use a string constant, you have to understand that
the string is, in essence, scanned twice: the first time when
awk reads your program, and the second time when it goes to
match the string on the lefthand side of the operator with the pattern
on the right. This is true of any string-valued expression (such as
digits_regexp, shown previously), not just string constants.
What difference does it make if the string is scanned twice? The answer has to do with escape sequences, and particularly with backslashes. To get a backslash into a regular expression inside a string, you have to type two backslashes.
For example, /\*/ is a regexp constant for a literal ‘*’.
Only one backslash is needed. To do the same thing with a string,
you have to type "\\*". The first backslash escapes the
second one so that the string actually contains the
two characters ‘\’ and ‘*’.
Given that you can use both regexp and string constants to describe regular expressions, which should you use? The answer is “regexp constants,” for several reasons:
\n in Character Lists of Dynamic RegexpsSome commercial versions of awk do not allow the newline character to be used inside a character list for a dynamic regexp:
$ awk '$0 ~ "[ \t\n]"'
error--> awk: newline in character class [
error--> ]...
error--> source line number 1
error--> context is
error--> >>> <<<
But a newline in a regexp constant works with no problem:
$ awk '$0 ~ /[ \t\n]/'
here is a sample line
-| here is a sample line
Ctrl-d
gawk does not have this problem, and it isn't likely to occur often in practice, but it's worth noting for future reference.
Modern systems support the notion of locales: a way to tell the system about the local character set and language. The current locale setting can affect the way regexp matching works, often in surprising ways. In particular, many locales do case-insensitive matching, even when you may have specified characters of only one particular case.
The following example uses the sub function, which
does text replacement
(see String Functions).
Here, the intent is to remove trailing uppercase characters:
$ echo something1234abc | gawk '{ sub("[A-Z]*$", ""); print }'
-| something1234
This output is unexpected, since the ‘abc’ at the end of ‘something1234abc’ should not normally match ‘[A-Z]*’. This result is due to the locale setting (and thus you may not see it on your system). There are two fixes. The first is to use the POSIX character class ‘[[:upper:]]’, instead of ‘[A-Z]’. (This is preferred, since then your program will work everywhere.) The second is to change the locale setting in the environment, before running gawk, by using the shell statements:
LANG=C LC_ALL=C
export LANG LC_ALL
The setting ‘C’ forces gawk to behave in the traditional Unix manner, where case distinctions do matter. You may wish to put these statements into your shell startup file, e.g., $HOME/.profile.
Similar considerations apply to other ranges. For example, ‘["-/]’ is perfectly valid in ASCII, but is not valid in many Unicode locales, such as ‘en_US.UTF-8’. (In general, such ranges should be avoided; either list the characters individually, or use a POSIX character class such as ‘[[:punct:]]’.)
For the normal case of ‘RS = "\n"’, the locale is largely irrelevant. For other single-character record separators, using ‘LC_ALL=C’ will give you much better performance when reading records. Otherwise, gawk has to make several function calls, per input character to find the record terminator.
Finally, the locale affects the value of the decimal point character used when gawk parses input data. This is discussed in detail in Conversion.
In the typical awk program, all input is read either from the
standard input (by default, this is the keyboard, but often it is a pipe from another
command) or from files whose names you specify on the awk
command line. If you specify input files, awk reads them
in order, processing all the data from one before going on to the next.
The name of the current input file can be found in the built-in variable
FILENAME
(see Built-in Variables).
The input is read in units called records, and is processed by the rules of your program one record at a time. By default, each record is one line. Each record is automatically split into chunks called fields. This makes it more convenient for programs to work on the parts of a record.
On rare occasions, you may need to use the getline command.
The getline command is valuable, both because it
can do explicit input from any number of files, and because the files
used with it do not have to be named on the awk command line
(see Getline).
The awk utility divides the input for your awk
program into records and fields.
awk keeps track of the number of records that have
been read
so far
from the current input file. This value is stored in a
built-in variable called FNR. It is reset to zero when a new
file is started. Another built-in variable, NR, is the total
number of input records read so far from all data files. It starts at zero,
but is never automatically reset to zero.
Records are separated by a character called the record separator.
By default, the record separator is the newline character.
This is why records are, by default, single lines.
A different character can be used for the record separator by
assigning the character to the built-in variable RS.
Like any other variable,
the value of RS can be changed in the awk program
with the assignment operator, ‘=’
(see Assignment Ops).
The new record-separator character should be enclosed in quotation marks,
which indicate a string constant. Often the right time to do this is
at the beginning of execution, before any input is processed,
so that the very first record is read with the proper separator.
To do this, use the special BEGIN pattern
(see BEGIN/END).
For example:
awk 'BEGIN { RS = "/" }
{ print $0 }' BBS-list
changes the value of RS to "/", before reading any input.
This is a string whose first character is a slash; as a result, records
are separated by slashes. Then the input file is read, and the second
rule in the awk program (the action with no pattern) prints each
record. Because each print statement adds a newline at the end of
its output, this awk program copies the input
with each slash changed to a newline. Here are the results of running
the program on BBS-list:
$ awk 'BEGIN { RS = "/" }
> { print $0 }' BBS-list
-| aardvark 555-5553 1200
-| 300 B
-| alpo-net 555-3412 2400
-| 1200
-| 300 A
-| barfly 555-7685 1200
-| 300 A
-| bites 555-1675 2400
-| 1200
-| 300 A
-| camelot 555-0542 300 C
-| core 555-2912 1200
-| 300 C
-| fooey 555-1234 2400
-| 1200
-| 300 B
-| foot 555-6699 1200
-| 300 B
-| macfoo 555-6480 1200
-| 300 A
-| sdace 555-3430 2400
-| 1200
-| 300 A
-| sabafoo 555-2127 1200
-| 300 C
-|
Note that the entry for the ‘camelot’ BBS is not split. In the original data file (see Sample Data Files), the line looks like this:
camelot 555-0542 300 C
It has one baud rate only, so there are no slashes in the record, unlike the others which have two or more baud rates. In fact, this record is treated as part of the record for the ‘core’ BBS; the newline separating them in the output is the original newline in the data file, not the one added by awk when it printed the record!
Another way to change the record separator is on the command line, using the variable-assignment feature (see Other Arguments):
awk '{ print $0 }' RS="/" BBS-list
This sets RS to ‘/’ before processing BBS-list.
Using an unusual character such as ‘/’ for the record separator produces correct behavior in the vast majority of cases. However, the following (extreme) pipeline prints a surprising ‘1’:
$ echo | awk 'BEGIN { RS = "a" } ; { print NF }'
-| 1
There is one field, consisting of a newline. The value of the built-in
variable NF is the number of fields in the current record.
Reaching the end of an input file terminates the current input record,
even if the last character in the file is not the character in RS.
(d.c.)
The empty string "" (a string without any characters)
has a special meaning
as the value of RS. It means that records are separated
by one or more blank lines and nothing else.
See Multiple Line, for more details.
If you change the value of RS in the middle of an awk run,
the new value is used to delimit subsequent records, but the record
currently being processed, as well as records already processed, are not
affected.
After the end of the record has been determined, gawk
sets the variable RT to the text in the input that matched
RS.
When using gawk,
the value of RS is not limited to a one-character
string. It can be any regular expression
(see Regexp).
In general, each record
ends at the next string that matches the regular expression; the next
record starts at the end of the matching string. This general rule is
actually at work in the usual case, where RS contains just a
newline: a record ends at the beginning of the next matching string (the
next newline in the input), and the following record starts just after
the end of this string (at the first character of the following line).
The newline, because it matches RS, is not part of either record.
When RS is a single character, RT
contains the same single character. However, when RS is a
regular expression, RT contains
the actual input text that matched the regular expression.
The following example illustrates both of these features.
It sets RS equal to a regular expression that
matches either a newline or a series of one or more uppercase letters
with optional leading and/or trailing whitespace:
$ echo record 1 AAAA record 2 BBBB record 3 |
> gawk 'BEGIN { RS = "\n|( *[[:upper:]]+ *)" }
> { print "Record =", $0, "and RT =", RT }'
-| Record = record 1 and RT = AAAA
-| Record = record 2 and RT = BBBB
-| Record = record 3 and RT =
-|
The final line of output has an extra blank line. This is because the
value of RT is a newline, and the print statement
supplies its own terminating newline.
See Simple Sed, for a more useful example
of RS as a regexp and RT.
If you set RS to a regular expression that allows optional
trailing text, such as ‘RS = "abc(XYZ)?"’ it is possible, due
to implementation constraints, that gawk may match the leading
part of the regular expression, but not the trailing part, particularly
if the input text that could match the trailing part is fairly long.
gawk attempts to avoid this problem, but currently, there's
no guarantee that this will never happen.
NOTE: Remember that in awk, the ‘^’ and ‘$’ anchor
metacharacters match the beginning and end of a string, and not
the beginning and end of a line. As a result, something like
‘RS = "^[[:upper:]]"’ can only match at the beginning of a file.
This is because gawk views the input file as one long string
that happens to contain newline characters in it.
It is thus best to avoid anchor characters in the value of RS.
The use of RS as a regular expression and the RT
variable are gawk extensions; they are not available in
compatibility mode
(see Options).
In compatibility mode, only the first character of the value of
RS is used to determine the end of the record.
RS = "\0" Is Not PortableThere are times when you might want to treat an entire data file as a
single record. The only way to make this happen is to give RS
a value that you know doesn't occur in the input file. This is hard
to do in a general way, such that a program always works for arbitrary
input files.
You might think that for text files, the nul character, which
consists of a character with all bits equal to zero, is a good
value to use for RS in this case:
BEGIN { RS = "\0" } # whole file becomes one record?
gawk in fact accepts this, and uses the nul character for the record separator. However, this usage is not portable to other awk implementations.
All other awk implementations16 store strings internally as C-style strings. C strings use the nul character as the string terminator. In effect, this means that ‘RS = "\0"’ is the same as ‘RS = ""’. (d.c.)
The best way to treat a whole file as a single record is to simply read the file in, one record at a time, concatenating each record onto the end of the previous ones.
When awk reads an input record, the record is automatically parsed or separated by the interpreter into chunks called fields. By default, fields are separated by whitespace, like words in a line. Whitespace in awk means any string of one or more spaces, tabs, or newlines;17 other characters, such as formfeed, vertical tab, etc. that are considered whitespace by other languages, are not considered whitespace by awk.
The purpose of fields is to make it more convenient for you to refer to these pieces of the record. You don't have to use them—you can operate on the whole record if you want—but fields are what make simple awk programs so powerful.
A dollar-sign (‘$’) is used
to refer to a field in an awk program,
followed by the number of the field you want. Thus, $1
refers to the first field, $2 to the second, and so on.
(Unlike the Unix shells, the field numbers are not limited to single digits.
$127 is the one hundred twenty-seventh field in the record.)
For example, suppose the following is a line of input:
This seems like a pretty nice example.
Here the first field, or $1, is ‘This’, the second field, or
$2, is ‘seems’, and so on. Note that the last field,
$7, is ‘example.’. Because there is no space between the
‘e’ and the ‘.’, the period is considered part of the seventh
field.
NF is a built-in variable whose value is the number of fields
in the current record. awk automatically updates the value
of NF each time it reads a record. No matter how many fields
there are, the last field in a record can be represented by $NF.
So, $NF is the same as $7, which is ‘example.’.
If you try to reference a field beyond the last
one (such as $8 when the record has only seven fields), you get
the empty string. (If used in a numeric operation, you get zero.)
The use of $0, which looks like a reference to the “zero-th” field, is
a special case: it represents the whole input record
when you are not interested in specific fields.
Here are some more examples:
$ awk '$1 ~ /foo/ { print $0 }' BBS-list
-| fooey 555-1234 2400/1200/300 B
-| foot 555-6699 1200/300 B
-| macfoo 555-6480 1200/300 A
-| sabafoo 555-2127 1200/300 C
This example prints each record in the file BBS-list whose first
field contains the string ‘foo’. The operator ‘~’ is called a
matching operator
(see Regexp Usage);
it tests whether a string (here, the field $1) matches a given regular
expression.
By contrast, the following example looks for ‘foo’ in the entire record and prints the first field and the last field for each matching input record:
$ awk '/foo/ { print $1, $NF }' BBS-list
-| fooey B
-| foot B
-| macfoo A
-| sabafoo C
The number of a field does not need to be a constant. Any expression in the awk language can be used after a ‘$’ to refer to a field. The value of the expression specifies the field number. If the value is a string, rather than a number, it is converted to a number. Consider this example:
awk '{ print $NR }'
Recall that NR is the number of records read so far: one in the
first record, two in the second, etc. So this example prints the first
field of the first record, the second field of the second record, and so
on. For the twentieth record, field number 20 is printed; most likely,
the record has fewer than 20 fields, so this prints a blank line.
Here is another example of using expressions as field numbers:
awk '{ print $(2*2) }' BBS-list
awk evaluates the expression ‘(2*2)’ and uses its value as the number of the field to print. The ‘*’ sign represents multiplication, so the expression ‘2*2’ evaluates to four. The parentheses are used so that the multiplication is done before the ‘$’ operation; they are necessary whenever there is a binary operator in the field-number expression. This example, then, prints the hours of operation (the fourth field) for every line of the file BBS-list. (All of the awk operators are listed, in order of decreasing precedence, in Precedence.)
If the field number you compute is zero, you get the entire record.
Thus, ‘$(2-2)’ has the same value as $0. Negative field
numbers are not allowed; trying to reference one usually terminates
the program. (The POSIX standard does not define
what happens when you reference a negative field number. gawk
notices this and terminates your program. Other awk
implementations may behave differently.)
As mentioned in Fields,
awk stores the current record's number of fields in the built-in
variable NF (also see Built-in Variables). The expression
$NF is not a special feature—it is the direct consequence of
evaluating NF and using its value as a field number.
The contents of a field, as seen by awk, can be changed within an awk program; this changes what awk perceives as the current input record. (The actual input is untouched; awk never modifies the input file.) Consider the following example and its output:
$ awk '{ nboxes = $3 ; $3 = $3 - 10
> print nboxes, $3 }' inventory-shipped
-| 25 15
-| 32 22
-| 24 14
...
The program first saves the original value of field three in the variable
nboxes.
The ‘-’ sign represents subtraction, so this program reassigns
field three, $3, as the original value of field three minus ten:
‘$3 - 10’. (See Arithmetic Ops.)
Then it prints the original and new values for field three.
(Someone in the warehouse made a consistent mistake while inventorying
the red boxes.)
For this to work, the text in field $3 must make sense
as a number; the string of characters must be converted to a number
for the computer to do arithmetic on it. The number resulting
from the subtraction is converted back to a string of characters that
then becomes field three.
See Conversion.
When the value of a field is changed (as perceived by awk), the
text of the input record is recalculated to contain the new field where
the old one was. In other words, $0 changes to reflect the altered
field. Thus, this program
prints a copy of the input file, with 10 subtracted from the second
field of each line:
$ awk '{ $2 = $2 - 10; print $0 }' inventory-shipped
-| Jan 3 25 15 115
-| Feb 5 32 24 226
-| Mar 5 24 34 228
...
It is also possible to also assign contents to fields that are out of range. For example:
$ awk '{ $6 = ($5 + $4 + $3 + $2)
> print $6 }' inventory-shipped
-| 168
-| 297
-| 301
...
We've just created $6, whose value is the sum of fields
$2, $3, $4, and $5. The ‘+’ sign
represents addition. For the file inventory-shipped, $6
represents the total number of parcels shipped for a particular month.
Creating a new field changes awk's internal copy of the current
input record, which is the value of $0. Thus, if you do ‘print $0’
after adding a field, the record printed includes the new field, with
the appropriate number of field separators between it and the previously
existing fields.
This recomputation affects and is affected by
NF (the number of fields; see Fields).
For example, the value of NF is set to the number of the highest
field you create.
The exact format of $0 is also affected by a feature that has not been discussed yet:
the output field separator, OFS,
used to separate the fields (see Output Separators).
Note, however, that merely referencing an out-of-range field
does not change the value of either $0 or NF.
Referencing an out-of-range field only produces an empty string. For
example:
if ($(NF+1) != "")
print "can't happen"
else
print "everything is normal"
should print ‘everything is normal’, because NF+1 is certain
to be out of range. (See If Statement,
for more information about awk's if-else statements.
See Typing and Comparison,
for more information about the ‘!=’ operator.)
It is important to note that making an assignment to an existing field
changes the
value of $0 but does not change the value of NF,
even when you assign the empty string to a field. For example:
$ echo a b c d | awk '{ OFS = ":"; $2 = ""
> print $0; print NF }'
-| a::c:d
-| 4
The field is still there; it just has an empty value, denoted by the two colons between ‘a’ and ‘c’. This example shows what happens if you create a new field:
$ echo a b c d | awk '{ OFS = ":"; $2 = ""; $6 = "new"
> print $0; print NF }'
-| a::c:d::new
-| 6
The intervening field, $5, is created with an empty value
(indicated by the second pair of adjacent colons),
and NF is updated with the value six.
Decrementing NF throws away the values of the fields
after the new value of NF and recomputes $0.
(d.c.)
Here is an example:
$ echo a b c d e f | awk '{ print "NF =", NF;
> NF = 3; print $0 }'
-| NF = 6
-| a b c
Caution: Some versions of awk don't
rebuild $0 when NF is decremented. Caveat emptor.
Finally, there are times when it is convenient to force
awk to rebuild the entire record, using the current
value of the fields and OFS. To do this, use the
seemingly innocuous assignment:
$1 = $1 # force record to be reconstituted
print $0 # or whatever else with $0
This forces awk rebuild the record. It does help to add a comment, as we've shown here.
There is a flip side to the relationship between $0 and
the fields. Any assignment to $0 causes the record to be
reparsed into fields using the current value of FS.
This also applies to any built-in function that updates $0,
such as sub and gsub
(see String Functions).
The field separator, which is either a single character or a regular expression, controls the way awk splits an input record into fields. awk scans the input record for character sequences that match the separator; the fields themselves are the text between the matches.
In the examples that follow, we use the bullet symbol (•) to represent spaces in the output. If the field separator is ‘oo’, then the following line:
moo goo gai pan
is split into three fields: ‘m’, ‘•g’, and ‘•gai•pan’. Note the leading spaces in the values of the second and third fields.
The field separator is represented by the built-in variable FS.
Shell programmers take note: awk does not use the
name IFS that is used by the POSIX-compliant shells (such as
the Unix Bourne shell, sh, or bash).
The value of FS can be changed in the awk program with the
assignment operator, ‘=’ (see Assignment Ops).
Often the right time to do this is at the beginning of execution
before any input has been processed, so that the very first record
is read with the proper separator. To do this, use the special
BEGIN pattern
(see BEGIN/END).
For example, here we set the value of FS to the string
",":
awk 'BEGIN { FS = "," } ; { print $2 }'
John Q. Smith, 29 Oak St., Walamazoo, MI 42139
this awk program extracts and prints the string ‘•29•Oak•St.’.
Sometimes the input data contains separator characters that don't separate fields the way you thought they would. For instance, the person's name in the example we just used might have a title or suffix attached, such as:
John Q. Smith, LXIX, 29 Oak St., Walamazoo, MI 42139
The same program would extract ‘•LXIX’, instead of ‘•29•Oak•St.’. If you were expecting the program to print the address, you would be surprised. The moral is to choose your data layout and separator characters carefully to prevent such problems. (If the data is not in a form that is easy to process, perhaps you can massage it first with a separate awk program.)
Fields are normally separated by whitespace sequences
(spaces, TABs, and newlines), not by single spaces. Two spaces in a row do not
delimit an empty field. The default value of the field separator FS
is a string containing a single space, " ". If awk
interpreted this value in the usual way, each space character would separate
fields, so two spaces in a row would make an empty field between them.
The reason this does not happen is that a single space as the value of
FS is a special case—it is taken to specify the default manner
of delimiting fields.
If FS is any other single character, such as ",", then
each occurrence of that character separates two fields. Two consecutive
occurrences delimit an empty field. If the character occurs at the
beginning or the end of the line, that too delimits an empty field. The
space character is the only single character that does not follow these
rules.
The previous subsection
discussed the use of single characters or simple strings as the
value of FS.
More generally, the value of FS may be a string containing any
regular expression. In this case, each match in the record for the regular
expression separates fields. For example, the assignment:
FS = ", \t"
makes every area of an input line that consists of a comma followed by a space and a TAB into a field separator.
For a less trivial example of a regular expression, try using
single spaces to separate fields the way single commas are used.
FS can be set to "[ ]" (left bracket, space, right
bracket). This regular expression matches a single space and nothing else
(see Regexp).
There is an important difference between the two cases of ‘FS = " "’
(a single space) and ‘FS = "[ \t\n]+"’
(a regular expression matching one or more spaces, TABs, or newlines).
For both values of FS, fields are separated by runs
(multiple adjacent occurrences) of spaces, TABs,
and/or newlines. However, when the value of FS is " ",
awk first strips leading and trailing whitespace from
the record and then decides where the fields are.
For example, the following pipeline prints ‘b’:
$ echo ' a b c d ' | awk '{ print $2 }'
-| b
However, this pipeline prints ‘a’ (note the extra spaces around each letter):
$ echo ' a b c d ' | awk 'BEGIN { FS = "[ \t\n]+" }
> { print $2 }'
-| a
In this case, the first field is null or empty.
The stripping of leading and trailing whitespace also comes into
play whenever $0 is recomputed. For instance, study this pipeline:
$ echo ' a b c d' | awk '{ print; $2 = $2; print }'
-| a b c d
-| a b c d
The first print statement prints the record as it was read,
with leading whitespace intact. The assignment to $2 rebuilds
$0 by concatenating $1 through $NF together,
separated by the value of OFS. Because the leading whitespace
was ignored when finding $1, it is not part of the new $0.
Finally, the last print statement prints the new $0.
There is an additional subtlety to be aware of when using regular exressions for field splitting. It is not well-specified in the POSIX standard, or anywhere else, what ‘^’ means when splitting fields. Does the ‘^’ match only at the beginning of the entire record? Or is each field separator a new string? It turns out that different awk versions answer this question differently, and you should not rely on any specific behavior in your programs. (d.c.)
As a point of information, the Bell Labs awk allows ‘^’ to match only at the beginning of the record. Versions of gawk after 3.1.6 also work this way. For example:
$ echo 'xxAA xxBxx C' |
> nawk -F '(^x+)|( +)' '{ for (i = 1; i <= NF; i++) printf "-->%s<--\n", $i }'
-| --><--
-| -->AA<--
-| -->xxBxx<--
-| -->C<--
$ echo 'xxAA xxBxx C' |
> gawk-3.1.6 -F '(^x+)|( +)' '{ for (i = 1; i <= NF; i++) printf "-->%s<--\n", $i }'
-| --><--
-| -->AA<--
-| --><--
-| -->Bxx<--
-| -->C<--
As mentioned, gawk now behaves like the Bell Labs awk.
There are times when you may want to examine each character
of a record separately. This can be done in gawk by
simply assigning the null string ("") to FS. In this case,
each individual character in the record becomes a separate field.
For example:
$ echo a b | gawk 'BEGIN { FS = "" }
> {
> for (i = 1; i <= NF; i = i + 1)
> print "Field", i, "is", $i
> }'
-| Field 1 is a
-| Field 2 is
-| Field 3 is b
Traditionally, the behavior of FS equal to "" was not defined.
In this case, most versions of Unix awk simply treat the entire record
as only having one field.
(d.c.)
In compatibility mode
(see Options),
if FS is the null string, then gawk also
behaves this way.
FS from the Command Line
FS can be set on the command line. Use the -F option to
do so. For example:
awk -F, 'program' input-files
sets FS to the ‘,’ character. Notice that the option uses
an uppercase ‘F’ instead of a lowercase ‘f’. The latter
option (-f) specifies a file
containing an awk program. Case is significant in command-line
options:
the -F and -f options have nothing to do with each other.
You can use both options at the same time to set the FS variable
and get an awk program from a file.
The value used for the argument to -F is processed in exactly the
same way as assignments to the built-in variable FS.
Any special characters in the field separator must be escaped
appropriately. For example, to use a ‘\’ as the field separator
on the command line, you would have to type:
# same as FS = "\\"
awk -F\\\\ '...' files ...
Because ‘\’ is used for quoting in the shell, awk sees ‘-F\\’. Then awk processes the ‘\\’ for escape characters (see Escape Sequences), finally yielding a single ‘\’ to use for the field separator.
As a special case, in compatibility mode
(see Options),
if the argument to -F is ‘t’, then FS is set to
the TAB character. If you type ‘-F\t’ at the
shell, without any quotes, the ‘\’ gets deleted, so awk
figures that you really want your fields to be separated with TABs and
not ‘t’s. Use ‘-v FS="t"’ or ‘-F"[t]"’ on the command line
if you really do want to separate your fields with ‘t’s.
For example, let's use an awk program file called baud.awk
that contains the pattern /300/ and the action ‘print $1’:
/300/ { print $1 }
Let's also set FS to be the ‘-’ character and run the
program on the file BBS-list. The following command prints a
list of the names of the bulletin boards that operate at 300 baud and
the first three digits of their phone numbers:
$ awk -F- -f baud.awk BBS-list
-| aardvark 555
-| alpo
-| barfly 555
-| bites 555
-| camelot 555
-| core 555
-| fooey 555
-| foot 555
-| macfoo 555
-| sdace 555
-| sabafoo 555
Note the second line of output. The second line in the original file looked like this:
alpo-net 555-3412 2400/1200/300 A
The ‘-’ as part of the system's name was used as the field separator, instead of the ‘-’ in the phone number that was originally intended. This demonstrates why you have to be careful in choosing your field and record separators.
Perhaps the most common use of a single character as the field separator occurs when processing the Unix system password file. On many Unix systems, each user has a separate entry in the system password file, one line per user. The information in these lines is separated by colons. The first field is the user's login name and the second is the user's (encrypted or shadow) password. A password file entry might look like this:
arnold:xyzzy:2076:10:Arnold Robbins:/home/arnold:/bin/bash
The following program searches the system password file and prints the entries for users who have no password:
awk -F: '$2 == ""' /etc/passwd
It is important to remember that when you assign a string constant
as the value of FS, it undergoes normal awk string
processing. For example, with Unix awk and gawk,
the assignment ‘FS = "\.."’ assigns the character string ".."
to FS (the backslash is stripped). This creates a regexp meaning
“fields are separated by occurrences of any two characters.”
If instead you want fields to be separated by a literal period followed
by any single character, use ‘FS = "\\.."’.
The following table summarizes how fields are split, based on the value
of FS (‘==’ means “is equal to”):
FS == " "FS == any other single characterFS == regexpFS == ""FS Does Not Affect the FieldsAccording to the POSIX standard, awk is supposed to behave
as if each record is split into fields at the time it is read.
In particular, this means that if you change the value of FS
after a record is read, the value of the fields (i.e., how they were split)
should reflect the old value of FS, not the new one.
However, many implementations of awk do not work this way. Instead,
they defer splitting the fields until a field is actually
referenced. The fields are split
using the current value of FS!
(d.c.)
This behavior can be difficult
to diagnose. The following example illustrates the difference
between the two methods.
(The sed18
command prints just the first line of /etc/passwd.)
sed 1q /etc/passwd | awk '{ FS = ":" ; print $1 }'
which usually prints:
root
on an incorrect implementation of awk, while gawk prints something like:
root:nSijPlPhZZwgE:0:0:Root:/:
FS and IGNORECASEThe IGNORECASE variable
(see User-modified)
affects field splitting only when the value of FS is a regexp.
It has no effect when FS is a single character, even if
that character is a letter. Thus, in the following code:
FS = "c"
IGNORECASE = 1
$0 = "aCa"
print $1
The output is ‘aCa’. If you really want to split fields on an
alphabetic character while ignoring case, use a regexp that will
do it for you. E.g., ‘FS = "[c]"’. In this case, IGNORECASE
will take effect.
NOTE: This section discusses an advanced feature of gawk. If you are a novice awk user, you might want to skip it on the first reading.
gawk version 2.13 introduced a facility for dealing with fixed-width fields with no distinctive field separator. For example, data of this nature arises in the input for old Fortran programs where numbers are run together, or in the output of programs that did not anticipate the use of their output as input for other programs.
An example of the latter is a table where all the columns are lined up by
the use of a variable number of spaces and empty fields are just
spaces. Clearly, awk's normal field splitting based on FS
does not work well in this case. Although a portable awk program
can use a series of substr calls on $0
(see String Functions),
this is awkward and inefficient for a large number of fields.
The splitting of an input record into fixed-width fields is specified by
assigning a string containing space-separated numbers to the built-in
variable FIELDWIDTHS. Each number specifies the width of the field,
including columns between fields. If you want to ignore the columns
between fields, you can specify the width as a separate field that is
subsequently ignored.
It is a fatal error to supply a field width that is not a positive number.
The following data is the output of the Unix w utility. It is useful
to illustrate the use of FIELDWIDTHS:
10:06pm up 21 days, 14:04, 23 users
User tty login idle JCPU PCPU what
hzuo ttyV0 8:58pm 9 5 vi p24.tex
hzang ttyV3 6:37pm 50 -csh
eklye ttyV5 9:53pm 7 1 em thes.tex
dportein ttyV6 8:17pm 1:47 -csh
gierd ttyD3 10:00pm 1 elm
dave ttyD4 9:47pm 4 4 w
brent ttyp0 26Jun91 4:46 26:46 4:41 bash
dave ttyq4 26Jun9115days 46 46 wnewmail
The following program takes the above input, converts the idle time to number of seconds, and prints out the first two fields and the calculated idle time:
NOTE: This program uses a number of awk features that haven't been introduced yet.
BEGIN { FIELDWIDTHS = "9 6 10 6 7 7 35" }
NR > 2 {
idle = $4
sub(/^ */, "", idle) # strip leading spaces
if (idle == "")
idle = 0
if (idle ~ /:/) {
split(idle, t, ":")
idle = t[1] * 60 + t[2]
}
if (idle ~ /days/)
idle *= 24 * 60 * 60
print $1, $2, idle
}
Running the program on the data produces the following results:
hzuo ttyV0 0
hzang ttyV3 50
eklye ttyV5 0
dportein ttyV6 107
gierd ttyD3 1
dave ttyD4 0
brent ttyp0 286
dave ttyq4 1296000
Another (possibly more practical) example of fixed-width input data
is the input from a deck of balloting cards. In some parts of
the United States, voters mark their choices by punching holes in computer
cards. These cards are then processed to count the votes for any particular
candidate or on any particular issue. Because a voter may choose not to
vote on some issue, any column on the card may be empty. An awk
program for processing such data could use the FIELDWIDTHS feature
to simplify reading the data. (Of course, getting gawk to run on
a system with card readers is another story!)
Assigning a value to FS causes gawk to use
FS for field splitting again. Use ‘FS = FS’ to make this happen,
without having to know the current value of FS.
In order to tell which kind of field splitting is in effect,
use PROCINFO["FS"]
(see Auto-set).
The value is "FS" if regular field splitting is being used,
or it is "FIELDWIDTHS" if fixed-width field splitting is being used:
if (PROCINFO["FS"] == "FS")
regular field splitting ...
else
fixed-width field splitting ...
This information is useful when writing a function
that needs to temporarily change FS or FIELDWIDTHS,
read some records, and then restore the original settings
(see Passwd Functions,
for an example of such a function).
In some databases, a single line cannot conveniently hold all the information in one entry. In such cases, you can use multiline records. The first step in doing this is to choose your data format.
One technique is to use an unusual character or string to separate
records. For example, you could use the formfeed character (written
‘\f’ in awk, as in C) to separate them, making each record
a page of the file. To do this, just set the variable RS to
"\f" (a string containing the formfeed character). Any
other character could equally well be used, as long as it won't be part
of the data in a record.
Another technique is to have blank lines separate records. By a special
dispensation, an empty string as the value of RS indicates that
records are separated by one or more blank lines. When RS is set
to the empty string, each record always ends at the first blank line
encountered. The next record doesn't start until the first nonblank
line that follows. No matter how many blank lines appear in a row, they
all act as one record separator.
(Blank lines must be completely empty; lines that contain only
whitespace do not count.)
You can achieve the same effect as ‘RS = ""’ by assigning the
string "\n\n+" to RS. This regexp matches the newline
at the end of the record and one or more blank lines after the record.
In addition, a regular expression always matches the longest possible
sequence when there is a choice
(see Leftmost Longest).
So the next record doesn't start until
the first nonblank line that follows—no matter how many blank lines
appear in a row, they are considered one record separator.
There is an important difference between ‘RS = ""’ and ‘RS = "\n\n+"’. In the first case, leading newlines in the input data file are ignored, and if a file ends without extra blank lines after the last record, the final newline is removed from the record. In the second case, this special processing is not done. (d.c.)
Now that the input is separated into records, the second step is to
separate the fields in the record. One way to do this is to divide each
of the lines into fields in the normal manner. This happens by default
as the result of a special feature. When RS is set to the empty
string, and FS is set to a single character,
the newline character always acts as a field separator.
This is in addition to whatever field separations result from
FS.19
The original motivation for this special exception was probably to provide
useful behavior in the default case (i.e., FS is equal
to " "). This feature can be a problem if you really don't
want the newline character to separate fields, because there is no way to
prevent it. However, you can work around this by using the split
function to break up the record manually
(see String Functions).
If you have a single character field separator, you can work around
the special feature in a different way, by making FS into a
regexp for that single character. For example, if the field
separator is a percent character, instead of
‘FS = "%"’, use ‘FS = "[%]"’.
Another way to separate fields is to
put each field on a separate line: to do this, just set the
variable FS to the string "\n". (This single
character separator matches a single newline.)
A practical example of a data file organized this way might be a mailing
list, where each entry is separated by blank lines. Consider a mailing
list in a file named addresses, which looks like this:
Jane Doe
123 Main Street
Anywhere, SE 12345-6789
John Smith
456 Tree-lined Avenue
Smallville, MW 98765-4321
...
A simple program to process this file is as follows:
# addrs.awk --- simple mailing list program
# Records are separated by blank lines.
# Each line is one field.
BEGIN { RS = "" ; FS = "\n" }
{
print "Name is:", $1
print "Address is:", $2
print "City and State are:", $3
print ""
}
Running the program produces the following output:
$ awk -f addrs.awk addresses
-| Name is: Jane Doe
-| Address is: 123 Main Street
-| City and State are: Anywhere, SE 12345-6789
-|
-| Name is: John Smith
-| Address is: 456 Tree-lined Avenue
-| City and State are: Smallville, MW 98765-4321
-|
...
See Labels Program, for a more realistic
program that deals with address lists.
The following
table
summarizes how records are split, based on the
value of
RS:
RS == "\n"RS == any single characterRS == ""FS is a single character, then
the newline character
always serves as a field separator, in addition to whatever value
FS may have. Leading and trailing newlines in a file are ignored.
RS == regexpIn all cases, gawk sets RT to the input text that matched the
value specified by RS.
getlineSo far we have been getting our input data from awk's main
input stream—either the standard input (usually your terminal, sometimes
the output from another program) or from the
files specified on the command line. The awk language has a
special built-in command called getline that
can be used to read input under your explicit control.
The getline command is used in several different ways and should
not be used by beginners.
The examples that follow the explanation of the getline command
include material that has not been covered yet. Therefore, come back
and study the getline command after you have reviewed the
rest of this Web page and have a good knowledge of how awk works.
The getline command returns one if it finds a record and zero if
it encounters the end of the file. If there is some error in getting
a record, such as a file that cannot be opened, then getline
returns −1. In this case, gawk sets the variable
ERRNO to a string describing the error that occurred.
In the following examples, command stands for a string value that represents a shell command.
getline with No ArgumentsThe getline command can be used without arguments to read input
from the current input file. All it does in this case is read the next
input record and split it up into fields. This is useful if you've
finished processing the current record, but want to do some special
processing on the next record right now. For example:
{
if ((t = index($0, "/*")) != 0) {
# value of `tmp' will be "" if t is 1
tmp = substr($0, 1, t - 1)
u = index(substr($0, t + 2), "*/")
offset = t + 2
while (u == 0) {
if (getline <= 0) {
m = "unexpected EOF or error"
m = (m ": " ERRNO)
print m > "/dev/stderr"
exit
}
u = index($0, "*/")
offset = 0
}
# substr expression will be "" if */
# occurred at end of line
$0 = tmp substr($0, offset + u + 2)
}
print $0
}
This awk program deletes C-style comments (‘/* ... */’) from the input. By replacing the ‘print $0’ with other statements, you could perform more complicated processing on the decommented input, such as searching for matches of a regular expression. (This program has a subtle problem—it does not work if one comment ends and another begins on the same line.)
This form of the getline command sets NF,
NR, FNR, and the value of $0.
NOTE: The new value of$0is used to test the patterns of any subsequent rules. The original value of$0that triggered the rule that executedgetlineis lost. By contrast, thenextstatement reads a new record but immediately begins processing it normally, starting with the first rule in the program. See Next Statement.
getline into a Variable
You can use ‘getline var’ to read the next record from
awk's input into the variable var. No other processing is
done.
For example, suppose the next line is a comment or a special string,
and you want to read it without triggering
any rules. This form of getline allows you to read that line
and store it in a variable so that the main
read-a-line-and-check-each-rule loop of awk never sees it.
The following example swaps every two lines of input:
{
if ((getline tmp) > 0) {
print tmp
print $0
} else
print $0
}
It takes the following list:
wan
tew
free
phore
and produces these results:
tew
wan
phore
free
The getline command used in this way sets only the variables
NR and FNR (and of course, var). The record is not
split into fields, so the values of the fields (including $0) and
the value of NF do not change.
getline from a FileUse ‘getline < file’ to read the next record from file. Here file is a string-valued expression that specifies the file name. ‘< file’ is called a redirection because it directs input to come from a different place. For example, the following program reads its input record from the file secondary.input when it encounters a first field with a value equal to 10 in the current input file:
{
if ($1 == 10) {
getline < "secondary.input"
print
} else
print
}
Because the main input stream is not used, the values of NR and
FNR are not changed. However, the record it reads is split into fields in
the normal manner, so the values of $0 and the other fields are
changed, resulting in a new value of NF.
According to POSIX, ‘getline < expression’ is ambiguous if expression contains unparenthesized operators other than ‘$’; for example, ‘getline < dir "/" file’ is ambiguous because the concatenation operator is not parenthesized. You should write it as ‘getline < (dir "/" file)’ if you want your program to be portable to other awk implementations.
getline into a Variable from a FileUse ‘getline var < file’ to read input from the file file, and put it in the variable var. As above, file is a string-valued expression that specifies the file from which to read.
In this version of getline, none of the built-in variables are
changed and the record is not split into fields. The only variable
changed is var.
For example, the following program copies all the input files to the
output, except for records that say ‘@include filename’.
Such a record is replaced by the contents of the file
filename:
{
if (NF == 2 && $1 == "@include") {
while ((getline line < $2) > 0)
print line
close($2)
} else
print
}
Note here how the name of the extra input file is not built into the program; it is taken directly from the data, specifically from the second field on the ‘@include’ line.
The close function is called to ensure that if two identical
‘@include’ lines appear in the input, the entire specified file is
included twice.
See Close Files And Pipes.
One deficiency of this program is that it does not process nested ‘@include’ statements (i.e., ‘@include’ statements in included files) the way a true macro preprocessor would. See Igawk Program, for a program that does handle nested ‘@include’ statements.
getline from a PipeThe output of a command can also be piped into getline, using
‘command | getline’. In
this case, the string command is run as a shell command and its output
is piped into awk to be used as input. This form of getline
reads one record at a time from the pipe.
For example, the following program copies its input to its output, except for
lines that begin with ‘@execute’, which are replaced by the output
produced by running the rest of the line as a shell command:
{
if ($1 == "@execute") {
tmp = substr($0, 10)
while ((tmp | getline) > 0)
print
close(tmp)
} else
print
}
The close function is called to ensure that if two identical
‘@execute’ lines appear in the input, the command is run for
each one.
See Close Files And Pipes.
Given the input:
foo
bar
baz
@execute who
bletch
the program might produce:
foo
bar
baz
arnold ttyv0 Jul 13 14:22
miriam ttyp0 Jul 13 14:23 (murphy:0)
bill ttyp1 Jul 13 14:23 (murphy:0)
bletch
Notice that this program ran the command who and printed the previous result. (If you try this program yourself, you will of course get different results, depending upon who is logged in on your system.)
This variation of getline splits the record into fields, sets the
value of NF, and recomputes the value of $0. The values of
NR and FNR are not changed.
According to POSIX, ‘expression | getline’ is ambiguous if expression contains unparenthesized operators other than ‘$’—for example, ‘"echo " "date" | getline’ is ambiguous because the concatenation operator is not parenthesized. You should write it as ‘("echo " "date") | getline’ if you want your program to be portable to other awk implementations.
NOTE: Unfortunately, gawk has not been consistent in its treatment of a construct like ‘"echo " "date" | getline’. Up to and including version 3.1.1 of gawk, it was treated as ‘("echo " "date") | getline’. (This how Unix awk behaves.) From 3.1.2 through 3.1.5, it was treated as ‘"echo " ("date" | getline)’. (This is how mawk behaves.) Starting with version 3.1.6, the earlier behavior was reinstated. In short, always use explicit parentheses, and then you won't have to worry.
getline into a Variable from a Pipe
When you use ‘command | getline var’, the
output of command is sent through a pipe to
getline and into the variable var. For example, the
following program reads the current date and time into the variable
current_time, using the date utility, and then
prints it:
BEGIN {
"date" | getline current_time
close("date")
print "Report printed on " current_time
}
In this version of getline, none of the built-in variables are
changed and the record is not split into fields.
getline from a Coprocess
Input into getline from a pipe is a one-way operation.
The command that is started with ‘command | getline’ only
sends data to your awk program.
On occasion, you might want to send data to another program for processing and then read the results back. gawk allows you to start a coprocess, with which two-way communications are possible. This is done with the ‘|&’ operator. Typically, you write data to the coprocess first and then read results back, as shown in the following:
print "some query" |& "db_server"
"db_server" |& getline
which sends a query to db_server and then reads the results.
The values of NR and
FNR are not changed,
because the main input stream is not used.
However, the record is split into fields in
the normal manner, thus changing the values of $0, of the other fields,
and of NF.
Coprocesses are an advanced feature. They are discussed here only because
this is the section on getline.
See Two-way I/O,
where coprocesses are discussed in more detail.
getline into a Variable from a Coprocess
When you use ‘command |& getline var’, the output from
the coprocess command is sent through a two-way pipe to getline
and into the variable var.
In this version of getline, none of the built-in variables are
changed and the record is not split into fields. The only variable
changed is var.
getlineHere are some miscellaneous points about getline that
you should bear in mind:
getline changes the value of $0 and NF,
awk does not automatically jump to the start of the
program and start testing the new record against every pattern.
However, the new record is tested against any subsequent rules.
getline without a
redirection inside a BEGIN rule. Because an unredirected getline
reads from the command-line data files, the first getline command
causes awk to set the value of FILENAME. Normally,
FILENAME does not have a value inside BEGIN rules, because you
have not yet started to process the command-line data files.
(d.c.)
(See BEGIN/END,
also see Auto-set.)
FILENAME with getline
(‘getline < FILENAME’)
is likely to be a source for
confusion. awk opens a separate input stream from the
current input file. However, by not using a variable, $0
and NR are still updated. If you're doing this, it's
probably by accident, and you should reconsider what it is you're
trying to accomplish.
getline Variants
table-getline-variants
summarizes the eight variants of getline,
listing which built-in variables are set by each one.
| Variant | Effect
|
|---|---|
getline | Sets $0, NF, FNR, and NR
|
getline var | Sets var, FNR, and NR
|
getline < file | Sets $0 and NF
|
getline var < file | Sets var
|
command | getline | Sets $0 and NF
|
command | getline var | Sets var
|
command |& getline | Sets $0 and NF. This is a gawk extension
|
command |& getline var | Sets var. This is a gawk extension
|
Table 3.1: getline Variants and What They Set
One of the most common programming actions is to print, or output,
some or all of the input. Use the print statement
for simple output, and the printf statement
for fancier formatting.
The print statement is not limited when
computing which values to print. However, with two exceptions,
you cannot specify how to print them—how many
columns, whether to use exponential notation or not, and so on.
(For the exceptions, see Output Separators, and
OFMT.)
For printing with specifications, you need the printf statement
(see Printf).
Besides basic and formatted printing, this chapter
also covers I/O redirections to files and pipes, introduces
the special file names that gawk processes internally,
and discusses the close built-in function.
print StatementThe print statement is used to produce output with simple, standardized
formatting. Specify only the strings or numbers to print, in a
list separated by commas. They are output, separated by single spaces,
followed by a newline. The statement looks like this:
print item1, item2, ...
The entire list of items may be optionally enclosed in parentheses. The parentheses are necessary if any of the item expressions uses the ‘>’ relational operator; otherwise it could be confused with a redirection (see Redirection).
The items to print can be constant strings or numbers, fields of the
current record (such as $1), variables, or any awk
expression. Numeric values are converted to strings and then printed.
The simple statement ‘print’ with no items is equivalent to
‘print $0’: it prints the entire current record. To print a blank
line, use ‘print ""’, where "" is the empty string.
To print a fixed piece of text, use a string constant, such as
"Don't Panic", as one item. If you forget to use the
double-quote characters, your text is taken as an awk
expression, and you will probably get an error. Keep in mind that a
space is printed between any two items.
print StatementsEach print statement makes at least one line of output. However, it
isn't limited to only one line. If an item value is a string that contains a
newline, the newline is output along with the rest of the string. A
single print statement can make any number of lines this way.
The following is an example of printing a string that contains embedded newlines (the ‘\n’ is an escape sequence, used to represent the newline character; see Escape Sequences):
$ awk 'BEGIN { print "line one\nline two\nline three" }'
-| line one
-| line two
-| line three
The next example, which is run on the inventory-shipped file, prints the first two fields of each input record, with a space between them:
$ awk '{ print $1, $2 }' inventory-shipped
-| Jan 13
-| Feb 15
-| Mar 15
...
A common mistake in using the print statement is to omit the comma
between two items. This often has the effect of making the items run
together in the output, with no space. The reason for this is that
juxtaposing two string expressions in awk means to concatenate
them. Here is the same program, without the comma:
$ awk '{ print $1 $2 }' inventory-shipped
-| Jan13
-| Feb15
-| Mar15
...
To someone unfamiliar with the inventory-shipped file, neither
example's output makes much sense. A heading line at the beginning
would make it clearer. Let's add some headings to our table of months
($1) and green crates shipped ($2). We do this using the
BEGIN pattern
(see BEGIN/END)
so that the headings are only printed once:
awk 'BEGIN { print "Month Crates"
print "----- ------" }
{ print $1, $2 }' inventory-shipped
When run, the program prints the following:
Month Crates
----- ------
Jan 13
Feb 15
Mar 15
...
The only problem, however, is that the headings and the table data don't line up! We can fix this by printing some spaces between the two fields:
awk 'BEGIN { print "Month Crates"
print "----- ------" }
{ print $1, " ", $2 }' inventory-shipped
Lining up columns this way can get pretty
complicated when there are many columns to fix. Counting spaces for two
or three columns is simple, but any more than this can take up
a lot of time. This is why the printf statement was
created (see Printf);
one of its specialties is lining up columns of data.
NOTE: You can continue either aprintfstatement simply by putting a newline after any comma (see Statements/Lines).
As mentioned previously, a print statement contains a list
of items separated by commas. In the output, the items are normally
separated by single spaces. However, this doesn't need to be the case;
a single space is only the default. Any string of
characters may be used as the output field separator by setting the
built-in variable OFS. The initial value of this variable
is the string " "—that is, a single space.
The output from an entire print statement is called an
output record. Each print statement outputs one output
record, and then outputs a string called the output record separator
(or ORS). The initial
value of ORS is the string "\n"; i.e., a newline
character. Thus, each print statement normally makes a separate line.
In order to change how output fields and records are separated, assign
new values to the variables OFS and ORS. The usual
place to do this is in the BEGIN rule
(see BEGIN/END), so
that it happens before any input is processed. It can also be done
with assignments on the command line, before the names of the input
files, or using the -v command-line option
(see Options).
The following example prints the first and second fields of each input
record, separated by a semicolon, with a blank line added after each
newline:
$ awk 'BEGIN { OFS = ";"; ORS = "\n\n" }
> { print $1, $2 }' BBS-list
-| aardvark;555-5553
-|
-| alpo-net;555-3412
-|
-| barfly;555-7685
...
If the value of ORS does not contain a newline, the program's output
is run together on a single line.
printWhen the print statement is used to print numeric values,
awk internally converts the number to a string of characters
and prints that string. awk uses the sprintf function
to do this conversion
(see String Functions).
For now, it suffices to say that the sprintf
function accepts a format specification that tells it how to format
numbers (or strings), and that there are a number of different ways in which
numbers can be formatted. The different format specifications are discussed
more fully in
Control Letters.
The built-in variable OFMT contains the default format specification
that print uses with sprintf when it wants to convert a
number to a string for printing.
The default value of OFMT is "%.6g".
The way print prints numbers can be changed
by supplying different format specifications
as the value of OFMT, as shown in the following example:
$ awk 'BEGIN {
> OFMT = "%.0f" # print numbers as integers (rounds)
> print 17.23, 17.54 }'
-| 17 18
According to the POSIX standard, awk's behavior is undefined
if OFMT contains anything but a floating-point conversion specification.
(d.c.)
printf Statements for Fancier PrintingFor more precise control over the output format than what is
normally provided by print, use printf.
printf can be used to
specify the width to use for each item, as well as various
formatting choices for numbers (such as what output base to use, whether to
print an exponent, whether to print a sign, and how many digits to print
after the decimal point). This is done by supplying a string, called
the format string, that controls how and where to print the other
arguments.
printf StatementA simple printf statement looks like this:
printf format, item1, item2, ...
The entire list of arguments may optionally be enclosed in parentheses. The parentheses are necessary if any of the item expressions use the ‘>’ relational operator; otherwise, it can be confused with a redirection (see Redirection).
The difference between printf and print is the format
argument. This is an expression whose value is taken as a string; it
specifies how to output each of the other arguments. It is called the
format string.
The format string is very similar to that in the ISO C library function
printf. Most of format is text to output verbatim.
Scattered among this text are format specifiers—one per item.
Each format specifier says to output the next item in the argument list
at that place in the format.
The printf statement does not automatically append a newline
to its output. It outputs only what the format string specifies.
So if a newline is needed, you must include one in the format string.
The output separator variables OFS and ORS have no effect
on printf statements. For example:
$ awk 'BEGIN {
> ORS = "\nOUCH!\n"; OFS = "+"
> msg = "Dont Panic!"
> printf "%s\n", msg
> }'
-| Dont Panic!
Here, neither the ‘+’ nor the ‘OUCH’ appear when the message is printed.
A format specifier starts with the character ‘%’ and ends with
a format-control letter—it tells the printf statement
how to output one item. The format-control letter specifies what kind
of value to print. The rest of the format specifier is made up of
optional modifiers that control how to print the value, such as
the field width. Here is a list of the format-control letters:
%cNOTE: The ‘%c’ format does not handle values outside the range 0–255. On most systems, values from 0–127 are within the range of ASCII and will yield an ASCII character. Values in the range 128–255 may format as characters in some extended character set, or they may not. System 390 (IBM architecture mainframe) systems use 8-bit characters, and thus values from 0–255 yield the corresponding EBCDIC character. Any value above 255 is treated as modulo 255; i.e., the lowest eight bits of the value are used. The locale and character set are always ignored.
%d, %i%e, %Eprintf "%4.3e\n", 1950
prints ‘1.950e+03’, with a total of four significant figures, three of
which follow the decimal point.
(The ‘4.3’ represents two modifiers,
discussed in the next subsection.)
‘%E’ uses ‘E’ instead of ‘e’ in the output.
%fprintf "%4.3f", 1950
prints ‘1950.000’, with a total of four significant figures, three of which follow the decimal point. (The ‘4.3’ represents two modifiers, discussed in the next subsection.)
On systems supporting IEEE 754 floating point format, values
representing negative
infinity are formatted as
‘-inf’ or ‘-infinity’,
and positive infinity as
‘inf’ and ‘infinity’.
The special “not a number” value formats as ‘-nan’ or ‘nan’.
%F%f but the infinity and “not a number” values are spelled
using uppercase letters.
The %F format is a POSIX extension to ISO C; not all systems
support it. On those that don't, gawk uses %f instead.
%g, %G%o%s%u%x, %X%%NOTE: When using the integer format-control letters for values that are outside the range of the widest C integer type, gawk switches to the ‘%g’ format specifier. If --lint is provided on the command line (see Options), gawk warns about this. Other versions of awk may print invalid values or do something else entirely. (d.c.)
printf FormatsA format specification can also include modifiers that can control how much of the item's value is printed, as well as how much space it gets. The modifiers come between the ‘%’ and the format-control letter. We will use the bullet symbol “•” in the following examples to represent spaces in the output. Here are the possible modifiers, in the order in which they may appear:
$ printf "%s %s\n", "don't", "panic"
printf "%2$s %1$s\n", "panic", "don't"
prints the famous friendly message twice.
At first glance, this feature doesn't seem to be of much use.
It is in fact a gawk extension, intended for use in translating
messages at runtime.
See Printf Ordering,
which describes how and why to use positional specifiers.
For now, we will not use them.
-printf "%-4s", "foo"
prints ‘foo•’.
+#0' $ cat thousands.awk Show source program
-| BEGIN { printf "%'d\n", 1234567 }
$ LC_ALL=C gawk -f thousands.awk
-| 1234567 Results in "C" locale
$ LC_ALL=en_US.UTF-8 gawk -f thousands.awk
-| 1,234,567 Results in US English UTF locale
For more information about locales and internationalization issues, see Locales.
NOTE: The ‘'’ flag is a nice feature, but its use complicates things: it becomes difficult to use it in command-line programs. For information on appropriate quoting tricks, see Quoting.
printf "%4s", "foo"
prints ‘•foo’.
The value of width is a minimum width, not a maximum. If the item value requires more than width characters, it can be as wide as necessary. Thus, the following:
printf "%4s", "foobar"
prints ‘foobar’.
Preceding the width with a minus sign causes the output to be
padded with spaces on the right, instead of on the left.
.prec%e, %E, %f%g, %G%d, %i, %o, %u, %x, %X%sThus, the following:
printf "%.4s", "foobar"
prints ‘foob’.
The C library printf's dynamic width and prec
capability (for example, "%*.*s") is supported. Instead of
supplying explicit width and/or prec values in the format
string, they are passed in the argument list. For example:
w = 5
p = 3
s = "abcdefg"
printf "%*.*s\n", w, p, s
is exactly equivalent to:
s = "abcdefg"
printf "%5.3s\n", s
Both programs output ‘••abc’. Earlier versions of awk did not support this capability. If you must use such a version, you may simulate this feature by using concatenation to build up the format string, like so:
w = 5
p = 3
s = "abcdefg"
printf "%" w "." p "s\n", s
This is not particularly easy to read but it does work.
C programmers may be used to supplying additional
‘l’, ‘L’, and ‘h’
modifiers in printf format strings. These are not valid in awk.
Most awk implementations silently ignore these modifiers.
If --lint is provided on the command line
(see Options),
gawk warns about their use. If --posix is supplied,
their use is a fatal error.
printfThe following is a simple example of
how to use printf to make an aligned table:
awk '{ printf "%-10s %s\n", $1, $2 }' BBS-list
This command
prints the names of the bulletin boards ($1) in the file
BBS-list as a string of 10 characters that are left-justified. It also
prints the phone numbers ($2) next on the line. This
produces an aligned two-column table of names and phone numbers,
as shown here:
$ awk '{ printf "%-10s %s\n", $1, $2 }' BBS-list
-| aardvark 555-5553
-| alpo-net 555-3412
-| barfly 555-7685
-| bites 555-1675
-| camelot 555-0542
-| core 555-2912
-| fooey 555-1234
-| foot 555-6699
-| macfoo 555-6480
-| sdace 555-3430
-| sabafoo 555-2127
In this case, the phone numbers had to be printed as strings because the numbers are separated by a dash. Printing the phone numbers as numbers would have produced just the first three digits: ‘555’. This would have been pretty confusing.
It wasn't necessary to specify a width for the phone numbers because they are last on their lines. They don't need to have spaces after them.
The table could be made to look even nicer by adding headings to the
tops of the columns. This is done using the BEGIN pattern
(see BEGIN/END)
so that the headers are only printed once, at the beginning of
the awk program:
awk 'BEGIN { print "Name Number"
print "---- ------" }
{ printf "%-10s %s\n", $1, $2 }' BBS-list
The above example mixed print and printf statements in
the same program. Using just printf statements can produce the
same results:
awk 'BEGIN { printf "%-10s %s\n", "Name", "Number"
printf "%-10s %s\n", "----", "------" }
{ printf "%-10s %s\n", $1, $2 }' BBS-list
Printing each column heading with the same format specification used for the column elements ensures that the headings are aligned just like the columns.
The fact that the same format specification is used three times can be emphasized by storing it in a variable, like this:
awk 'BEGIN { format = "%-10s %s\n"
printf format, "Name", "Number"
printf format, "----", "------" }
{ printf format, $1, $2 }' BBS-list
At this point, it would be a worthwhile exercise to use the
printf statement to line up the headings and table data for the
inventory-shipped example that was covered earlier in the section
on the print statement
(see Print).
print and printfSo far, the output from print and printf has gone
to the standard
output, usually the terminal. Both print and printf can
also send their output to other places.
This is called redirection.
A redirection appears after the print or printf statement.
Redirections in awk are written just like redirections in shell
commands, except that they are written inside the awk program.
There are four forms of output redirection: output to a file, output
appended to a file, output through a pipe to another command, and output
to a coprocess. They are all shown for the print statement,
but they work identically for printf:
print items > output-fileWhen this type of redirection is used, the output-file is erased before the first output is written to it. Subsequent writes to the same output-file do not erase output-file, but append to it. (This is different from how you use redirections in shell scripts.) If output-file does not exist, it is created. For example, here is how an awk program can write a list of BBS names to one file named name-list, and a list of phone numbers to another file named phone-list:
$ awk '{ print $2 > "phone-list"
> print $1 > "name-list" }' BBS-list
$ cat phone-list
-| 555-5553
-| 555-3412
...
$ cat name-list
-| aardvark
-| alpo-net
...
Each output file contains one name or number per line.
print items >> output-fileprint items | commandThe redirection argument command is actually an awk expression. Its value is converted to a string whose contents give the shell command to be run. For example, the following produces two files, one unsorted list of BBS names, and one list sorted in reverse alphabetical order:
awk '{ print $1 > "names.unsorted"
command = "sort -r > names.sorted"
print $1 | command }' BBS-list
The unsorted list is written with an ordinary redirection, while the sorted list is written by piping through the sort utility.
The next example uses redirection to mail a message to the mailing list ‘bug-system’. This might be useful when trouble is encountered in an awk script run periodically for system maintenance:
report = "mail bug-system"
print "Awk script failed:", $0 | report
m = ("at record number " FNR " of " FILENAME)
print m | report
close(report)
The message is built using string concatenation and saved in the variable
m. It's then sent down the pipeline to the mail program.
(The parentheses group the items to concatenate—see
Concatenation.)
The close function is called here because it's a good idea to close
the pipe as soon as all the intended output has been sent to it.
See Close Files And Pipes,
for more information.
This example also illustrates the use of a variable to represent a file or command—it is not necessary to always use a string constant. Using a variable is generally a good idea, because (if you mean to refer to that same file or command) awk requires that the string value be spelled identically every time.
print items |& commandgetline.
Thus command is a coprocess, which works together with,
but subsidiary to, the awk program.
This feature is a gawk extension, and is not available in POSIX awk. See Getline/Coprocess, for a brief discussion. See Two-way I/O, for a more complete discussion.
Redirecting output using ‘>’, ‘>>’, ‘|’, or ‘|&’ asks the system to open a file, pipe, or coprocess only if the particular file or command you specify has not already been written to by your program or if it has been closed since it was last written to.
It is a common error to use ‘>’ redirection for the first print
to a file, and then to use ‘>>’ for subsequent output:
# clear the file
print "Don't panic" > "guide.txt"
...
# append
print "Avoid improbability generators" >> "guide.txt"
This is indeed how redirections must be used from the shell. But in
awk, it isn't necessary. In this kind of case, a program should
use ‘>’ for all the print statements, since the output file
is only opened once. (It happens that if you mix ‘>’ and ‘>>’
that output is produced in the expected order. However, mixing the operators
for the same file is definitely poor style, and is confusing to readers
of your program.)
As mentioned earlier (see Getline Notes), many Many awk implementations limit the number of pipelines that an awk program may have open to just one! In gawk, there is no such limit. gawk allows a program to open as many pipelines as the underlying operating system permits.
A particularly powerful way to use redirection is to build command lines and pipe them into the shell, sh. For example, suppose you have a list of files brought over from a system where all the file names are stored in uppercase, and you wish to rename them to have names in all lowercase. The following program is both simple and efficient:
{ printf("mv %s %s\n", $0, tolower($0)) | "sh" }
END { close("sh") }
The tolower function returns its argument string with all
uppercase characters converted to lowercase
(see String Functions).
The program builds up a list of command lines,
using the mv utility to rename the files.
It then sends the list to the shell for execution.
gawk provides a number of special file names that it interprets internally. These file names provide access to standard file descriptors, process-related information, and TCP/IP networking.
Running programs conventionally have three input and output streams already available to them for reading and writing. These are known as the standard input, standard output, and standard error output. These streams are, by default, connected to your terminal, but they are often redirected with the shell, via the ‘<’, ‘<<’, ‘>’, ‘>>’, ‘>&’, and ‘|’ operators. Standard error is typically used for writing error messages; the reason there are two separate streams, standard output and standard error, is so that they can be redirected separately.
In other implementations of awk, the only way to write an error message to standard error in an awk program is as follows:
print "Serious error detected!" | "cat 1>&2"
This works by opening a pipeline to a shell command that can access the standard error stream that it inherits from the awk process. This is far from elegant, and it is also inefficient, because it requires a separate process. So people writing awk programs often don't do this. Instead, they send the error messages to the terminal, like this:
print "Serious error detected!" > "/dev/tty"
This usually has the same effect but not always: although the standard error stream is usually the terminal, it can be redirected; when that happens, writing to the terminal is not correct. In fact, if awk is run from a background job, it may not have a terminal at all. Then opening /dev/tty fails.
gawk provides special file names for accessing the three standard streams, as well as any other inherited open files. If the file name matches one of these special names when gawk redirects input or output, then it directly uses the stream that the file name stands for. These special file names work for all operating systems that gawk has been ported to, not just those that are POSIX-compliant:
The file names /dev/stdin, /dev/stdout, and /dev/stderr are aliases for /dev/fd/0, /dev/fd/1, and /dev/fd/2, respectively. However, they are more self-explanatory. The proper way to write an error message in a gawk program is to use /dev/stderr, like this:
print "Serious error detected!" > "/dev/stderr"
Note the use of quotes around the file name. Like any other redirection, the value must be a string. It is a common error to omit the quotes, which leads to confusing results.
gawk also provides special file names that give access to information
about the running gawk process. Each of these “files” provides
a single record of information. To read them more than once, they must
first be closed with the close function
(see Close Files And Pipes).
The file names are:
$1getuid system call
(the real user ID number).
$2geteuid system call
(the effective user ID number).
$3getgid system call
(the real group ID number).
$4getegid system call
(the effective group ID number).
If there are any additional fields, they are the group IDs returned by
the getgroups system call.
(Multiple groups may not be supported on all systems.)
These special file names may be used on the command line as data files, as well as for I/O redirections within an awk program. They may not be used as source files with the -f option.
NOTE: The special files that provide process-related information are now considered
obsolete and will disappear entirely
in the next release of gawk.
gawk prints a warning message every time you use one of
these files.
To obtain process-related information, use the PROCINFO array.
See Auto-set.
Starting with version 3.1 of gawk, awk programs can open a two-way TCP/IP connection, acting as either a client or a server. This is done using a special file name of the form:
/inet/protocol/local-port/remote-host/remote-port
The protocol is one of ‘tcp’, ‘udp’, or ‘raw’, and the other fields represent the other essential pieces of information for making a networking connection. These file names are used with the ‘|&’ operator for communicating with a coprocess (see Two-way I/O). This is an advanced feature, mentioned here only for completeness. Full discussion is delayed until TCP/IP Networking.
Here is a list of things to bear in mind when using the special file names that gawk provides:
PROCINFO array.
See Built-in Variables.
dup'ed from file descriptor 4. Most of
the time this does not matter; however, it is important to not
close any of the files related to file descriptors 0, 1, and 2.
Doing so results in unpredictable behavior.
If the same file name or the same shell command is used with getline
more than once during the execution of an awk program
(see Getline),
the file is opened (or the command is executed) the first time only.
At that time, the first record of input is read from that file or command.
The next time the same file or command is used with getline,
another record is read from it, and so on.
Similarly, when a file or pipe is opened for output, the file name or command associated with it is remembered by awk, and subsequent writes to the same file or command are appended to the previous writes. The file or pipe stays open until awk exits.
This implies that special steps are necessary in order to read the same
file again from the beginning, or to rerun a shell command (rather than
reading more output from the same command). The close function
makes these things possible:
close(filename)
or:
close(command)
The argument filename or command can be any expression. Its value must exactly match the string that was used to open the file or start the command (spaces and other “irrelevant” characters included). For example, if you open a pipe with this:
"sort -r names" | getline foo
then you must close it with this:
close("sort -r names")
Once this function call is executed, the next getline from that
file or command, or the next print or printf to that
file or command, reopens the file or reruns the command.
Because the expression that you use to close a file or pipeline must
exactly match the expression used to open the file or run the command,
it is good practice to use a variable to store the file name or command.
The previous example becomes the following:
sortcom = "sort -r names"
sortcom | getline foo
...
close(sortcom)
This helps avoid hard-to-find typographical errors in your awk programs. Here are some of the reasons for closing an output file:
getline.
For example, suppose a program pipes output to the mail program. If it outputs several lines redirected to this pipe without closing it, they make a single message of several lines. By contrast, if the program closes the pipe after each line of output, then each line makes a separate message.
If you use more files than the system allows you to have open,
gawk attempts to multiplex the available open files among
your data files. gawk's ability to do this depends upon the
facilities of your operating system, so it may not always work. It is
therefore both good practice and good portability advice to always
use close on your files when you are done with them.
In fact, if you are using a lot of pipes, it is essential that
you close commands when done. For example, consider something like this:
{
...
command = ("grep " $1 " /some/file | my_prog -q " $3)
while ((command | getline) > 0) {
process output of command
}
# need close(command) here
}
This example creates a new pipeline based on data in each record.
Without the call to close indicated in the comment, awk
creates child processes to run the commands, until it eventually
runs out of file descriptors for more pipelines.
Even though each command has finished (as indicated by the end-of-file
return status from getline), the child process is not
terminated;21
more importantly, the file descriptor for the pipe
is not closed and released until close is called or
awk exits.
close will silently do nothing if given an argument that
does not represent a file, pipe or coprocess that was opened with
a redirection.
Note also that ‘close(FILENAME)’ has no “magic” effects on the implicit loop that reads through the files named on the command line. It is, more likely, a close of a file that was never opened, so awk silently does nothing.
When using the ‘|&’ operator to communicate with a coprocess,
it is occasionally useful to be able to close one end of the two-way
pipe without closing the other.
This is done by supplying a second argument to close.
As in any other call to close,
the first argument is the name of the command or special file used
to start the coprocess.
The second argument should be a string, with either of the values
"to" or "from". Case does not matter.
As this is an advanced feature, a more complete discussion is
delayed until
Two-way I/O,
which discusses it in more detail and gives an example.
close's Return Value
In many versions of Unix awk, the close function
is actually a statement. It is a syntax error to try and use the return
value from close:
(d.c.)
command = "..."
command | getline info
retval = close(command) # syntax error in most Unix awks
gawk treats close as a function.
The return value is −1 if the argument names something
that was never opened with a redirection, or if there is
a system problem closing the file or process.
In these cases, gawk sets the built-in variable
ERRNO to a string describing the problem.
In gawk,
when closing a pipe or coprocess (input or output),
the return value is the exit status of the command.22
Otherwise, it is the return value from the system's close or
fclose C functions when closing input or output
files, respectively.
This value is zero if the close succeeds, or −1 if
it fails.
The POSIX standard is very vague; it says that close
returns zero on success and non-zero otherwise. In general,
different implementations vary in what they report when closing
pipes; thus the return value cannot be used portably.
(d.c.)
Expressions are the basic building blocks of awk patterns and actions. An expression evaluates to a value that you can print, test, or pass to a function. Additionally, an expression can assign a new value to a variable or a field by using an assignment operator.
An expression can serve as a pattern or action statement on its own. Most other kinds of statements contain one or more expressions that specify the data on which to operate. As in other languages, expressions in awk include variables, array references, constants, and function calls, as well as combinations of these with various operators.
The simplest type of expression is the constant, which always has the same value. There are three types of constants: numeric, string, and regular expression.
Each is used in the appropriate context when you need a data value that isn't going to change. Numeric constants can have different forms, but are stored identically internally.
A numeric constant stands for a number. This number can be an integer, a decimal fraction, or a number in scientific (exponential) notation.23 Here are some examples of numeric constants that all have the same value:
105
1.05e+2
1050e-1
A string constant consists of a sequence of characters enclosed in double-quotation marks. For example:
"parrot"
represents the string whose contents are ‘parrot’. Strings in gawk can be of any length, and they can contain any of the possible eight-bit ASCII characters including ASCII nul (character code zero). Other awk implementations may have difficulty with some character codes.
In awk, all numbers are in decimal; i.e., base 10. Many other programming languages allow you to specify numbers in other bases, often octal (base 8) and hexadecimal (base 16). In octal, the numbers go 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 10, 11, 12, etc. Just as ‘11’, in decimal, is 1 times 10 plus 1, so ‘11’, in octal, is 1 times 8, plus 1. This equals 9 in decimal. In hexadecimal, there are 16 digits. Since the everyday decimal number system only has ten digits (‘0’–‘9’), the letters ‘a’ through ‘f’ are used to represent the rest. (Case in the letters is usually irrelevant; hexadecimal ‘a’ and ‘A’ have the same value.) Thus, ‘11’, in hexadecimal, is 1 times 16 plus 1, which equals 17 in decimal.
Just by looking at plain ‘11’, you can't tell what base it's in. So, in C, C++, and other languages derived from C, there is a special notation to help signify the base. Octal numbers start with a leading ‘0’, and hexadecimal numbers start with a leading ‘0x’ or ‘0X’:
110110x11This example shows the difference:
$ gawk 'BEGIN { printf "%d, %d, %d\n", 011, 11, 0x11 }'
-| 9, 11, 17
Being able to use octal and hexadecimal constants in your programs is most useful when working with data that cannot be represented conveniently as characters or as regular numbers, such as binary data of various sorts.
gawk allows the use of octal and hexadecimal
constants in your program text. However, such numbers in the input data
are not treated differently; doing so by default would break old
programs.
(If you really need to do this, use the --non-decimal-data
command-line option;
see Nondecimal Data.)
If you have octal or hexadecimal data,
you can use the strtonum function
(see String Functions)
to convert the data into a number.
Most of the time, you will want to use octal or hexadecimal constants
when working with the built-in bit manipulation functions;
see Bitwise Functions,
for more information.
Unlike some early C implementations, ‘8’ and ‘9’ are not valid in octal constants; e.g., gawk treats ‘018’ as decimal 18:
$ gawk 'BEGIN { print "021 is", 021 ; print 018 }'
-| 021 is 17
-| 18
Octal and hexadecimal source code constants are a gawk extension. If gawk is in compatibility mode (see Options), they are not available.
Once a numeric constant has been converted internally into a number, gawk no longer remembers what the original form of the constant was; the internal value is always used. This has particular consequences for conversion of numbers to strings:
$ gawk 'BEGIN { printf "0x11 is <%s>\n", 0x11 }'
-| 0x11 is <17>
A regexp constant is a regular expression description enclosed in
slashes, such as /^beginning and end$/. Most regexps used in
awk programs are constant, but the ‘~’ and ‘!~’
matching operators can also match computed or “dynamic” regexps
(which are just ordinary strings or variables that contain a regexp).
When used on the righthand side of the ‘~’ or ‘!~’
operators, a regexp constant merely stands for the regexp that is to be
matched.
However, regexp constants (such as /foo/) may be used like simple expressions.
When a
regexp constant appears by itself, it has the same meaning as if it appeared
in a pattern, i.e., ‘($0 ~ /foo/)’
(d.c.)
See Expression Patterns.
This means that the following two code segments:
if ($0 ~ /barfly/ || $0 ~ /camelot/)
print "found"
and:
if (/barfly/ || /camelot/)
print "found"
are exactly equivalent. One rather bizarre consequence of this rule is that the following Boolean expression is valid, but does not do what the user probably intended:
# note that /foo/ is on the left of the ~
if (/foo/ ~ $1) print "found foo"
This code is “obviously” testing $1 for a match against the regexp
/foo/. But in fact, the expression ‘/foo/ ~ $1’ actually means
‘($0 ~ /foo/) ~ $1’. In other words, first match the input record
against the regexp /foo/. The result is either zero or one,
depending upon the success or failure of the match. That result
is then matched against the first field in the record.
Because it is unlikely that you would ever really want to make this kind of
test, gawk issues a warning when it sees this construct in
a program.
Another consequence of this rule is that the assignment statement:
matches = /foo/
assigns either zero or one to the variable matches, depending
upon the contents of the current input record.
This feature of the language has never been well documented until the
POSIX specification.
Constant regular expressions are also used as the first argument for
the gensub, sub, and gsub functions, and as the
second argument of the match function
(see String Functions).
Modern implementations of awk, including gawk, allow
the third argument of split to be a regexp constant, but some
older implementations do not.
(d.c.)
This can lead to confusion when attempting to use regexp constants
as arguments to user-defined functions
(see User-defined).
For example:
function mysub(pat, repl, str, global)
{
if (global)
gsub(pat, repl, str)
else
sub(pat, repl, str)
return str
}
{
...
text = "hi! hi yourself!"
mysub(/hi/, "howdy", text, 1)
...
}
In this example, the programmer wants to pass a regexp constant to the
user-defined function mysub, which in turn passes it on to
either sub or gsub. However, what really happens is that
the pat parameter is either one or zero, depending upon whether
or not $0 matches /hi/.
gawk issues a warning when it sees a regexp constant used as
a parameter to a user-defined function, since passing a truth value in
this way is probably not what was intended.
Variables are ways of storing values at one point in your program for use later in another part of your program. They can be manipulated entirely within the program text, and they can also be assigned values on the awk command line.
Variables let you give names to values and refer to them later. Variables
have already been used in many of the examples. The name of a variable
must be a sequence of letters, digits, or underscores, and it may not begin
with a digit. Case is significant in variable names; a and A
are distinct variables.
A variable name is a valid expression by itself; it represents the variable's current value. Variables are given new values with assignment operators, increment operators, and decrement operators. See Assignment Ops.
A few variables have special built-in meanings, such as FS (the
field separator), and NF (the number of fields in the current input
record). See Built-in Variables, for a list of the built-in variables.
These built-in variables can be used and assigned just like all other
variables, but their values are also used or changed automatically by
awk. All built-in variables' names are entirely uppercase.
Variables in awk can be assigned either numeric or string values. The kind of value a variable holds can change over the life of a program. By default, variables are initialized to the empty string, which is zero if converted to a number. There is no need to “initialize” each variable explicitly in awk, which is what you would do in C and in most other traditional languages.
Any awk variable can be set by including a variable assignment among the arguments on the command line when awk is invoked (see Other Arguments). Such an assignment has the following form:
variable=text
With it, a variable is set either at the beginning of the awk run or in between input files. When the assignment is preceded with the -v option, as in the following:
-v variable=text
the variable is set at the very beginning, even before the
BEGIN rules are run. The -v option and its assignment
must precede all the file name arguments, as well as the program text.
(See Options, for more information about
the -v option.)
Otherwise, the variable assignment is performed at a time determined by
its position among the input file arguments—after the processing of the
preceding input file argument. For example:
awk '{ print $n }' n=4 inventory-shipped n=2 BBS-list
prints the value of field number n for all input records. Before
the first file is read, the command line sets the variable n
equal to four. This causes the fourth field to be printed in lines from
the file inventory-shipped. After the first file has finished,
but before the second file is started, n is set to two, so that the
second field is printed in lines from BBS-list:
$ awk '{ print $n }' n=4 inventory-shipped n=2 BBS-list
-| 15
-| 24
...
-| 555-5553
-| 555-3412
...
Command-line arguments are made available for explicit examination by
the awk program in the ARGV array
(see ARGC and ARGV).
awk processes the values of command-line assignments for escape
sequences
(see Escape Sequences).
(d.c.)
Strings are converted to numbers and numbers are converted to strings, if the context
of the awk program demands it. For example, if the value of
either foo or bar in the expression ‘foo + bar’
happens to be a string, it is converted to a number before the addition
is performed. If numeric values appear in string concatenation, they
are converted to strings. Consider the following:
two = 2; three = 3
print (two three) + 4
This prints the (numeric) value 27. The numeric values of
the variables two and three are converted to strings and
concatenated together. The resulting string is converted back to the
number 23, to which 4 is then added.
If, for some reason, you need to force a number to be converted to a
string, concatenate the empty string, "", with that number.
To force a string to be converted to a number, add zero to that string.
A string is converted to a number by interpreting any numeric prefix
of the string as numerals:
"2.5" converts to 2.5, "1e3" converts to 1000, and "25fix"
has a numeric value of 25.
Strings that can't be interpreted as valid numbers convert to zero.
The exact manner in which numbers are converted into strings is controlled
by the awk built-in variable CONVFMT (see Built-in Variables).
Numbers are converted using the sprintf function
with CONVFMT as the format
specifier
(see String Functions).
CONVFMT's default value is "%.6g", which prints a value with
at most six significant digits. For some applications, you might want to
change it to specify more precision.
On most modern machines,
17 digits is enough to capture a floating-point number's
value exactly,
most of the time.24
Strange results can occur if you set CONVFMT to a string that doesn't
tell sprintf how to format floating-point numbers in a useful way.
For example, if you forget the ‘%’ in the format, awk converts
all numbers to the same constant string.
As a special case, if a number is an integer, then the result of converting
it to a string is always an integer, no matter what the value of
CONVFMT may be. Given the following code fragment:
CONVFMT = "%2.2f"
a = 12
b = a ""
b has the value "12", not "12.00".
(d.c.)
Prior to the POSIX standard, awk used the value
of OFMT for converting numbers to strings. OFMT
specifies the output format to use when printing numbers with print.
CONVFMT was introduced in order to separate the semantics of
conversion from the semantics of printing. Both CONVFMT and
OFMT have the same default value: "%.6g". In the vast majority
of cases, old awk programs do not change their behavior.
However, these semantics for OFMT are something to keep in mind if you must
port your new style program to older implementations of awk.
We recommend
that instead of changing your programs, just port gawk itself.
See Print,
for more information on the print statement.
And, once again, where you are can matter when it comes to converting
between numbers and strings. In Locales, we mentioned that
the local character set and language (the locale) can affect how
gawk matches characters. The locale also affects numeric
formats. In particular, for awk programs, it affects the
decimal point character. The "C" locale, and most English-language
locales, use the period character (‘.’) as the decimal point.
However, many (if not most) European and non-English locales use the comma
(‘,’) as the decimal point character.
The POSIX standard says that awk always uses the period as the decimal
point when reading the awk program source code, and for command-line
variable assignments (see Other Arguments).
However, when interpreting input data, for print and printf output,
and for number to string conversion, the local decimal point character is used.
Here are some examples indicating the difference in behavior,
on a GNU/Linux system:
$ gawk 'BEGIN { printf "%g\n", 3.1415927 }'
-| 3.14159
$ LC_ALL=en_DK gawk 'BEGIN { printf "%g\n", 3.1415927 }'
-| 3,14159
$ echo 4,321 | gawk '{ print $1 + 1 }'
-| 5
$ echo 4,321 | LC_ALL=en_DK gawk '{ print $1 + 1 }'
-| 5,321
The ‘en_DK’ locale is for English in Denmark, where the comma acts as
the decimal point separator. In the normal "C" locale, gawk
treats ‘4,321’ as ‘4’, while in the Danish locale, it's treated
as the full number, ‘4.321’.
For version 3.1.3 through 3.1.5, gawk fully complied with this aspect of the standard. However, many users in non-English locales complained about this behavior, since their data used a period as the decimal point. Beginning in version 3.1.6, the default behavior was restored to use a period as the decimal point character. You can use the --use-lc-numeric option (see Options) to force gawk to use the locale's decimal point character. (gawk also uses the locale's decimal point character when in POSIX mode, either via --posix, or the POSIXLY_CORRECT environment variable.)
The following table describes the cases in which the locale's decimal point character is used and when a period is used. Some of these features have not been described yet.
| Feature | Default | --posix or --use-lc-numeric
|
|---|---|---|
| ‘%'g’ | Use locale | Use locale
|
| ‘%g’ | Use period | Use locale
|
| Input | Use period | Use locale
|
| ‘strtonum’ | Use period | Use locale
|
Table 5.1: Locale Decimal Point versus A Period
Finally, modern day formal standards and IEEE standard floating point representation can have an unusual but important effect on the way gawk converts some special string values to numbers. The details are presented in POSIX Floating Point Problems.
The awk language uses the common arithmetic operators when evaluating expressions. All of these arithmetic operators follow normal precedence rules and work as you would expect them to.
The following example uses a file named grades, which contains a list of student names as well as three test scores per student (it's a small class):
Pat 100 97 58
Sandy 84 72 93
Chris 72 92 89
This programs takes the file grades and prints the average of the scores:
$ awk '{ sum = $2 + $3 + $4 ; avg = sum / 3
> print $1, avg }' grades
-| Pat 85
-| Sandy 83
-| Chris 84.3333
The following list provides the arithmetic operators in awk, in order from the highest precedence to the lowest:
- x+ x ^ y ** y * y / y % y + y - yUnary plus and minus have the same precedence, the multiplication operators all have the same precedence, and addition and subtraction have the same precedence.
When computing the remainder of x % y,
the quotient is rounded toward zero to an integer and
multiplied by y. This result is subtracted from x;
this operation is sometimes known as “trunc-mod.” The following
relation always holds:
b * int(a / b) + (a % b) == a
One possibly undesirable effect of this definition of remainder is that
x % y is negative if x is negative. Thus:
-17 % 8 = -1
In other awk implementations, the signedness of the remainder may be machine-dependent.
NOTE: The POSIX standard only specifies the use of ‘^’ for exponentiation. For maximum portability, do not use the ‘**’ operator.
It seemed like a good idea at the time.
Brian Kernighan
There is only one string operation: concatenation. It does not have a specific operator to represent it. Instead, concatenation is performed by writing expressions next to one another, with no operator. For example:
$ awk '{ print "Field number one: " $1 }' BBS-list
-| Field number one: aardvark
-| Field number one: alpo-net
...
Without the space in the string constant after the ‘:’, the line runs together. For example:
$ awk '{ print "Field number one:" $1 }' BBS-list
-| Field number one:aardvark
-| Field number one:alpo-net
...
Because string concatenation does not have an explicit operator, it is
often necessary to insure that it happens at the right time by using
parentheses to enclose the items to concatenate. For example,
you might expect that the
following code fragment concatenates file and name:
file = "file"
name = "name"
print "something meaningful" > file name
This produces a syntax error with Unix awk.25 It is necessary to use the following:
print "something meaningful" > (file name)
Parentheses should be used around concatenation in all but the most common contexts, such as on the righthand side of ‘=’. Be careful about the kinds of expressions used in string concatenation. In particular, the order of evaluation of expressions used for concatenation is undefined in the awk language. Consider this example:
BEGIN {
a = "don't"
print (a " " (a = "panic"))
}
It is not defined whether the assignment to a happens
before or after the value of a is retrieved for producing the
concatenated value. The result could be either ‘don't panic’,
or ‘panic panic’.
The precedence of concatenation, when mixed with other operators, is often
counter-intuitive. Consider this example:
$ awk 'BEGIN { print -12 " " -24 }'
-| -12-24
This “obviously” is concatenating −12, a space, and −24. But where did the space disappear to? The answer lies in the combination of operator precedences and awk's automatic conversion rules. To get the desired result, write the program in the following manner:
$ awk 'BEGIN { print -12 " " (-24) }'
-| -12 -24
This forces awk to treat the ‘-’ on the ‘-24’ as unary. Otherwise, it's parsed as follows:
−12 (" " − 24)
⇒ −12 (0 − 24)
⇒ −12 (−24)
⇒ −12−24
As mentioned earlier, when doing concatenation, parenthesize. Otherwise, you're never quite sure what you'll get.
An assignment is an expression that stores a (usually different)
value into a variable. For example, let's assign the value one to the variable
z:
z = 1
After this expression is executed, the variable z has the value one.
Whatever old value z had before the assignment is forgotten.
Assignments can also store string values. For example, the
following stores
the value "this food is good" in the variable message:
thing = "food"
predicate = "good"
message = "this " thing " is " predicate
This also illustrates string concatenation. The ‘=’ sign is called an assignment operator. It is the simplest assignment operator because the value of the righthand operand is stored unchanged. Most operators (addition, concatenation, and so on) have no effect except to compute a value. If the value isn't used, there's no reason to use the operator. An assignment operator is different; it does produce a value, but even if you ignore it, the assignment still makes itself felt through the alteration of the variable. We call this a side effect.
The lefthand operand of an assignment need not be a variable (see Variables); it can also be a field (see Changing Fields) or an array element (see Arrays). These are all called lvalues, which means they can appear on the lefthand side of an assignment operator. The righthand operand may be any expression; it produces the new value that the assignment stores in the specified variable, field, or array element. (Such values are called rvalues.)
It is important to note that variables do not have permanent types.
A variable's type is simply the type of whatever value it happens
to hold at the moment. In the following program fragment, the variable
foo has a numeric value at first, and a string value later on:
foo = 1
print foo
foo = "bar"
print foo
When the second assignment gives foo a string value, the fact that
it previously had a numeric value is forgotten.
String values that do not begin with a digit have a numeric value of
zero. After executing the following code, the value of foo is five:
foo = "a string"
foo = foo + 5
NOTE: Using a variable as a number and then later as a string can be confusing and is poor programming style. The previous two examples illustrate how awk works, not how you should write your programs!
An assignment is an expression, so it has a value—the same value that is assigned. Thus, ‘z = 1’ is an expression with the value one. One consequence of this is that you can write multiple assignments together, such as:
x = y = z = 5
This example stores the value five in all three variables
(x, y, and z).
It does so because the
value of ‘z = 5’, which is five, is stored into y and then
the value of ‘y = z = 5’, which is five, is stored into x.
Assignments may be used anywhere an expression is called for. For
example, it is valid to write ‘x != (y = 1)’ to set y to one,
and then test whether x equals one. But this style tends to make
programs hard to read; such nesting of assignments should be avoided,
except perhaps in a one-shot program.
Aside from ‘=’, there are several other assignment operators that
do arithmetic with the old value of the variable. For example, the
operator ‘+=’ computes a new value by adding the righthand value
to the old value of the variable. Thus, the following assignment adds
five to the value of foo:
foo += 5
This is equivalent to the following:
foo = foo + 5
Use whichever makes the meaning of your program clearer.
There are situations where using ‘+=’ (or any assignment operator) is not the same as simply repeating the lefthand operand in the righthand expression. For example:
# Thanks to Pat Rankin for this example
BEGIN {
foo[rand()] += 5
for (x in foo)
print x, foo[x]
bar[rand()] = bar[rand()] + 5
for (x in bar)
print x, bar[x]
}
The indices of bar are practically guaranteed to be different, because
rand returns different values each time it is called.
(Arrays and the rand function haven't been covered yet.
See Arrays,
and see Numeric Functions, for more information).
This example illustrates an important fact about assignment
operators: the lefthand expression is only evaluated once.
It is up to the implementation as to which expression is evaluated
first, the lefthand or the righthand.
Consider this example:
i = 1
a[i += 2] = i + 1
The value of a[3] could be either two or four.
table-assign-ops lists the arithmetic assignment operators. In each case, the righthand operand is an expression whose value is converted to a number.
Table 5.2: Arithmetic Assignment Operators
NOTE: Only the ‘^=’ operator is specified by POSIX. For maximum portability, do not use the ‘**=’ operator.
There is a syntactic ambiguity between the ‘/=’ assignment operator and regexp constants whose first character is an ‘=’. (d.c.) This is most notable in commercial awk versions. For example:
$ awk /==/ /dev/null
error--> awk: syntax error at source line 1
error--> context is
error--> >>> /= <<<
error--> awk: bailing out at source line 1
A workaround is:
awk '/[=]=/' /dev/null
gawk does not have this problem, nor do the other freely available versions described in Other Versions.
Increment and decrement operators increase or decrease the value of a variable by one. An assignment operator can do the same thing, so the increment operators add no power to the awk language; however, they are convenient abbreviations for very common operations.
The operator used for adding one is written ‘++’. It can be used to increment
a variable either before or after taking its value.
To pre-increment a variable v, write ‘++v’. This adds
one to the value of v—that new value is also the value of the
expression. (The assignment expression ‘v += 1’ is completely
equivalent.)
Writing the ‘++’ after the variable specifies post-increment. This
increments the variable value just the same; the difference is that the
value of the increment expression itself is the variable's old
value. Thus, if foo has the value four, then the expression ‘foo++’
has the value four, but it changes the value of foo to five.
In other words, the operator returns the old value of the variable,
but with the side effect of incrementing it.
The post-increment ‘foo++’ is nearly the same as writing ‘(foo
+= 1) - 1’. It is not perfectly equivalent because all numbers in
awk are floating-point—in floating-point, ‘foo + 1 - 1’ does
not necessarily equal foo. But the difference is minute as
long as you stick to numbers that are fairly small (less than 10e12).
Fields and array elements are incremented just like variables. (Use ‘$(i++)’ when you want to do a field reference and a variable increment at the same time. The parentheses are necessary because of the precedence of the field reference operator ‘$’.)
The decrement operator ‘--’ works just like ‘++’, except that it subtracts one instead of adding it. As with ‘++’, it can be used before the lvalue to pre-decrement or after it to post-decrement. Following is a summary of increment and decrement expressions:
++lvalue++--lvalue--Doctor, doctor! It hurts when I do this!
So don't do that!
Groucho Marx
What happens for something like the following?
b = 6
print b += b++
Or something even stranger?
b = 6
b += ++b + b++
print b
In other words, when do the various side effects prescribed by the postfix operators (‘b++’) take effect? When side effects happen is implementation defined. In other words, it is up to the particular version of awk. The result for the first example may be 12 or 13, and for the second, it may be 22 or 23.
In short, doing things like this is not recommended and definitely not anything that you can rely upon for portability. You should avoid such things in your own programs.
Many programming languages have a special representation for the concepts
of “true” and “false.” Such languages usually use the special
constants true and false, or perhaps their uppercase
equivalents.
However, awk is different.
It borrows a very simple concept of true and
false from C. In awk, any nonzero numeric value or any
nonempty string value is true. Any other value (zero or the null
string "") is false. The following program prints ‘A strange
truth value’ three times:
BEGIN {
if (3.1415927)
print "A strange truth value"
if ("Four Score And Seven Years Ago")
print "A strange truth value"
if (j = 57)
print "A strange truth value"
}
There is a surprising consequence of the “nonzero or non-null” rule:
the string constant "0" is actually true, because it is non-null.
(d.c.)
The Guide is definitive. Reality is frequently inaccurate.
The Hitchhiker's Guide to the Galaxy
Unlike other programming languages, awk variables do not have a fixed type. Instead, they can be either a number or a string, depending upon the value that is assigned to them. We look now at how variables are typed, and how awk compares variables.
The 1992 POSIX standard introduced
the concept of a numeric string, which is simply a string that looks
like a number—for example, " +2". This concept is used
for determining the type of a variable.
The type of the variable is important because the types of two variables
determine how they are compared.
In gawk, variable typing follows these rules:
getline input, FILENAME, ARGV elements,
ENVIRON elements, and the
elements of an array created by split and match that are numeric strings
have the strnum attribute. Otherwise, they have the string
attribute.
Uninitialized variables also have the strnum attribute.
The last rule is particularly important. In the following program,
a has numeric type, even though it is later used in a string
operation:
BEGIN {
a = 12.345
b = a " is a cute number"
print b
}
When two operands are compared, either string comparison or numeric comparison may be used. This depends upon the attributes of the operands, according to the following symmetric matrix:
+——————————————————————–
| STRING NUMERIC STRNUM
———–+——————————————————————–
|
STRING | string string string
|
NUMERIC | string numeric numeric
|
STRNUM | string numeric numeric
———–+——————————————————————–
The basic idea is that user input that looks numeric—and only
user input—should be treated as numeric, even though it is actually
made of characters and is therefore also a string.
Thus, for example, the string constant " +3.14",
when it appears in program source code,
is a string—even though it looks numeric—and
is never treated as number for comparison
purposes.
In short, when one operand is a “pure” string, such as a string constant, then a string comparison is performed. Otherwise, a numeric comparison is performed.26
This point bears additional emphasis: All user input is made of characters,
and so is first and foremost of string type; input strings
that look numeric are additionally given the strnum attribute.
Thus, the six-character input string ‘ +3.14’ receives the
strnum attribute. In contrast, the eight-character literal
" +3.14" appearing in program text is a string constant.
The following examples print ‘1’ when the comparison between
the two different constants is true, ‘0’ otherwise:
$ echo ' +3.14' | gawk '{ print $0 == " +3.14" }' True
-| 1
$ echo ' +3.14' | gawk '{ print $0 == "+3.14" }' False
-| 0
$ echo ' +3.14' | gawk '{ print $0 == "3.14" }' False
-| 0
$ echo ' +3.14' | gawk '{ print $0 == 3.14 }' True
-| 1
$ echo ' +3.14' | gawk '{ print $1 == " +3.14" }' False
-| 0
$ echo ' +3.14' | gawk '{ print $1 == "+3.14" }' True
-| 1
$ echo ' +3.14' | gawk '{ print $1 == "3.14" }' False
-| 0
$ echo ' +3.14' | gawk '{ print $1 == 3.14 }' True
-| 1
Comparison expressions compare strings or numbers for relationships such as equality. They are written using relational operators, which are a superset of those in C. table-relational-ops describes them.
| Expression | Result
|
|---|---|
x < y | True if x is less than y.
|
x <= y | True if x is less than or equal to y.
|
x > y | True if x is greater than y.
|
x >= y | True if x is greater than or equal to y.
|
x == y | True if x is equal to y.
|
x != y | True if x is not equal to y.
|
x ~ y | True if the string x matches the regexp denoted by y.
|
x !~ y | True if the string x does not match the regexp denoted by y.
|
subscript in array | True if the array array has an element with the subscript subscript.
|
Table 5.3: Relational Operators
Comparison expressions have the value one if true and zero if false.
When comparing operands of mixed types, numeric operands are converted
to strings using the value of CONVFMT
(see Conversion).
Strings are compared
by comparing the first character of each, then the second character of each,
and so on. Thus, "10" is less than "9". If there are two
strings where one is a prefix of the other, the shorter string is less than
the longer one. Thus, "abc" is less than "abcd".
It is very easy to accidentally mistype the ‘==’ operator and leave off one of the ‘=’ characters. The result is still valid awk code, but the program does not do what is intended:
if (a = b) # oops! should be a == b
...
else
...
Unless b happens to be zero or the null string, the if
part of the test always succeeds. Because the operators are
so similar, this kind of error is very difficult to spot when
scanning the source code.
The following table of expressions illustrates the kind of comparison gawk performs, as well as what the result of the comparison is:
1.5 <= 2.0"abc" >= "xyz"1.5 != " +2""1e2" < "3"a = 2; b = "2"a == ba = 2; b = " +2"a == bIn the next example:
$ echo 1e2 3 | awk '{ print ($1 < $2) ? "true" : "false" }'
-| false
the result is ‘false’ because both $1 and $2
are user input. They are numeric strings—therefore both have
the strnum attribute, dictating a numeric comparison.
The purpose of the comparison rules and the use of numeric strings is
to attempt to produce the behavior that is “least surprising,” while
still “doing the right thing.”
String comparisons and regular expression comparisons are very different.
For example:
x == "foo"
has the value one, or is true if the variable x
is precisely ‘foo’. By contrast:
x ~ /foo/
has the value one if x contains ‘foo’, such as
"Oh, what a fool am I!".
The righthand operand of the ‘~’ and ‘!~’ operators may be
either a regexp constant (/.../) or an ordinary
expression. In the latter case, the value of the expression as a string is used as a
dynamic regexp (see Regexp Usage; also
see Computed Regexps).
In modern implementations of awk, a constant regular
expression in slashes by itself is also an expression. The regexp
/regexp/ is an abbreviation for the following comparison expression:
$0 ~ /regexp/
One special place where /foo/ is not an abbreviation for
‘$0 ~ /foo/’ is when it is the righthand operand of ‘~’ or
‘!~’.
See Using Constant Regexps,
where this is discussed in more detail.
A Boolean expression is a combination of comparison expressions or matching expressions, using the Boolean operators “or” (‘||’), “and” (‘&&’), and “not” (‘!’), along with parentheses to control nesting. The truth value of the Boolean expression is computed by combining the truth values of the component expressions. Boolean expressions are also referred to as logical expressions. The terms are equivalent.
Boolean expressions can be used wherever comparison and matching
expressions can be used. They can be used in if, while,
do, and for statements
(see Statements).
They have numeric values (one if true, zero if false) that come into play
if the result of the Boolean expression is stored in a variable or
used in arithmetic.
In addition, every Boolean expression is also a valid pattern, so you can use one as a pattern to control the execution of rules. The Boolean operators are:
&& boolean2if ($0 ~ /2400/ && $0 ~ /foo/) print
The subexpression boolean2 is evaluated only if boolean1
is true. This can make a difference when boolean2 contains
expressions that have side effects. In the case of ‘$0 ~ /foo/ &&
($2 == bar++)’, the variable bar is not incremented if there is
no substring ‘foo’ in the record.
|| boolean2if ($0 ~ /2400/ || $0 ~ /foo/) print
The subexpression boolean2 is evaluated only if boolean1
is false. This can make a difference when boolean2 contains
expressions that have side effects.
! boolean BEGIN { if (! ("HOME" in ENVIRON))
print "no home!" }
(The in operator is described in
Reference to Elements.)
The ‘&&’ and ‘||’ operators are called short-circuit operators because of the way they work. Evaluation of the full expression is “short-circuited” if the result can be determined part way through its evaluation.
Statements that use ‘&&’ or ‘||’ can be continued simply by putting a newline after them. But you cannot put a newline in front of either of these operators without using backslash continuation (see Statements/Lines).
The actual value of an expression using the ‘!’ operator is either one or zero, depending upon the truth value of the expression it is applied to. The ‘!’ operator is often useful for changing the sense of a flag variable from false to true and back again. For example, the following program is one way to print lines in between special bracketing lines:
$1 == "START" { interested = ! interested; next }
interested == 1 { print }
$1 == "END" { interested = ! interested; next }
The variable interested, as with all awk variables, starts
out initialized to zero, which is also false. When a line is seen whose
first field is ‘START’, the value of interested is toggled
to true, using ‘!’. The next rule prints lines as long as
interested is true. When a line is seen whose first field is
‘END’, interested is toggled back to false.27
NOTE: Thenextstatement is discussed in Next Statement.nexttells awk to skip the rest of the rules, get the next record, and start processing the rules over again at the top. The reason it's there is to avoid printing the bracketing ‘START’ and ‘END’ lines.
A conditional expression is a special kind of expression that has three operands. It allows you to use one expression's value to select one of two other expressions. The conditional expression is the same as in the C language, as shown here:
selector ? if-true-exp : if-false-exp
There are three subexpressions. The first, selector, is always
computed first. If it is “true” (not zero or not null), then
if-true-exp is computed next and its value becomes the value of
the whole expression. Otherwise, if-false-exp is computed next
and its value becomes the value of the whole expression.
For example, the following expression produces the absolute value of x:
x >= 0 ? x : -x
Each time the conditional expression is computed, only one of
if-true-exp and if-false-exp is used; the other is ignored.
This is important when the expressions have side effects. For example,
this conditional expression examines element i of either array
a or array b, and increments i:
x == y ? a[i++] : b[i++]
This is guaranteed to increment i exactly once, because each time
only one of the two increment expressions is executed
and the other is not.
See Arrays,
for more information about arrays.
As a minor gawk extension, a statement that uses ‘?:’ can be continued simply by putting a newline after either character. However, putting a newline in front of either character does not work without using backslash continuation (see Statements/Lines). If --posix is specified (see Options), then this extension is disabled.
A function is a name for a particular calculation.
This enables you to
ask for it by name at any point in the program. For
example, the function sqrt computes the square root of a number.
A fixed set of functions are built-in, which means they are
available in every awk program. The sqrt function is one
of these. See Built-in, for a list of built-in
functions and their descriptions. In addition, you can define
functions for use in your program.
See User-defined,
for instructions on how to do this.
The way to use a function is with a function call expression, which consists of the function name followed immediately by a list of arguments in parentheses. The arguments are expressions that provide the raw materials for the function's calculations. When there is more than one argument, they are separated by commas. If there are no arguments, just write ‘()’ after the function name. The following examples show function calls with and without arguments:
sqrt(x^2 + y^2) one argument
atan2(y, x) two arguments
rand() no arguments
Caution: Do not put any space between the function name and the open-parenthesis! A user-defined function name looks just like the name of a variable—a space would make the expression look like concatenation of a variable with an expression inside parentheses.
With built-in functions, space before the parenthesis is harmless, but
it is best not to get into the habit of using space to avoid mistakes
with user-defined functions. Each function expects a particular number
of arguments. For example, the sqrt function must be called with
a single argument, the number of which to take the square root:
sqrt(argument)
Some of the built-in functions have one or more optional arguments. If those arguments are not supplied, the functions use a reasonable default value. See Built-in, for full details. If arguments are omitted in calls to user-defined functions, then those arguments are treated as local variables and initialized to the empty string (see User-defined).
Like every other expression, the function call has a value, which is computed by the function based on the arguments you give it. In this example, the value of ‘sqrt(argument)’ is the square root of argument. The following program reads numbers, one number per line, and prints the square root of each one:
$ awk '{ print "The square root of", $1, "is", sqrt($1) }'
1
-| The square root of 1 is 1
3
-| The square root of 3 is 1.73205
5
-| The square root of 5 is 2.23607
Ctrl-d
A function can also have side effects, such as assigning
values to certain variables or doing I/O.
This program shows how the ‘match’ function
(see String Functions)
changes the variables RSTART and RLENGTH:
{
if (match($1, $2))
print RSTART, RLENGTH
else
print "no match"
}
Here is a sample run:
$ awk -f matchit.awk
aaccdd c+
-| 3 2
foo bar
-| no match
abcdefg e
-| 5 1
Operator precedence determines how operators are grouped when
different operators appear close by in one expression. For example,
‘*’ has higher precedence than ‘+’; thus, ‘a + b * c’
means to multiply b and c, and then add a to the
product (i.e., ‘a + (b * c)’).
The normal precedence of the operators can be overruled by using parentheses. Think of the precedence rules as saying where the parentheses are assumed to be. In fact, it is wise to always use parentheses whenever there is an unusual combination of operators, because other people who read the program may not remember what the precedence is in this case. Even experienced programmers occasionally forget the exact rules, which leads to mistakes. Explicit parentheses help prevent any such mistakes.
When operators of equal precedence are used together, the leftmost operator groups first, except for the assignment, conditional, and exponentiation operators, which group in the opposite order. Thus, ‘a - b + c’ groups as ‘(a - b) + c’ and ‘a = b = c’ groups as ‘a = (b = c)’.
Normally the precedence of prefix unary operators does not matter, because there is only one way to interpret them: innermost first. Thus, ‘$++i’ means ‘$(++i)’ and ‘++$x’ means ‘++($x)’. However, when another operator follows the operand, then the precedence of the unary operators can matter. ‘$x^2’ means ‘($x)^2’, but ‘-x^2’ means ‘-(x^2)’, because ‘-’ has lower precedence than ‘^’, whereas ‘$’ has higher precedence. Also, operators cannot be combined in a way that violates the precedence rules; for example, ‘$$0++--’ is not a valid expression because the first ‘$’ has higher precedence than the ‘++’; to avoid the problem the expression can be rewritten as ‘$($0++)--’.
This table presents awk's operators, in order of highest to lowest precedence:
(...)$++ --^ **+ - !* / %+ -< <= == !=> >= >> | |&Note that the I/O redirection operators in print and printf
statements belong to the statement level, not to expressions. The
redirection does not produce an expression that could be the operand of
another operator. As a result, it does not make sense to use a
redirection operator near another operator of lower precedence without
parentheses. Such combinations (for example, ‘print foo > a ? b : c’),
result in syntax errors.
The correct way to write this statement is ‘print foo > (a ? b : c)’.
~ !~in&&||?:= += -= *=/= %= ^= **=NOTE: The ‘|&’, ‘**’, and ‘**=’ operators are not specified by POSIX. For maximum portability, do not use them.
As you have already seen, each awk statement consists of a pattern with an associated action. This chapter describes how you build patterns and actions, what kinds of things you can do within actions, and awk's built-in variables.
The pattern-action rules and the statements available for use within actions form the core of awk programming. In a sense, everything covered up to here has been the foundation that programs are built on top of. Now it's time to start building something useful.
Patterns in awk control the execution of rules—a rule is executed when its pattern matches the current input record. The following is a summary of the types of awk patterns:
/regular expression/, pat2BEGINENDRegular expressions are one of the first kinds of patterns presented in this book. This kind of pattern is simply a regexp constant in the pattern part of a rule. Its meaning is ‘$0 ~ /pattern/’. The pattern matches when the input record matches the regexp. For example:
/foo|bar|baz/ { buzzwords++ }
END { print buzzwords, "buzzwords seen" }
Any awk expression is valid as an awk pattern.
The pattern matches if the expression's value is nonzero (if a
number) or non-null (if a string).
The expression is reevaluated each time the rule is tested against a new
input record. If the expression uses fields such as $1, the
value depends directly on the new input record's text; otherwise, it
depends on only what has happened so far in the execution of the
awk program.
Comparison expressions, using the comparison operators described in
Typing and Comparison,
are a very common kind of pattern.
Regexp matching and nonmatching are also very common expressions.
The left operand of the ‘~’ and ‘!~’ operators is a string.
The right operand is either a constant regular expression enclosed in
slashes (/regexp/), or any expression whose string value
is used as a dynamic regular expression
(see Computed Regexps).
The following example prints the second field of each input record
whose first field is precisely ‘foo’:
$ awk '$1 == "foo" { print $2 }' BBS-list
(There is no output, because there is no BBS site with the exact name ‘foo’.) Contrast this with the following regular expression match, which accepts any record with a first field that contains ‘foo’:
$ awk '$1 ~ /foo/ { print $2 }' BBS-list
-| 555-1234
-| 555-6699
-| 555-6480
-| 555-2127
A regexp constant as a pattern is also a special case of an expression
pattern. The expression /foo/ has the value one if ‘foo’
appears in the current input record. Thus, as a pattern, /foo/
matches any record containing ‘foo’.
Boolean expressions are also commonly used as patterns. Whether the pattern matches an input record depends on whether its subexpressions match. For example, the following command prints all the records in BBS-list that contain both ‘2400’ and ‘foo’:
$ awk '/2400/ && /foo/' BBS-list
-| fooey 555-1234 2400/1200/300 B
The following command prints all records in BBS-list that contain either ‘2400’ or ‘foo’ (or both, of course):
$ awk '/2400/ || /foo/' BBS-list
-| alpo-net 555-3412 2400/1200/300 A
-| bites 555-1675 2400/1200/300 A
-| fooey 555-1234 2400/1200/300 B
-| foot 555-6699 1200/300 B
-| macfoo 555-6480 1200/300 A
-| sdace 555-3430 2400/1200/300 A
-| sabafoo 555-2127 1200/300 C
The following command prints all records in BBS-list that do not contain the string ‘foo’:
$ awk '! /foo/' BBS-list
-| aardvark 555-5553 1200/300 B
-| alpo-net 555-3412 2400/1200/300 A
-| barfly 555-7685 1200/300 A
-| bites 555-1675 2400/1200/300 A
-| camelot 555-0542 300 C
-| core 555-2912 1200/300 C
-| sdace 555-3430 2400/1200/300 A
The subexpressions of a Boolean operator in a pattern can be constant regular
expressions, comparisons, or any other awk expressions. Range
patterns are not expressions, so they cannot appear inside Boolean
patterns. Likewise, the special patterns BEGIN and END,
which never match any input record, are not expressions and cannot
appear inside Boolean patterns.
A range pattern is made of two patterns separated by a comma, in the form ‘begpat, endpat’. It is used to match ranges of consecutive input records. The first pattern, begpat, controls where the range begins, while endpat controls where the pattern ends. For example, the following:
awk '$1 == "on", $1 == "off"' myfile
prints every record in myfile between ‘on’/‘off’ pairs, inclusive.
A range pattern starts out by matching begpat against every input record. When a record matches begpat, the range pattern is turned on and the range pattern matches this record as well. As long as the range pattern stays turned on, it automatically matches every input record read. The range pattern also matches endpat against every input record; when this succeeds, the range pattern is turned off again for the following record. Then the range pattern goes back to checking begpat against each record.
The record that turns on the range pattern and the one that turns it
off both match the range pattern. If you don't want to operate on
these records, you can write if statements in the rule's action
to distinguish them from the records you are interested in.
It is possible for a pattern to be turned on and off by the same
record. If the record satisfies both conditions, then the action is
executed for just that record.
For example, suppose there is text between two identical markers (e.g.,
the ‘%’ symbol), each on its own line, that should be ignored.
A first attempt would be to
combine a range pattern that describes the delimited text with the
next statement
(not discussed yet, see Next Statement).
This causes awk to skip any further processing of the current
record and start over again with the next input record. Such a program
looks like this:
/^%$/,/^%$/ { next }
{ print }
This program fails because the range pattern is both turned on and turned off by the first line, which just has a ‘%’ on it. To accomplish this task, write the program in the following manner, using a flag:
/^%$/ { skip = ! skip; next }
skip == 1 { next } # skip lines with `skip' set
In a range pattern, the comma (‘,’) has the lowest precedence of all the operators (i.e., it is evaluated last). Thus, the following program attempts to combine a range pattern with another, simpler test:
echo Yes | awk '/1/,/2/ || /Yes/'
The intent of this program is ‘(/1/,/2/) || /Yes/’. However, awk interprets this as ‘/1/, (/2/ || /Yes/)’. This cannot be changed or worked around; range patterns do not combine with other patterns:
$ echo Yes | gawk '(/1/,/2/) || /Yes/'
error--> gawk: cmd. line:1: (/1/,/2/) || /Yes/
error--> gawk: cmd. line:1: ^ parse error
error--> gawk: cmd. line:2: (/1/,/2/) || /Yes/
error--> gawk: cmd. line:2: ^ unexpected newline
BEGIN and END Special Patterns
All the patterns described so far are for matching input records.
The BEGIN and END special patterns are different.
They supply startup and cleanup actions for awk programs.
BEGIN and END rules must have actions; there is no default
action for these rules because there is no current record when they run.
BEGIN and END rules are often referred to as
“BEGIN and END blocks” by long-time awk
programmers.
A BEGIN rule is executed once only, before the first input record
is read. Likewise, an END rule is executed once only, after all the
input is read. For example:
$ awk '
> BEGIN { print "Analysis of \"foo\"" }
> /foo/ { ++n }
> END { print "\"foo\" appears", n, "times." }' BBS-list
-| Analysis of "foo"
-| "foo" appears 4 times.
This program finds the number of records in the input file BBS-list
that contain the string ‘foo’. The BEGIN rule prints a title
for the report. There is no need to use the BEGIN rule to
initialize the counter n to zero, since awk does this
automatically (see Variables).
The second rule increments the variable n every time a
record containing the pattern ‘foo’ is read. The END rule
prints the value of n at the end of the run.
The special patterns BEGIN and END cannot be used in ranges
or with Boolean operators (indeed, they cannot be used with any operators).
An awk program may have multiple BEGIN and/or END
rules. They are executed in the order in which they appear: all the BEGIN
rules at startup and all the END rules at termination.
BEGIN and END rules may be intermixed with other rules.
This feature was added in the 1987 version of awk and is included
in the POSIX standard.
The original (1978) version of awk
required the BEGIN rule to be placed at the beginning of the
program, the END rule to be placed at the end, and only allowed one of
each.
This is no longer required, but it is a good idea to follow this template
in terms of program organization and readability.
Multiple BEGIN and END rules are useful for writing
library functions, because each library file can have its own BEGIN and/or
END rule to do its own initialization and/or cleanup.
The order in which library functions are named on the command line
controls the order in which their BEGIN and END rules are
executed. Therefore, you have to be careful when writing such rules in
library files so that the order in which they are executed doesn't matter.
See Options, for more information on
using library functions.
See Library Functions,
for a number of useful library functions.
If an awk program has only a BEGIN rule and no
other rules, then the program exits after the BEGIN rule is
run.28 However, if an
END rule exists, then the input is read, even if there are
no other rules in the program. This is necessary in case the END
rule checks the FNR and NR variables.
BEGIN and END RulesThere are several (sometimes subtle) points to remember when doing I/O
from a BEGIN or END rule.
The first has to do with the value of $0 in a BEGIN
rule. Because BEGIN rules are executed before any input is read,
there simply is no input record, and therefore no fields, when
executing BEGIN rules. References to $0 and the fields
yield a null string or zero, depending upon the context. One way
to give $0 a real value is to execute a getline command
without a variable (see Getline).
Another way is simply to assign a value to $0.
The second point is similar to the first but from the other direction.
Traditionally, due largely to implementation issues, $0 and
NF were undefined inside an END rule.
The POSIX standard specifies that NF is available in an END
rule. It contains the number of fields from the last input record.
Most probably due to an oversight, the standard does not say that $0
is also preserved, although logically one would think that it should be.
In fact, gawk does preserve the value of $0 for use in
END rules. Be aware, however, that Unix awk, and possibly
other implementations, do not.
The third point follows from the first two. The meaning of ‘print’
inside a BEGIN or END rule is the same as always:
‘print $0’. If $0 is the null string, then this prints an
empty line. Many long time awk programmers use an unadorned
‘print’ in BEGIN and END rules, to mean ‘print ""’,
relying on $0 being null. Although one might generally get away with
this in BEGIN rules, it is a very bad idea in END rules,
at least in gawk. It is also poor style, since if an empty
line is needed in the output, the program should print one explicitly.
Finally, the next and nextfile statements are not allowed
in a BEGIN rule, because the implicit
read-a-record-and-match-against-the-rules loop has not started yet. Similarly, those statements
are not valid in an END rule, since all the input has been read.
(See Next Statement, and see
Nextfile Statement.)
An empty (i.e., nonexistent) pattern is considered to match every input record. For example, the program:
awk '{ print $1 }' BBS-list
prints the first field of every record.
awk programs are often used as components in larger programs written in shell. For example, it is very common to use a shell variable to hold a pattern that the awk program searches for. There are two ways to get the value of the shell variable into the body of the awk program.
The most common method is to use shell quoting to substitute the variable's value into the program inside the script. For example, in the following program:
echo -n "Enter search pattern: "
read pattern
awk "/$pattern/ "'{ nmatches++ }
END { print nmatches, "found" }' /path/to/data
the awk program consists of two pieces of quoted text
that are concatenated together to form the program.
The first part is double-quoted, which allows substitution of
the pattern variable inside the quotes.
The second part is single-quoted.
Variable substitution via quoting works, but can be potentially messy. It requires a good understanding of the shell's quoting rules (see Quoting), and it's often difficult to correctly match up the quotes when reading the program.
A better method is to use awk's variable assignment feature (see Assignment Options) to assign the shell variable's value to an awk variable's value. Then use dynamic regexps to match the pattern (see Computed Regexps). The following shows how to redo the previous example using this technique:
echo -n "Enter search pattern: "
read pattern
awk -v pat="$pattern" '$0 ~ pat { nmatches++ }
END { print nmatches, "found" }' /path/to/data
Now, the awk program is just one single-quoted string.
The assignment ‘-v pat="$pattern"’ still requires double quotes,
in case there is whitespace in the value of $pattern.
The awk variable pat could be named pattern
too, but that would be more confusing. Using a variable also
provides more flexibility, since the variable can be used anywhere inside
the program—for printing, as an array subscript, or for any other
use—without requiring the quoting tricks at every point in the program.
An awk program or script consists of a series of rules and function definitions interspersed. (Functions are described later. See User-defined.) A rule contains a pattern and an action, either of which (but not both) may be omitted. The purpose of the action is to tell awk what to do once a match for the pattern is found. Thus, in outline, an awk program generally looks like this:
[pattern] [{ action }] [pattern] [{ action }] ... function name(args) { ... } ...
An action consists of one or more awk statements, enclosed in curly braces (‘{...}’). Each statement specifies one thing to do. The statements are separated by newlines or semicolons. The curly braces around an action must be used even if the action contains only one statement, or if it contains no statements at all. However, if you omit the action entirely, omit the curly braces as well. An omitted action is equivalent to ‘{ print $0 }’:
/foo/ { } match foo, do nothing --- empty action
/foo/ match foo, print the record --- omitted action
The following types of statements are supported in awk:
if, for, while, and do) as well as a few
special ones (see Statements).
if, while, do,
or for statement.
getline command
(see Getline).
Also supplied in awk are the next
statement (see Next Statement),
and the nextfile statement
(see Nextfile Statement).
print and printf.
See Printing.
Control statements, such as if, while, and so on,
control the flow of execution in awk programs. Most of the
control statements in awk are patterned on similar statements in C.
All the control statements start with special keywords, such as if
and while, to distinguish them from simple expressions.
Many control statements contain other statements. For example, the
if statement contains another statement that may or may not be
executed. The contained statement is called the body.
To include more than one statement in the body, group them into a
single compound statement with curly braces, separating them with
newlines or semicolons.
if-else StatementThe if-else statement is awk's decision-making
statement. It looks like this:
if (condition) then-body [else else-body]
The condition is an expression that controls what the rest of the
statement does. If the condition is true, then-body is
executed; otherwise, else-body is executed.
The else part of the statement is
optional. The condition is considered false if its value is zero or
the null string; otherwise, the condition is true.
Refer to the following:
if (x % 2 == 0)
print "x is even"
else
print "x is odd"
In this example, if the expression ‘x % 2 == 0’ is true (that is,
if the value of x is evenly divisible by two), then the first
print statement is executed; otherwise, the second print
statement is executed.
If the else keyword appears on the same line as then-body and
then-body is not a compound statement (i.e., not surrounded by
curly braces), then a semicolon must separate then-body from
the else.
To illustrate this, the previous example can be rewritten as:
if (x % 2 == 0) print "x is even"; else
print "x is odd"
If the ‘;’ is left out, awk can't interpret the statement and
it produces a syntax error. Don't actually write programs this way,
because a human reader might fail to see the else if it is not
the first thing on its line.
while Statement
In programming, a loop is a part of a program that can
be executed two or more times in succession.
The while statement is the simplest looping statement in
awk. It repeatedly executes a statement as long as a condition is
true. For example:
while (condition)
body
body is a statement called the body of the loop,
and condition is an expression that controls how long the loop
keeps running.
The first thing the while statement does is test the condition.
If the condition is true, it executes the statement body.
After body has been executed,
condition is tested again, and if it is still true, body is
executed again. This process repeats until the condition is no longer
true. If the condition is initially false, the body of the loop is
never executed and awk continues with the statement following
the loop.
This example prints the first three fields of each record, one per line:
awk '{ i = 1
while (i <= 3) {
print $i
i++
}
}' inventory-shipped
The body of this loop is a compound statement enclosed in braces,
containing two statements.
The loop works in the following manner: first, the value of i is set to one.
Then, the while statement tests whether i is less than or equal to
three. This is true when i equals one, so the i-th
field is printed. Then the ‘i++’ increments the value of i
and the loop repeats. The loop terminates when i reaches four.
A newline is not required between the condition and the body; however using one makes the program clearer unless the body is a compound statement or else is very simple. The newline after the open-brace that begins the compound statement is not required either, but the program is harder to read without it.
do-while Statement
The do loop is a variation of the while looping statement.
The do loop executes the body once and then repeats the
body as long as the condition is true. It looks like this:
do
body
while (condition)
Even if the condition is false at the start, the body is
executed at least once (and only once, unless executing body
makes condition true). Contrast this with the corresponding
while statement:
while (condition)
body
This statement does not execute body even once if the condition
is false to begin with.
The following is an example of a do statement:
{ i = 1
do {
print $0
i++
} while (i <= 10)
}
This program prints each input record 10 times. However, it isn't a very
realistic example, since in this case an ordinary while would do
just as well. This situation reflects actual experience; only
occasionally is there a real use for a do statement.
for Statement
The for statement makes it more convenient to count iterations of a
loop. The general form of the for statement looks like this:
for (initialization; condition; increment)
body
The initialization, condition, and increment parts are arbitrary awk expressions, and body stands for any awk statement.
The for statement starts by executing initialization.
Then, as long
as the condition is true, it repeatedly executes body and then
increment. Typically, initialization sets a variable to
either zero or one, increment adds one to it, and condition
compares it against the desired number of iterations.
For example:
awk '{ for (i = 1; i <= 3; i++)
print $i
}' inventory-shipped
This prints the first three fields of each input record, with one field per line.
It isn't possible to
set more than one variable in the
initialization part without using a multiple assignment statement
such as ‘x = y = 0’. This makes sense only if all the initial values
are equal. (But it is possible to initialize additional variables by writing
their assignments as separate statements preceding the for loop.)
The same is true of the increment part. Incrementing additional variables requires separate statements at the end of the loop. The C compound expression, using C's comma operator, is useful in this context but it is not supported in awk.
Most often, increment is an increment expression, as in the previous example. But this is not required; it can be any expression whatsoever. For example, the following statement prints all the powers of two between 1 and 100:
for (i = 1; i <= 100; i *= 2)
print i
If there is nothing to be done, any of the three expressions in the
parentheses following the for keyword may be omitted. Thus,
‘for (; x > 0;)’ is equivalent to ‘while (x > 0)’. If the
condition is omitted, it is treated as true, effectively
yielding an infinite loop (i.e., a loop that never terminates).
In most cases, a for loop is an abbreviation for a while
loop, as shown here:
initialization
while (condition) {
body
increment
}
The only exception is when the continue statement
(see Continue Statement) is used
inside the loop. Changing a for statement to a while
statement in this way can change the effect of the continue
statement inside the loop.
The awk language has a for statement in addition to a
while statement because a for loop is often both less work to
type and more natural to think of. Counting the number of iterations is
very common in loops. It can be easier to think of this counting as part
of looping rather than as something to do inside the loop.
switch StatementNOTE: This subsection describes an experimental feature added in gawk 3.1.3. It is not enabled by default. To enable it, use the --enable-switch option to configure when gawk is being configured and built. See Additional Configuration Options, for more information.
The switch statement allows the evaluation of an expression and
the execution of statements based on a case match. Case statements
are checked for a match in the order they are defined. If no suitable
case is found, the default section is executed, if supplied.
Each case contains a single constant, be it numeric, string, or
regexp. The switch expression is evaluated, and then each
case's constant is compared against the result in turn. The type of constant
determines the comparison: numeric or string do the usual comparisons.
A regexp constant does a regular expression match against the string
value of the original expression. The general form of the switch
statement looks like this:
switch (expression) {
case value or regular expression:
case-body
default:
default-body
}
Control flow in
the switch statement works as it does in C. Once a match to a given
case is made, case statement bodies are executed until a break,
continue, next, nextfile or exit is encountered,
or the end of the switch statement itself. For example:
switch (NR * 2 + 1) {
case 3:
case "11":
print NR - 1
break
case /2[[:digit:]]+/:
print NR
default:
print NR + 1
case -1:
print NR * -1
}
Note that if none of the statements specified above halt execution
of a matched case statement, execution falls through to the
next case until execution halts. In the above example, for
any case value starting with ‘2’ followed by one or more digits,
the print statement is executed and then falls through into the
default section, executing its print statement. In turn,
the −1 case will also be executed since the default does
not halt execution.
break Statement
The break statement jumps out of the innermost for,
while, or do loop that encloses it. The following example
finds the smallest divisor of any integer, and also identifies prime
numbers:
# find smallest divisor of num
{
num = $1
for (div = 2; div*div <= num; div++)
if (num % div == 0)
break
if (num % div == 0)
printf "Smallest divisor of %d is %d\n", num, div
else
printf "%d is prime\n", num
}
When the remainder is zero in the first if statement, awk
immediately breaks out of the containing for loop. This means
that awk proceeds immediately to the statement following the loop
and continues processing. (This is very different from the exit
statement, which stops the entire awk program.
See Exit Statement.)
Th following program illustrates how the condition of a for
or while statement could be replaced with a break inside
an if:
# find smallest divisor of num
{
num = $1
for (div = 2; ; div++) {
if (num % div == 0) {
printf "Smallest divisor of %d is %d\n", num, div
break
}
if (div*div > num) {
printf "%d is prime\n", num
break
}
}
}
The break statement has no meaning when
used outside the body of a loop. However, although it was never documented,
historical implementations of awk treated the break
statement outside of a loop as if it were a next statement
(see Next Statement).
Recent versions of Unix awk no longer allow this usage.
gawk supports this use of break only
if --traditional
has been specified on the command line
(see Options).
Otherwise, it is treated as an error, since the POSIX standard
specifies that break should only be used inside the body of a
loop.
(d.c.)
continue StatementAs with break, the continue statement is used only inside
for, while, and do loops. It skips
over the rest of the loop body, causing the next cycle around the loop
to begin immediately. Contrast this with break, which jumps out
of the loop altogether.
The continue statement in a for loop directs awk to
skip the rest of the body of the loop and resume execution with the
increment-expression of the for statement. The following program
illustrates this fact:
BEGIN {
for (x = 0; x <= 20; x++) {
if (x == 5)
continue
printf "%d ", x
}
print ""
}
This program prints all the numbers from 0 to 20—except for 5, for
which the printf is skipped. Because the increment ‘x++’
is not skipped, x does not remain stuck at 5. Contrast the
for loop from the previous example with the following while loop:
BEGIN {
x = 0
while (x <= 20) {
if (x == 5)
continue
printf "%d ", x
x++
}
print ""
}
This program loops forever once x reaches 5.
The continue statement has no meaning when used outside the body of
a loop. Historical versions of awk treated a continue
statement outside a loop the same way they treated a break
statement outside a loop: as if it were a next
statement
(see Next Statement).
Recent versions of Unix awk no longer work this way, and
gawk allows it only if --traditional is specified on
the command line (see Options). Just like the
break statement, the POSIX standard specifies that continue
should only be used inside the body of a loop.
(d.c.)
next Statement
The next statement forces awk to immediately stop processing
the current record and go on to the next record. This means that no
further rules are executed for the current record, and the rest of the
current rule's action isn't executed.
Contrast this with the effect of the getline function
(see Getline). That also causes
awk to read the next record immediately, but it does not alter the
flow of control in any way (i.e., the rest of the current action executes
with a new input record).
At the highest level, awk program execution is a loop that reads
an input record and then tests each rule's pattern against it. If you
think of this loop as a for statement whose body contains the
rules, then the next statement is analogous to a continue
statement. It skips to the end of the body of this implicit loop and
executes the increment (which reads another record).
For example, suppose an awk program works only on records with four fields, and it shouldn't fail when given bad input. To avoid complicating the rest of the program, write a “weed out” rule near the beginning, in the following manner:
NF != 4 {
err = sprintf("%s:%d: skipped: NF != 4\n", FILENAME, FNR)
print err > "/dev/stderr"
next
}
Because of the next statement,
the program's subsequent rules won't see the bad record. The error
message is redirected to the standard error output stream, as error
messages should be.
For more detail see
Special Files.
According to the POSIX standard, the behavior is undefined if
the next statement is used in a BEGIN or END rule.
gawk treats it as a syntax error.
Although POSIX permits it,
some other awk implementations don't allow the next
statement inside function bodies
(see User-defined).
Just as with any other next statement, a next statement inside a
function body reads the next record and starts processing it with the
first rule in the program.
If the next statement causes the end of the input to be reached,
then the code in any END rules is executed.
See BEGIN/END.
nextfile Statement
gawk provides the nextfile statement,
which is similar to the next statement.
However, instead of abandoning processing of the current record, the
nextfile statement instructs gawk to stop processing the
current data file.
The nextfile statement is a gawk extension.
In most other awk implementations,
or if gawk is in compatibility mode
(see Options),
nextfile is not special.
Upon execution of the nextfile statement, FILENAME is
updated to the name of the next data file listed on the command line,
FNR is reset to one, ARGIND is incremented, and processing
starts over with the first rule in the program.
(ARGIND hasn't been introduced yet. See Built-in Variables.)
If the nextfile statement causes the end of the input to be reached,
then the code in any END rules is executed.
See BEGIN/END.
The nextfile statement is useful when there are many data files
to process but it isn't necessary to process every record in every file.
Normally, in order to move on to the next data file, a program
has to continue scanning the unwanted records. The nextfile
statement accomplishes this much more efficiently.
While one might think that ‘close(FILENAME)’ would accomplish
the same as nextfile, this isn't true. close is
reserved for closing files, pipes, and coprocesses that are
opened with redirections. It is not related to the main processing that
awk does with the files listed in ARGV.
If it's necessary to use an awk version that doesn't support
nextfile, see
Nextfile Function,
for a user-defined function that simulates the nextfile
statement.
The current version of the Bell Laboratories awk
(see Other Versions)
also supports nextfile. However, it doesn't allow the nextfile
statement inside function bodies
(see User-defined).
gawk does; a nextfile inside a
function body reads the next record and starts processing it with the
first rule in the program, just as any other nextfile statement.
Caution: Versions of gawk prior to 3.0 used two
words (‘next file’) for the nextfile statement.
In version 3.0, this was changed
to one word, because the treatment of ‘file’ was
inconsistent. When it appeared after next, ‘file’ was a keyword;
otherwise, it was a regular identifier. The old usage is no longer
accepted; ‘next file’ generates a syntax error.
exit StatementThe exit statement causes awk to immediately stop
executing the current rule and to stop processing input; any remaining input
is ignored. The exit statement is written as follows:
exit [return code]
When an exit statement is executed from a BEGIN rule, the
program stops processing everything immediately. No input records are
read. However, if an END rule is present,
as part of executing the exit statement,
the END rule is executed
(see BEGIN/END).
If exit is used as part of an END rule, it causes
the program to stop immediately.
An exit statement that is not part of a BEGIN or END
rule stops the execution of any further automatic rules for the current
record, skips reading any remaining input records, and executes the
END rule if there is one.
In such a case,
if you don't want the END rule to do its job, set a variable
to nonzero before the exit statement and check that variable in
the END rule.
See Assert Function,
for an example that does this.
If an argument is supplied to exit, its value is used as the exit
status code for the awk process. If no argument is supplied,
exit returns status zero (success). In the case where an argument
is supplied to a first exit statement, and then exit is
called a second time from an END rule with no argument,
awk uses the previously supplied exit value.
(d.c.)
For example, suppose an error condition occurs that is difficult or
impossible to handle. Conventionally, programs report this by
exiting with a nonzero status. An awk program can do this
using an exit statement with a nonzero argument, as shown
in the following example:
BEGIN {
if (("date" | getline date_now) <= 0) {
print "Can't get system date" > "/dev/stderr"
exit 1
}
print "current date is", date_now
close("date")
}
For full portability, exit values should be between zero and 126, inclusive. Negative values, and values of 127 or greater, may not produce consistent results across different operating systems.
Most awk variables are available to use for your own purposes; they never change unless your program assigns values to them, and they never affect anything unless your program examines them. However, a few variables in awk have special built-in meanings. awk examines some of these automatically, so that they enable you to tell awk how to do certain things. Others are set automatically by awk, so that they carry information from the internal workings of awk to your program.
This section documents all the built-in variables of gawk, most of which are also documented in the chapters describing their areas of activity.
The following is an alphabetical list of variables that you can change to control how awk does certain things. The variables that are specific to gawk are marked with a pound sign (‘#’).
BINMODE #"r" or "w" specify that input files and
output files, respectively, should use binary I/O.
A string value of "rw" or "wr" indicates that all
files should use binary I/O.
Any other string value is equivalent to "rw", but gawk
generates a warning message.
BINMODE is described in more detail in
PC Using.
This variable is a gawk extension. In other awk implementations (except mawk, see Other Versions), or if gawk is in compatibility mode (see Options), it is not special.
CONVFMTsprintf function
(see String Functions).
Its default value is "%.6g".
CONVFMT was introduced by the POSIX standard.
FIELDWIDTHS #FIELDWIDTHS
overrides the use of FS for field splitting.
See Constant Size, for more information.
If gawk is in compatibility mode
(see Options), then FIELDWIDTHS
has no special meaning, and field-splitting operations occur based
exclusively on the value of FS.
FS""), then each
character in the record becomes a separate field.
(This behavior is a gawk extension. POSIX awk does not
specify the behavior when FS is the null string.)
The default value is " ", a string consisting of a single
space. As a special exception, this value means that any
sequence of spaces, TABs, and/or newlines is a single separator.29 It also causes
spaces, TABs, and newlines at the beginning and end of a record to be ignored.
You can set the value of FS on the command line using the
-F option:
awk -F, 'program' input-files
If gawk is using FIELDWIDTHS for field splitting,
assigning a value to FS causes gawk to return to
the normal, FS-based field splitting. An easy way to do this
is to simply say ‘FS = FS’, perhaps with an explanatory comment.
IGNORECASE #IGNORECASE is nonzero or non-null, then all string comparisons
and all regular expression matching are case independent. Thus, regexp
matching with ‘~’ and ‘!~’, as well as the gensub,
gsub, index, match, split, and sub
functions, record termination with RS, and field splitting with
FS, all ignore case when doing their particular regexp operations.
However, the value of IGNORECASE does not affect array subscripting
and it does not affect field splitting when using a single-character
field separator.
See Case-sensitivity.
If gawk is in compatibility mode
(see Options),
then IGNORECASE has no special meaning. Thus, string
and regexp operations are always case-sensitive.
LINT #"fatal", lint warnings become fatal errors.
With a value of "invalid", only warnings about things that are
actually invalid are issued. (This is not fully implemented yet.)
Any other true value prints nonfatal warnings.
Assigning a false value to LINT turns off the lint warnings.
This variable is a gawk extension. It is not special
in other awk implementations. Unlike the other special variables,
changing LINT does affect the production of lint warnings,
even if gawk is in compatibility mode. Much as
the --lint and --traditional options independently
control different aspects of gawk's behavior, the control
of lint warnings during program execution is independent of the flavor
of awk being executed.
OFMTprint statement. It works by being passed
as the first argument to the sprintf function
(see String Functions).
Its default value is "%.6g". Earlier versions of awk
also used OFMT to specify the format for converting numbers to
strings in general expressions; this is now done by CONVFMT.
OFSprint statement. Its
default value is " ", a string consisting of a single space.
ORSprint statement. Its default value is "\n", the newline
character. (See Output Separators.)
RSThe ability for RS to be a regular expression
is a gawk extension.
In most other awk implementations,
or if gawk is in compatibility mode
(see Options),
just the first character of RS's value is used.
SUBSEP"\034" and is used to separate the parts of the indices of a
multidimensional array. Thus, the expression foo["A", "B"]
really accesses foo["A\034B"]
(see Multi-dimensional).
TEXTDOMAIN #dcgettext, dcngettext and bindtextdomain functions
(see Internationalization).
The default value of TEXTDOMAIN is "messages".
This variable is a gawk extension. In other awk implementations, or if gawk is in compatibility mode (see Options), it is not special.
The following is an alphabetical list of variables that awk sets automatically on certain occasions in order to provide information to your program. The variables that are specific to gawk are marked with a pound sign (‘#’).
ARGC, ARGVARGV. ARGC is the number of command-line
arguments present. See Other Arguments.
Unlike most awk arrays,
ARGV is indexed from 0 to ARGC − 1.
In the following example:
$ awk 'BEGIN {
> for (i = 0; i < ARGC; i++)
> print ARGV[i]
> }' inventory-shipped BBS-list
-| awk
-| inventory-shipped
-| BBS-list
ARGV[0] contains "awk", ARGV[1]
contains "inventory-shipped", and ARGV[2] contains
"BBS-list". The value of ARGC is three, one more than the
index of the last element in ARGV, because the elements are numbered
from zero.
The names ARGC and ARGV, as well as the convention of indexing
the array from 0 to ARGC − 1, are derived from the C language's
method of accessing command-line arguments.
The value of ARGV[0] can vary from system to system.
Also, you should note that the program text is not included in
ARGV, nor are any of awk's command-line options.
See ARGC and ARGV, for information
about how awk uses these variables.
ARGIND #ARGV of the current file being processed.
Every time gawk opens a new data file for processing, it sets
ARGIND to the index in ARGV of the file name.
When gawk is processing the input files,
‘FILENAME == ARGV[ARGIND]’ is always true.
This variable is useful in file processing; it allows you to tell how far along you are in the list of data files as well as to distinguish between successive instances of the same file name on the command line.
While you can change the value of ARGIND within your awk
program, gawk automatically sets it to a new value when the
next file is opened.
This variable is a gawk extension. In other awk implementations, or if gawk is in compatibility mode (see Options), it is not special.
ENVIRONENVIRON["HOME"] might be /home/arnold. Changing this array
does not affect the environment passed on to any programs that
awk may spawn via redirection or the system function.
Some operating systems may not have environment variables.
On such systems, the ENVIRON array is empty (except for
ENVIRON["AWKPATH"],
see AWKPATH Variable).
ERRNO #getline,
during a read for getline, or during a close operation,
then ERRNO contains a string describing the error.
ERRNO works similarly to the C variable errno.
In particular gawk never clears it (sets it
to zero or ""). Thus, you should only expect its value
to be meaningful when an I/O operation returns a failure
value, such as getline returning −1.
You are, of course, free to clear it yourself before doing an
I/O operation.
This variable is a gawk extension. In other awk implementations, or if gawk is in compatibility mode (see Options), it is not special.
FILENAMEFILENAME is set to "-".
FILENAME is changed each time a new file is read
(see Reading Files).
Inside a BEGIN rule, the value of FILENAME is
"", since there are no input files being processed
yet.30
(d.c.)
Note, though, that using getline
(see Getline)
inside a BEGIN rule can give
FILENAME a value.
FNRFNR is
incremented each time a new record is read
(see Getline). It is reinitialized
to zero each time a new input file is started.
NFNF is set each time a new record is read, when a new field is
created or when $0 changes (see Fields).
Unlike most of the variables described in this
section,
assigning a value to NF has the potential to affect
awk's internal workings. In particular, assignments
to NF can be used to create or remove fields from the
current record: See Changing Fields.
NRNR is incremented each time a new record is read.
PROCINFO #PROCINFO["egid"]getegid system call.
PROCINFO["euid"]geteuid system call.
PROCINFO["FS"]"FS" if field splitting with FS is in effect, or it is
"FIELDWIDTHS" if field splitting with FIELDWIDTHS is in effect.
PROCINFO["gid"]getgid system call.
PROCINFO["pgrpid"]PROCINFO["pid"]PROCINFO["ppid"]PROCINFO["uid"]getuid system call.
PROCINFO["version"]On some systems, there may be elements in the array, "group1"
through "groupN" for some N. N is the number of
supplementary groups that the process has. Use the in operator
to test for these elements
(see Reference to Elements).
This array is a gawk extension. In other awk implementations, or if gawk is in compatibility mode (see Options), it is not special.
RLENGTHmatch function
(see String Functions).
RLENGTH is set by invoking the match function. Its value
is the length of the matched string, or −1 if no match is found.
RSTARTmatch function
(see String Functions).
RSTART is set by invoking the match function. Its value
is the position of the string where the matched substring starts, or zero
if no match was found.
RT #RS, the record separator.
This variable is a gawk extension. In other awk implementations, or if gawk is in compatibility mode (see Options), it is not special.
NR and FNRawk increments NR and FNR
each time it reads a record, instead of setting them to the absolute
value of the number of records read. This means that a program can
change these variables and their new values are incremented for
each record.
(d.c.)
This is demonstrated in the following example:
$ echo '1
> 2
> 3
> 4' | awk 'NR == 2 { NR = 17 }
> { print NR }'
-| 1
-| 17
-| 18
-| 19
Before FNR was added to the awk language
(see V7/SVR3.1),
many awk programs used this feature to track the number of
records in a file by resetting NR to zero when FILENAME
changed.
ARGC and ARGV
Auto-set,
presented the following program describing the information contained in ARGC
and ARGV:
$ awk 'BEGIN {
> for (i = 0; i < ARGC; i++)
> print ARGV[i]
> }' inventory-shipped BBS-list
-| awk
-| inventory-shipped
-| BBS-list
In this example, ARGV[0] contains ‘awk’, ARGV[1]
contains ‘inventory-shipped’, and ARGV[2] contains
‘BBS-list’.
Notice that the awk program is not entered in ARGV. The
other special command-line options, with their arguments, are also not
entered. This includes variable assignments done with the -v
option (see Options).
Normal variable assignments on the command line are
treated as arguments and do show up in the ARGV array:
$ cat showargs.awk
-| BEGIN {
-| printf "A=%d, B=%d\n", A, B
-| for (i = 0; i < ARGC; i++)
-| printf "\tARGV[%d] = %s\n", i, ARGV[i]
-| }
-| END { printf "A=%d, B=%d\n", A, B }
$ awk -v A=1 -f showargs.awk B=2 /dev/null
-| A=1, B=0
-| ARGV[0] = awk
-| ARGV[1] = B=2
-| ARGV[2] = /dev/null
-| A=1, B=2
A program can alter ARGC and the elements of ARGV.
Each time awk reaches the end of an input file, it uses the next
element of ARGV as the name of the next input file. By storing a
different string there, a program can change which files are read.
Use "-" to represent the standard input. Storing
additional elements and incrementing ARGC causes
additional files to be read.
If the value of ARGC is decreased, that eliminates input files
from the end of the list. By recording the old value of ARGC
elsewhere, a program can treat the eliminated arguments as
something other than file names.
To eliminate a file from the middle of the list, store the null string
("") into ARGV in place of the file's name. As a
special feature, awk ignores file names that have been
replaced with the null string.
Another option is to
use the delete statement to remove elements from
ARGV (see Delete).
All of these actions are typically done in the BEGIN rule,
before actual processing of the input begins.
See Split Program, and see
Tee Program, for examples
of each way of removing elements from ARGV.
The following fragment processes ARGV in order to examine, and
then remove, command-line options:
BEGIN {
for (i = 1; i < ARGC; i++) {
if (ARGV[i] == "-v")
verbose = 1
else if (ARGV[i] == "-d")
debug = 1
else if (ARGV[i] ~ /^-./) {
e = sprintf("%s: unrecognized option -- %c",
ARGV[0], substr(ARGV[i], 2, 1))
print e > "/dev/stderr"
} else
break
delete ARGV[i]
}
}
To actually get the options into the awk program, end the awk options with -- and then supply the awk program's options, in the following manner:
awk -f myprog -- -v -d file1 file2 ...
This is not necessary in gawk. Unless --posix has
been specified, gawk silently puts any unrecognized options
into ARGV for the awk program to deal with. As soon
as it sees an unknown option, gawk stops looking for other
options that it might otherwise recognize. The previous example with
gawk would be:
gawk -f myprog -d -v file1 file2 ...
Because -d is not a valid gawk option, it and the following -v are passed on to the awk program.
An array is a table of values called elements. The elements of an array are distinguished by their indices. Indices may be either numbers or strings.
This chapter describes how arrays work in awk, how to use array elements, how to scan through every element in an array, and how to remove array elements. It also describes how awk simulates multidimensional arrays, as well as some of the less obvious points about array usage. The chapter finishes with a discussion of gawk's facility for sorting an array based on its indices.
awk maintains a single set of names that may be used for naming variables, arrays, and functions (see User-defined). Thus, you cannot have a variable and an array with the same name in the same awk program.
The awk language provides one-dimensional arrays for storing groups of related strings or numbers. Every awk array must have a name. Array names have the same syntax as variable names; any valid variable name would also be a valid array name. But one name cannot be used in both ways (as an array and as a variable) in the same awk program.
Arrays in awk superficially resemble arrays in other programming languages, but there are fundamental differences. In awk, it isn't necessary to specify the size of an array before starting to use it. Additionally, any number or string in awk, not just consecutive integers, may be used as an array index.
In most other languages, arrays must be declared before use, including a specification of how many elements or components they contain. In such languages, the declaration causes a contiguous block of memory to be allocated for that many elements. Usually, an index in the array must be a positive integer. For example, the index zero specifies the first element in the array, which is actually stored at the beginning of the block of memory. Index one specifies the second element, which is stored in memory right after the first element, and so on. It is impossible to add more elements to the array, because it has room only for as many elements as given in the declaration. (Some languages allow arbitrary starting and ending indices—e.g., ‘15 .. 27’—but the size of the array is still fixed when the array is declared.)
A contiguous array of four elements might look like the following example,
conceptually, if the element values are 8, "foo",
"", and 30:
Only the values are stored; the indices are implicit from the order of the values. Here, 8 is the value at index zero, because 8 appears in the position with zero elements before it.
Arrays in awk are different—they are associative. This means that each array is a collection of pairs: an index and its corresponding array element value:
Element 3 Value 30 Element 1 Value "foo" Element 0 Value 8 Element 2 Value ""
The pairs are shown in jumbled order because their order is irrelevant.
One advantage of associative arrays is that new pairs can be added
at any time. For example, suppose a tenth element is added to the array
whose value is "number ten". The result is:
Element 10 Value "number ten" Element 3 Value 30 Element 1 Value "foo" Element 0 Value 8 Element 2 Value ""
Now the array is sparse, which just means some indices are missing. It has elements 0–3 and 10, but doesn't have elements 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, or 9.
Another consequence of associative arrays is that the indices don't have to be positive integers. Any number, or even a string, can be an index. For example, the following is an array that translates words from English to French:
Element "dog" Value "chien" Element "cat" Value "chat" Element "one" Value "un" Element 1 Value "un"
Here we decided to translate the number one in both spelled-out and
numeric form—thus illustrating that a single array can have both
numbers and strings as indices.
In fact, array subscripts are always strings; this is discussed
in more detail in
Numeric Array Subscripts.
Here, the number 1 isn't double-quoted, since awk
automatically converts it to a string.
The value of IGNORECASE has no effect upon array subscripting.
The identical string value used to store an array element must be used
to retrieve it.
When awk creates an array (e.g., with the split
built-in function),
that array's indices are consecutive integers starting at one.
(See String Functions.)
awk's arrays are efficient—the time to access an element is independent of the number of elements in the array.
The principal way to use an array is to refer to one of its elements. An array reference is an expression as follows:
array[index]
Here, array is the name of an array. The expression index is the index of the desired element of the array.
The value of the array reference is the current value of that array
element. For example, foo[4.3] is an expression for the element
of array foo at index ‘4.3’.
A reference to an array element that has no recorded value yields a value of
"", the null string. This includes elements
that have not been assigned any value as well as elements that have been
deleted (see Delete). Such a reference
automatically creates that array element, with the null string as its value.
(In some cases, this is unfortunate, because it might waste memory inside
awk.)
To determine whether an element exists in an array at a certain index, use the following expression:
index in array
This expression tests whether the particular index exists,
without the side effect of creating that element if it is not present.
The expression has the value one (true) if array[index]
exists and zero (false) if it does not exist.
For example, this statement tests whether the array frequencies
contains the index ‘2’:
if (2 in frequencies)
print "Subscript 2 is present."
Note that this is not a test of whether the array
frequencies contains an element whose value is two.
There is no way to do that except to scan all the elements. Also, this
does not create frequencies[2], while the following
(incorrect) alternative does:
if (frequencies[2] != "")
print "Subscript 2 is present."
Array elements can be assigned values just like awk variables:
array[subscript] = value
array is the name of an array. The expression subscript is the index of the element of the array that is assigned a value. The expression value is the value to assign to that element of the array.
The following program takes a list of lines, each beginning with a line number, and prints them out in order of line number. The line numbers are not in order when they are first read—instead they are scrambled. This program sorts the lines by making an array using the line numbers as subscripts. The program then prints out the lines in sorted order of their numbers. It is a very simple program and gets confused upon encountering repeated numbers, gaps, or lines that don't begin with a number:
{
if ($1 > max)
max = $1
arr[$1] = $0
}
END {
for (x = 1; x <= max; x++)
print arr[x]
}
The first rule keeps track of the largest line number seen so far;
it also stores each line into the array arr, at an index that
is the line's number.
The second rule runs after all the input has been read, to print out
all the lines.
When this program is run with the following input:
5 I am the Five man
2 Who are you? The new number two!
4 . . . And four on the floor
1 Who is number one?
3 I three you.
Its output is:
1 Who is number one?
2 Who are you? The new number two!
3 I three you.
4 . . . And four on the floor
5 I am the Five man
If a line number is repeated, the last line with a given number overrides
the others.
Gaps in the line numbers can be handled with an easy improvement to the
program's END rule, as follows:
END {
for (x = 1; x <= max; x++)
if (x in arr)
print arr[x]
}
In programs that use arrays, it is often necessary to use a loop that
executes once for each element of an array. In other languages, where
arrays are contiguous and indices are limited to positive integers,
this is easy: all the valid indices can be found by counting from
the lowest index up to the highest. This technique won't do the job
in awk, because any number or string can be an array index.
So awk has a special kind of for statement for scanning
an array:
for (var in array)
body
This loop executes body once for each index in array that the program has previously used, with the variable var set to that index.
The following program uses this form of the for statement. The
first rule scans the input records and notes which words appear (at
least once) in the input, by storing a one into the array used with
the word as index. The second rule scans the elements of used to
find all the distinct words that appear in the input. It prints each
word that is more than 10 characters long and also prints the number of
such words.
See String Functions,
for more information on the built-in function length.
# Record a 1 for each word that is used at least once
{
for (i = 1; i <= NF; i++)
used[$i] = 1
}
# Find number of distinct words more than 10 characters long
END {
for (x in used)
if (length(x) > 10) {
++num_long_words
print x
}
print num_long_words, "words longer than 10 characters"
}
See Word Sorting, for a more detailed example of this type.
The order in which elements of the array are accessed by this statement
is determined by the internal arrangement of the array elements within
awk and cannot be controlled or changed. This can lead to
problems if new elements are added to array by statements in
the loop body; it is not predictable whether the for loop will
reach them. Similarly, changing var inside the loop may produce
strange results. It is best to avoid such things.
delete Statement
To remove an individual element of an array, use the delete
statement:
delete array[index]
Once an array element has been deleted, any value the element once had is no longer available. It is as if the element had never been referred to or had been given a value. The following is an example of deleting elements in an array:
for (i in frequencies)
delete frequencies[i]
This example removes all the elements from the array frequencies.
Once an element is deleted, a subsequent for statement to scan the array
does not report that element and the in operator to check for
the presence of that element returns zero (i.e., false):
delete foo[4]
if (4 in foo)
print "This will never be printed"
It is important to note that deleting an element is not the
same as assigning it a null value (the empty string, "").
For example:
foo[4] = ""
if (4 in foo)
print "This is printed, even though foo[4] is empty"
It is not an error to delete an element that does not exist. If --lint is provided on the command line (see Options), gawk issues a warning message when an element that is not in the array is deleted.
All the elements of an array may be deleted with a single statement
by leaving off the subscript in the delete statement,
as follows:
delete array
This ability is a gawk extension; it is not available in compatibility mode (see Options).
Using this version of the delete statement is about three times
more efficient than the equivalent loop that deletes each element one
at a time.
The following statement provides a portable but nonobvious way to clear out an array:31
split("", array)
The split function
(see String Functions)
clears out the target array first. This call asks it to split
apart the null string. Because there is no data to split out, the
function simply clears the array and then returns.
Caution: Deleting an array does not change its type; you cannot delete an array and then use the array's name as a scalar (i.e., a regular variable). For example, the following does not work:
a[1] = 3; delete a; a = 3
An important aspect about arrays to remember is that array subscripts
are always strings. When a numeric value is used as a subscript,
it is converted to a string value before being used for subscripting
(see Conversion).
This means that the value of the built-in variable CONVFMT can
affect how your program accesses elements of an array. For example:
xyz = 12.153
data[xyz] = 1
CONVFMT = "%2.2f"
if (xyz in data)
printf "%s is in data\n", xyz
else
printf "%s is not in data\n", xyz
This prints ‘12.15 is not in data’. The first statement gives
xyz a numeric value. Assigning to
data[xyz] subscripts data with the string value "12.153"
(using the default conversion value of CONVFMT, "%.6g").
Thus, the array element data["12.153"] is assigned the value one.
The program then changes
the value of CONVFMT. The test ‘(xyz in data)’ generates a new
string value from xyz—this time "12.15"—because the value of
CONVFMT only allows two significant digits. This test fails,
since "12.15" is a different string from "12.153".
According to the rules for conversions
(see Conversion), integer
values are always converted to strings as integers, no matter what the
value of CONVFMT may happen to be. So the usual case of
the following works:
for (i = 1; i <= maxsub; i++)
do something with array[i]
The “integer values always convert to strings as integers” rule
has an additional consequence for array indexing.
Octal and hexadecimal constants
(see Nondecimal-numbers)
are converted internally into numbers, and their original form
is forgotten.
This means, for example, that
array[17],
array[021],
and
array[0x11]
all refer to the same element!
As with many things in awk, the majority of the time things work as one would expect them to. But it is useful to have a precise knowledge of the actual rules which sometimes can have a subtle effect on your programs.
Suppose it's necessary to write a program to print the input data in reverse order. A reasonable attempt to do so (with some test data) might look like this:
$ echo 'line 1
> line 2
> line 3' | awk '{ l[lines] = $0; ++lines }
> END {
> for (i = lines-1; i >= 0; --i)
> print l[i]
> }'
-| line 3
-| line 2
Unfortunately, the very first line of input data did not come out in the output!
At first glance, this program should have worked. The variable lines
is uninitialized, and uninitialized variables have the numeric value zero.
So, awk should have printed the value of l[0].
The issue here is that subscripts for awk arrays are always
strings. Uninitialized variables, when used as strings, have the
value "", not zero. Thus, ‘line 1’ ends up stored in
l[""].
The following version of the program works correctly:
{ l[lines++] = $0 }
END {
for (i = lines - 1; i >= 0; --i)
print l[i]
}
Here, the ‘++’ forces lines to be numeric, thus making
the “old value” numeric zero. This is then converted to "0"
as the array subscript.
Even though it is somewhat unusual, the null string
("") is a valid array subscript.
(d.c.)
gawk warns about the use of the null string as a subscript
if --lint is provided
on the command line (see Options).
A multidimensional array is an array in which an element is identified
by a sequence of indices instead of a single index. For example, a
two-dimensional array requires two indices. The usual way (in most
languages, including awk) to refer to an element of a
two-dimensional array named grid is with
grid[x,y].
Multidimensional arrays are supported in awk through
concatenation of indices into one string.
awk converts the indices into strings
(see Conversion) and
concatenates them together, with a separator between them. This creates
a single string that describes the values of the separate indices. The
combined string is used as a single index into an ordinary,
one-dimensional array. The separator used is the value of the built-in
variable SUBSEP.
For example, suppose we evaluate the expression ‘foo[5,12] = "value"’
when the value of SUBSEP is "@". The numbers 5 and 12 are
converted to strings and
concatenated with an ‘@’ between them, yielding "5@12"; thus,
the array element foo["5@12"] is set to "value".
Once the element's value is stored, awk has no record of whether it was stored with a single index or a sequence of indices. The two expressions ‘foo[5,12]’ and ‘foo[5 SUBSEP 12]’ are always equivalent.
The default value of SUBSEP is the string "\034",
which contains a nonprinting character that is unlikely to appear in an
awk program or in most input data.
The usefulness of choosing an unlikely character comes from the fact
that index values that contain a string matching SUBSEP can lead to
combined strings that are ambiguous. Suppose that SUBSEP is
"@"; then ‘foo["a@b", "c"]’ and ‘foo["a", "b@c"]’ are indistinguishable because both are actually
stored as ‘foo["a@b@c"]’.
To test whether a particular index sequence exists in a multidimensional array, use the same operator (‘in’) that is used for single dimensional arrays. Write the whole sequence of indices in parentheses, separated by commas, as the left operand:
(subscript1, subscript2, ...) in array
The following example treats its input as a two-dimensional array of fields; it rotates this array 90 degrees clockwise and prints the result. It assumes that all lines have the same number of elements:
{
if (max_nf < NF)
max_nf = NF
max_nr = NR
for (x = 1; x <= NF; x++)
vector[x, NR] = $x
}
END {
for (x = 1; x <= max_nf; x++) {
for (y = max_nr; y >= 1; --y)
printf("%s ", vector[x, y])
printf("\n")
}
}
When given the input:
1 2 3 4 5 6
2 3 4 5 6 1
3 4 5 6 1 2
4 5 6 1 2 3
the program produces the following output:
4 3 2 1
5 4 3 2
6 5 4 3
1 6 5 4
2 1 6 5
3 2 1 6
There is no special for statement for scanning a
“multidimensional” array. There cannot be one, because, in truth, there
are no multidimensional arrays or elements—there is only a
multidimensional way of accessing an array.
However, if your program has an array that is always accessed as
multidimensional, you can get the effect of scanning it by combining
the scanning for statement
(see Scanning an Array) with the
built-in split function
(see String Functions).
It works in the following manner:
for (combined in array) {
split(combined, separate, SUBSEP)
...
}
This sets the variable combined to
each concatenated combined index in the array, and splits it
into the individual indices by breaking it apart where the value of
SUBSEP appears. The individual indices then become the elements of
the array separate.
Thus, if a value is previously stored in array[1, "foo"]; then
an element with index "1\034foo" exists in array. (Recall
that the default value of SUBSEP is the character with code 034.)
Sooner or later, the for statement finds that index and does an
iteration with the variable combined set to "1\034foo".
Then the split function is called as follows:
split("1\034foo", separate, "\034")
The result is to set separate[1] to "1" and
separate[2] to "foo". Presto! The original sequence of
separate indices is recovered.
The order in which an array is scanned with a ‘for (i in array)’
loop is essentially arbitrary.
In most awk implementations, sorting an array requires
writing a sort function.
While this can be educational for exploring different sorting algorithms,
usually that's not the point of the program.
gawk provides the built-in asort
and asorti functions
(see String Functions)
for sorting arrays. For example:
populate the array data
n = asort(data)
for (i = 1; i <= n; i++)
do something with data[i]
After the call to asort, the array data is indexed from 1
to some number n, the total number of elements in data.
(This count is asort's return value.)
data[1] <= data[2] <= data[3], and so on.
The comparison of array elements is done
using gawk's usual comparison rules
(see Typing and Comparison).
An important side effect of calling asort is that
the array's original indices are irrevocably lost.
As this isn't always desirable, asort accepts a
second argument:
populate the array source
n = asort(source, dest)
for (i = 1; i <= n; i++)
do something with dest[i]
In this case, gawk copies the source array into the
dest array and then sorts dest, destroying its indices.
However, the source array is not affected.
Often, what's needed is to sort on the values of the indices
instead of the values of the elements.
To do that, starting with gawk 3.1.2, use the
asorti function. The interface is identical to that of
asort, except that the index values are used for sorting, and
become the values of the result array:
{ source[$0] = some_func($0) }
END {
n = asorti(source, dest)
for (i = 1; i <= n; i++) {
do something with dest[i] Work with sorted indices directly
...
do something with source[dest[i]] Access original array via sorted indices
}
}
If your version of gawk is 3.1.0 or 3.1.1, you don't
have asorti. Instead, use a helper array
to hold the sorted index values, and then access the original array's
elements. It works in the following way:
populate the array data
# copy indices
j = 1
for (i in data) {
ind[j] = i # index value becomes element value
j++
}
n = asort(ind) # index values are now sorted
for (i = 1; i <= n; i++) {
do something with ind[i] Work with sorted indices directly
...
do something with data[ind[i]] Access original array via sorted indices
}
Sorting the array by replacing the indices provides maximal flexibility. To traverse the elements in decreasing order, use a loop that goes from n down to 1, either over the elements or over the indices.
Copying array indices and elements isn't expensive in terms of memory.
Internally, gawk maintains reference counts to data.
For example, when asort copies the first array to the second one,
there is only one copy of the original array elements' data, even though
both arrays use the values. Similarly, when copying the indices from
data to ind, there is only one copy of the actual index
strings.
We said previously that comparisons are done using gawk's
“usual comparison rules.” Because IGNORECASE affects
string comparisons, the value of IGNORECASE also
affects sorting for both asort and asorti.
Caveat Emptor.
This chapter describes awk's built-in functions, which fall into three categories: numeric, string, and I/O. gawk provides additional groups of functions to work with values that represent time, do bit manipulation, and internationalize and localize programs.
Besides the built-in functions, awk has provisions for writing new functions that the rest of a program can use. The second half of this chapter describes these user-defined functions.
Built-in functions are always available for your awk program to call. This section defines all the built-in functions in awk; some of these are mentioned in other sections but are summarized here for your convenience.
To call one of awk's built-in functions, write the name of
the function followed
by arguments in parentheses. For example, ‘atan2(y + z, 1)’
is a call to the function atan2 and has two arguments.
Whitespace is ignored between the built-in function name and the open parenthesis, and it is good practice to avoid using whitespace there. User-defined functions do not permit whitespace in this way, and it is easier to avoid mistakes by following a simple convention that always works—no whitespace after a function name.
Each built-in function accepts a certain number of arguments. In some cases, arguments can be omitted. The defaults for omitted arguments vary from function to function and are described under the individual functions. In some awk implementations, extra arguments given to built-in functions are ignored. However, in gawk, it is a fatal error to give extra arguments to a built-in function.
When a function is called, expressions that create the function's actual parameters are evaluated completely before the call is performed. For example, in the following code fragment:
i = 4
j = sqrt(i++)
the variable i is incremented to the value five before sqrt
is called with a value of four for its actual parameter.
The order of evaluation of the expressions used for the function's
parameters is undefined. Thus, avoid writing programs that
assume that parameters are evaluated from left to right or from
right to left. For example:
i = 5
j = atan2(i++, i *= 2)
If the order of evaluation is left to right, then i first becomes
6, and then 12, and atan2 is called with the two arguments 6
and 12. But if the order of evaluation is right to left, i
first becomes 10, then 11, and atan2 is called with the
two arguments 11 and 10.
The following list describes all of the built-in functions that work with numbers. Optional parameters are enclosed in square brackets ([ ]):
int(x)For example, int(3) is 3, int(3.9) is 3, int(-3.9)
is −3, and int(-3) is −3 as well.
sqrt(x)sqrt(4) is 2.
exp(x)e ^ x) or reports
an error if x is out of range. The range of values x can have
depends on your machine's floating-point representation.
log(x)sin(x)cos(x)atan2(y, x) / x in radians.
rand()rand are
uniformly distributed between zero and one.
The value could be zero but is never one.32
Often random integers are needed instead. Following is a user-defined function that can be used to obtain a random non-negative integer less than n:
function randint(n) {
return int(n * rand())
}
The multiplication produces a random number greater than zero and less
than n. Using int, this result is made into
an integer between zero and n − 1, inclusive.
The following example uses a similar function to produce random integers between one and n. This program prints a new random number for each input record:
# Function to roll a simulated die.
function roll(n) { return 1 + int(rand() * n) }
# Roll 3 six-sided dice and
# print total number of points.
{
printf("%d points\n",
roll(6)+roll(6)+roll(6))
}
Caution: In most awk implementations, including gawk,
rand starts generating numbers from the same
starting number, or seed, each time you run awk. Thus,
a program generates the same results each time you run it.
The numbers are random within one awk run but predictable
from run to run. This is convenient for debugging, but if you want
a program to do different things each time it is used, you must change
the seed to a value that is different in each run. To do this,
use srand.
srand([x])srand sets the starting point, or seed,
for generating random numbers to the value x.
Each seed value leads to a particular sequence of random numbers.33 Thus, if the seed is set to the same value a second time, the same sequence of random numbers is produced again.
Different awk implementations use different random-number generators internally. Don't expect the same awk program to produce the same series of random numbers when executed by different versions of awk.
If the argument x is omitted, as in ‘srand()’, then the current date and time of day are used for a seed. This is the way to get random numbers that are truly unpredictable.
The return value of srand is the previous seed. This makes it
easy to keep track of the seeds in case you need to consistently reproduce
sequences of random numbers.
The functions in this section look at or change the text of one or more strings. Optional parameters are enclosed in square brackets ([ ]). Those functions that are specific to gawk are marked with a pound sign (‘#’):
asort(source [, dest]) #asort is a gawk-specific extension, returning the number of
elements in the array source. The contents of source are
sorted using gawk's normal rules for comparing values
(in particular, IGNORECASE affects the sorting)
and the indices
of the sorted values of source are replaced with sequential
integers starting with one. If the optional array dest is specified,
then source is duplicated into dest. dest is then
sorted, leaving the indices of source unchanged.
For example, if the contents of a are as follows:
a["last"] = "de"
a["first"] = "sac"
a["middle"] = "cul"
A call to asort:
asort(a)
results in the following contents of a:
a[1] = "cul"
a[2] = "de"
a[3] = "sac"
The asort function is described in more detail in
Array Sorting.
asort is a gawk extension; it is not available
in compatibility mode (see Options).
asorti(source [, dest]) #asorti is a gawk-specific extension, returning the number of
elements in the array source.
It works similarly to asort, however, the indices
are sorted, instead of the values. As array indices are always strings,
the comparison performed is always a string comparison. (Here too,
IGNORECASE affects the sorting.)
The asorti function is described in more detail in
Array Sorting.
It was added in gawk 3.1.2.
asorti is a gawk extension; it is not available
in compatibility mode (see Options).
index(in, find) $ awk 'BEGIN { print index("peanut", "an") }'
-| 3
If find is not found, index returns zero.
(Remember that string indices in awk start at one.)
length([string])length("abcde") is 5. By
contrast, length(15 * 35) works out to 3. In this example, 15 * 35 =
525, and 525 is then converted to the string "525", which has
three characters.
If no argument is supplied, length returns the length of $0.
NOTE: In older versions of awk, the length function could
be called
without any parentheses. Doing so is marked as “deprecated” in the
POSIX standard. This means that while a program can do this,
it is a feature that can eventually be removed from a future
version of the standard. Therefore, for programs to be maximally portable,
always supply the parentheses.
If length is called with a variable that has not been used,
gawk forces the variable to be a scalar. Other
implementations of awk leave the variable without a type.
(d.c.)
Consider:
$ gawk 'BEGIN { print length(x) ; x[1] = 1 }'
-| 0
error--> gawk: fatal: attempt to use scalar `x' as array
$ nawk 'BEGIN { print length(x) ; x[1] = 1 }'
-| 0
If --lint has been specified on the command line, gawk issues a warning about this.
Beginning with gawk version 3.1.5, when supplied an
array argument, the length function returns the number of elements
in the array. This is less useful than it might seem at first, as the
array is not guaranteed to be indexed from one to the number of elements
in it.
If --lint is provided on the command line
(see Options),
gawk warns that passing an array argument is not portable.
If --posix is supplied, using an array argument is a fatal error
(see Arrays).
match(string, regexp [, array])match function searches string for the
longest, leftmost substring matched by the regular expression,
regexp. It returns the character position, or index,
at which that substring begins (one, if it starts at the beginning of
string). If no match is found, it returns zero.
The regexp argument may be either a regexp constant (‘/.../’) or a string constant ("..."). In the latter case, the string is treated as a regexp to be matched. Computed Regexps, for a discussion of the difference between the two forms, and the implications for writing your program correctly.
The order of the first two arguments is backwards from most other string
functions that work with regular expressions, such as
sub and gsub. It might help to remember that
for match, the order is the same as for the ‘~’ operator:
‘string ~ regexp’.
The match function sets the built-in variable RSTART to
the index. It also sets the built-in variable RLENGTH to the
length in characters of the matched substring. If no match is found,
RSTART is set to zero, and RLENGTH to −1.
For example:
{
if ($1 == "FIND")
regex = $2
else {
where = match($0, regex)
if (where != 0)
print "Match of", regex, "found at",
where, "in", $0
}
}
This program looks for lines that match the regular expression stored in
the variable regex. This regular expression can be changed. If the
first word on a line is ‘FIND’, regex is changed to be the
second word on that line. Therefore, if given:
FIND ru+n
My program runs
but not very quickly
FIND Melvin
JF+KM
This line is property of Reality Engineering Co.
Melvin was here.
awk prints:
Match of ru+n found at 12 in My program runs
Match of Melvin found at 1 in Melvin was here.
If array is present, it is cleared, and then the 0th element of array is set to the entire portion of string matched by regexp. If regexp contains parentheses, the integer-indexed elements of array are set to contain the portion of string matching the corresponding parenthesized subexpression. For example:
$ echo foooobazbarrrrr |
> gawk '{ match($0, /(fo+).+(bar*)/, arr)
> print arr[1], arr[2] }'
-| foooo barrrrr
In addition, beginning with gawk 3.1.2, multidimensional subscripts are available providing the start index and length of each matched subexpression:
$ echo foooobazbarrrrr |
> gawk '{ match($0, /(fo+).+(bar*)/, arr)
> print arr[1], arr[2]
> print arr[1, "start"], arr[1, "length"]
> print arr[2, "start"], arr[2, "length"]
> }'
-| foooo barrrrr
-| 1 5
-| 9 7
There may not be subscripts for the start and index for every parenthesized
subexpressions, since they may not all have matched text; thus they
should be tested for with the in operator
(see Reference to Elements).
The array argument to match is a
gawk extension. In compatibility mode
(see Options),
using a third argument is a fatal error.
split(string, array [, fieldsep])[1], the second piece in array[2], and so
forth. The string value of the third argument, fieldsep, is
a regexp describing where to split string (much as FS can
be a regexp describing where to split input records). If
fieldsep is omitted, the value of FS is used.
split returns the number of elements created.
The split function splits strings into pieces in a
manner similar to the way input lines are split into fields. For example:
split("cul-de-sac", a, "-")
splits the string ‘cul-de-sac’ into three fields using ‘-’ as the
separator. It sets the contents of the array a as follows:
a[1] = "cul"
a[2] = "de"
a[3] = "sac"
The value returned by this call to split is three.
As with input field-splitting, when the value of fieldsep is
" ", leading and trailing whitespace is ignored, and the elements
are separated by runs of whitespace.
Also as with input field-splitting, if fieldsep is the null string, each
individual character in the string is split into its own array element.
(This is a gawk-specific extension.)
Note, however, that RS has no effect on the way split
works. Even though ‘RS = ""’ causes newline to also be an input
field separator, this does not affect how split splits strings.
Modern implementations of awk, including gawk, allow
the third argument to be a regexp constant (/abc/) as well as a
string.
(d.c.)
The POSIX standard allows this as well.
Computed Regexps, for a
discussion of the difference between using a string constant or a regexp constant,
and the implications for writing your program correctly.
Before splitting the string, split deletes any previously existing
elements in the array array.
If string is null, the array has no elements. (So this is a portable way to delete an entire array with one statement. See Delete.)
If string does not match fieldsep at all (but is not null),
array has one element only. The value of that element is the original
string.
sprintf(format, expression1, ...)printf would
have printed out with the same arguments
(see Printf).
For example:
pival = sprintf("pi = %.2f (approx.)", 22/7)
assigns the string "pi = 3.14 (approx.)" to the variable pival.
strtonum(str) #strtonum assumes that str
is an octal number. If str begins with a leading ‘0x’ or
‘0X’, strtonum assumes that str is a hexadecimal number.
For example:
$ echo 0x11 |
> gawk '{ printf "%d\n", strtonum($1) }'
-| 17
Using the strtonum function is not the same as adding zero
to a string value; the automatic coercion of strings to numbers
works only for decimal data, not for octal or hexadecimal.34
Note also that strtonum uses the current locale's decimal point
for recognizing numbers.
strtonum is a gawk extension; it is not available
in compatibility mode (see Options).
sub(regexp, replacement [, target])sub function alters the value of target.
It searches this value, which is treated as a string, for the
leftmost, longest substring matched by the regular expression regexp.
Then the entire string is
changed by replacing the matched text with replacement.
The modified string becomes the new value of target.
The regexp argument may be either a regexp constant (‘/.../’) or a string constant ("..."). In the latter case, the string is treated as a regexp to be matched. Computed Regexps, for a discussion of the difference between the two forms, and the implications for writing your program correctly.
This function is peculiar because target is not simply
used to compute a value, and not just any expression will do—it
must be a variable, field, or array element so that sub can
store a modified value there. If this argument is omitted, then the
default is to use and alter $0.35
For example:
str = "water, water, everywhere"
sub(/at/, "ith", str)
sets str to "wither, water, everywhere", by replacing the
leftmost longest occurrence of ‘at’ with ‘ith’.
The sub function returns the number of substitutions made (either
one or zero).
If the special character ‘&’ appears in replacement, it stands for the precise substring that was matched by regexp. (If the regexp can match more than one string, then this precise substring may vary.) For example:
{ sub(/candidate/, "& and his wife"); print }
changes the first occurrence of ‘candidate’ to ‘candidate and his wife’ on each input line. Here is another example:
$ awk 'BEGIN {
> str = "daabaaa"
> sub(/a+/, "C&C", str)
> print str
> }'
-| dCaaCbaaa
This shows how ‘&’ can represent a nonconstant string and also illustrates the “leftmost, longest” rule in regexp matching (see Leftmost Longest).
The effect of this special character (‘&’) can be turned off by putting a backslash before it in the string. As usual, to insert one backslash in the string, you must write two backslashes. Therefore, write ‘\\&’ in a string constant to include a literal ‘&’ in the replacement. For example, the following shows how to replace the first ‘|’ on each line with an ‘&’:
{ sub(/\|/, "\\&"); print }
As mentioned, the third argument to sub must
be a variable, field or array reference.
Some versions of awk allow the third argument to
be an expression that is not an lvalue. In such a case, sub
still searches for the pattern and returns zero or one, but the result of
the substitution (if any) is thrown away because there is no place
to put it. Such versions of awk accept expressions
such as the following:
sub(/USA/, "United States", "the USA and Canada")
For historical compatibility, gawk accepts erroneous code, such as in the previous example. However, using any other nonchangeable object as the third parameter causes a fatal error and your program will not run.
Finally, if the regexp is not a regexp constant, it is converted into a
string, and then the value of that string is treated as the regexp to match.
gsub(regexp, replacement [, target])sub function, except gsub replaces
all of the longest, leftmost, nonoverlapping matching
substrings it can find. The ‘g’ in gsub stands for
“global,” which means replace everywhere. For example:
{ gsub(/Britain/, "United Kingdom"); print }
replaces all occurrences of the string ‘Britain’ with ‘United Kingdom’ for all input records.
The gsub function returns the number of substitutions made. If
the variable to search and alter (target) is
omitted, then the entire input record ($0) is used.
As in sub, the characters ‘&’ and ‘\’ are special,
and the third argument must be assignable.
gensub(regexp, replacement, how [, target]) #gensub is a general substitution function. Like sub and
gsub, it searches the target string target for matches of
the regular expression regexp. Unlike sub and gsub,
the modified string is returned as the result of the function and the
original target string is not changed. If how is a string
beginning with ‘g’ or ‘G’, then it replaces all matches of
regexp with replacement. Otherwise, how is treated
as a number that indicates which match of regexp to replace. If
no target is supplied, $0 is used.
gensub provides an additional feature that is not available
in sub or gsub: the ability to specify components of a
regexp in the replacement text. This is done by using parentheses in
the regexp to mark the components and then specifying ‘\N’
in the replacement text, where N is a digit from 1 to 9.
For example:
$ gawk '
> BEGIN {
> a = "abc def"
> b = gensub(/(.+) (.+)/, "\\2 \\1", "g", a)
> print b
> }'
-| def abc
As with sub, you must type two backslashes in order
to get one into the string.
In the replacement text, the sequence ‘\0’ represents the entire
matched text, as does the character ‘&’.
The following example shows how you can use the third argument to control which match of the regexp should be changed:
$ echo a b c a b c |
> gawk '{ print gensub(/a/, "AA", 2) }'
-| a b c AA b c
In this case, $0 is used as the default target string.
gensub returns the new string as its result, which is
passed directly to print for printing.
If the how argument is a string that does not begin with ‘g’ or ‘G’, or if it is a number that is less than or equal to zero, only one substitution is performed. If how is zero, gawk issues a warning message.
If regexp does not match target, gensub's return value
is the original unchanged value of target.
gensub is a gawk extension; it is not available
in compatibility mode (see Options).
substr(string, start [, length])substr("washington", 5, 3) returns "ing".
If length is not present, this function returns the whole suffix of
string that begins at character number start. For example,
substr("washington", 5) returns "ington". The whole
suffix is also returned
if length is greater than the number of characters remaining
in the string, counting from character start.
If start is less than one, substr treats it as
if it was one. (POSIX doesn't specify what to do in this case:
Unix awk acts this way, and therefore gawk
does too.)
If start is greater than the number of characters
in the string, substr returns the null string.
Similarly, if length is present but less than or equal to zero,
the null string is returned.
The string returned by substr cannot be
assigned. Thus, it is a mistake to attempt to change a portion of
a string, as shown in the following example:
string = "abcdef"
# try to get "abCDEf", won't work
substr(string, 3, 3) = "CDE"
It is also a mistake to use substr as the third argument
of sub or gsub:
gsub(/xyz/, "pdq", substr($0, 5, 20)) # WRONG
(Some commercial versions of awk do in fact let you use
substr this way, but doing so is not portable.)
If you need to replace bits and pieces of a string, combine substr
with string concatenation, in the following manner:
string = "abcdef"
...
string = substr(string, 1, 2) "CDE" substr(string, 6)
tolower(string)tolower("MiXeD cAsE 123") returns "mixed case 123".
toupper(string)toupper("MiXeD cAsE 123") returns "MIXED CASE 123".
sub, gsub, and gensubWhen using sub, gsub, or gensub, and trying to get literal
backslashes and ampersands into the replacement text, you need to remember
that there are several levels of escape processing going on.
First, there is the lexical level, which is when awk reads your program and builds an internal copy of it that can be executed. Then there is the runtime level, which is when awk actually scans the replacement string to determine what to generate.
At both levels, awk looks for a defined set of characters that
can come after a backslash. At the lexical level, it looks for the
escape sequences listed in Escape Sequences.
Thus, for every ‘\’ that awk processes at the runtime
level, type two backslashes at the lexical level.
When a character that is not valid for an escape sequence follows the
‘\’, Unix awk and gawk both simply remove the initial
‘\’ and put the next character into the string. Thus, for
example, "a\qb" is treated as "aqb".
At the runtime level, the various functions handle sequences of
‘\’ and ‘&’ differently. The situation is (sadly) somewhat complex.
Historically, the sub and gsub functions treated the two
character sequence ‘\&’ specially; this sequence was replaced in
the generated text with a single ‘&’. Any other ‘\’ within
the replacement string that did not precede an ‘&’ was passed
through unchanged. This is illustrated in table-sub-escapes.
You typesubseessubgenerates ———– ————– ———————\&&the matched text\\&\&a literal ‘&’\\\&\&a literal ‘&’\\\\&\\&a literal ‘\&’\\\\\&\\&a literal ‘\&’\\\\\\&\\\&a literal ‘\\&’\\q\qa literal ‘\q’
Table 8.1: Historical Escape Sequence Processing for sub and gsub
This table shows both the lexical-level processing, where
an odd number of backslashes becomes an even number at the runtime level,
as well as the runtime processing done by sub.
(For the sake of simplicity, the rest of the following tables only show the
case of even numbers of backslashes entered at the lexical level.)
The problem with the historical approach is that there is no way to get a literal ‘\’ followed by the matched text.
The 1992 POSIX standard attempted to fix this problem. That standard
says that sub and gsub look for either a ‘\’ or an ‘&’
after the ‘\’. If either one follows a ‘\’, that character is
output literally. The interpretation of ‘\’ and ‘&’ then becomes
as shown in table-sub-posix-92.
You typesubseessubgenerates ———– ————– ———————&&the matched text\\&\&a literal ‘&’\\\\&\\&a literal ‘\’, then the matched text\\\\\\&\\\&a literal ‘\&’
Table 8.2: 1992 POSIX Rules for sub and gsub Escape Sequence Processing
This appears to solve the problem. Unfortunately, the phrasing of the standard is unusual. It says, in effect, that ‘\’ turns off the special meaning of any following character, but for anything other than ‘\’ and ‘&’, such special meaning is undefined. This wording leads to two problems:
Because of the problems just listed, in 1996, the gawk maintainer submitted proposed text for a revised standard that reverts to rules that correspond more closely to the original existing practice. The proposed rules have special cases that make it possible to produce a ‘\’ preceding the matched text. This is shown in table-sub-proposed.
You typesubseessubgenerates ———– ————– ———————\\\\\\&\\\&a literal ‘\&’\\\\&\\&a literal ‘\’, followed by the matched text\\&\&a literal ‘&’\\q\qa literal ‘\q’\\\\\\\\
Table 8.3: Proposed rules for sub and backslash
In a nutshell, at the runtime level, there are now three special sequences of characters (‘\\\&’, ‘\\&’ and ‘\&’) whereas historically there was only one. However, as in the historical case, any ‘\’ that is not part of one of these three sequences is not special and appears in the output literally.
gawk 3.0 and 3.1 follow these proposed POSIX rules for sub and
gsub.
The POSIX standard took much longer to be revised than was expected in 1996.
The 2001 standard does not follow the above rules. Instead, the rules
there are somewhat simpler. The results are similar except for one case.
The 2001 POSIX rules state that ‘\&’ in the replacement string produces a literal ‘&’, ‘\\’ produces a literal ‘\’, and ‘\’ followed by anything else is not special; the ‘\’ is placed straight into the output. These rules are presented in table-posix-2001-sub.
You typesubseessubgenerates ———– ————– ———————\\\\\\&\\\&a literal ‘\&’\\\\&\\&a literal ‘\’, followed by the matched text\\&\&a literal ‘&’\\q\qa literal ‘\q’\\\\\\\
Table 8.4: POSIX 2001 rules for sub
The only case where the difference is noticeable is the last one: ‘\\\\’ is seen as ‘\\’ and produces ‘\’ instead of ‘\\’.
Starting with version 3.1.4, gawk follows the POSIX rules when --posix is specified (see Options). Otherwise, it continues to follow the 1996 proposed rules, since, as of this writing, that has been its behavior for over seven years.
NOTE: At the next major release, gawk will switch to using the POSIX 2001 rules by default.
The rules for gensub are considerably simpler. At the runtime
level, whenever gawk sees a ‘\’, if the following character
is a digit, then the text that matched the corresponding parenthesized
subexpression is placed in the generated output. Otherwise,
no matter what character follows the ‘\’, it
appears in the generated text and the ‘\’ does not,
as shown in table-gensub-escapes.
You typegensubseesgensubgenerates ———– —————— ————————–&&the matched text\\&\&a literal ‘&’\\\\\\a literal ‘\’\\\\&\\&a literal ‘\’, then the matched text\\\\\\&\\\&a literal ‘\&’\\q\qa literal ‘q’
Table 8.5: Escape Sequence Processing for gensub
Because of the complexity of the lexical and runtime level processing
and the special cases for sub and gsub,
we recommend the use of gawk and gensub when you have
to do substitutions.
In awk, the ‘*’ operator can match the null string.
This is particularly important for the sub, gsub,
and gensub functions. For example:
$ echo abc | awk '{ gsub(/m*/, "X"); print }'
-| XaXbXcX
Although this makes a certain amount of sense, it can be surprising.
The following functions relate to input/output (I/O). Optional parameters are enclosed in square brackets ([ ]):
close(filename [, how])When closing a coprocess, it is occasionally useful to first close
one end of the two-way pipe and then to close the other. This is done
by providing a second argument to close. This second argument
should be one of the two string values "to" or "from",
indicating which end of the pipe to close. Case in the string does
not matter.
See Two-way I/O,
which discusses this feature in more detail and gives an example.
fflush([filename])Many utility programs buffer their output; i.e., they save information
to write to a disk file or terminal in memory until there is enough
for it to be worthwhile to send the data to the output device.
This is often more efficient than writing
every little bit of information as soon as it is ready. However, sometimes
it is necessary to force a program to flush its buffers; that is,
write the information to its destination, even if a buffer is not full.
This is the purpose of the fflush function—gawk also
buffers its output and the fflush function forces
gawk to flush its buffers.
fflush was added to the Bell Laboratories research
version of awk in 1994; it is not part of the POSIX standard and is
not available if --posix has been specified on the
command line (see Options).
gawk extends the fflush function in two ways. The first
is to allow no argument at all. In this case, the buffer for the
standard output is flushed. The second is to allow the null string
("") as the argument. In this case, the buffers for
all open output files and pipes are flushed.
Current versions of the Bell Labs awk also
support these extensions.
fflush returns zero if the buffer is successfully flushed;
otherwise, it returns −1.
In the case where all buffers are flushed, the return value is zero
only if all buffers were flushed successfully. Otherwise, it is
−1, and gawk warns about the problem filename.
gawk also issues a warning message if you attempt to flush
a file or pipe that was opened for reading (such as with getline),
or if filename is not an open file, pipe, or coprocess.
In such a case, fflush returns −1, as well.
system(command)system
function executes the command given by the string command.
It returns the status returned by the command that was executed as
its value.
For example, if the following fragment of code is put in your awk program:
END {
system("date | mail -s 'awk run done' root")
}
the system administrator is sent mail when the awk program finishes processing input and begins its end-of-input processing.
Note that redirecting print or printf into a pipe is often
enough to accomplish your task. If you need to run many commands, it
is more efficient to simply print them down a pipeline to the shell:
while (more stuff to do)
print command | "/bin/sh"
close("/bin/sh")
However, if your awk
program is interactive, system is useful for cranking up large
self-contained programs, such as a shell or an editor.
Some operating systems cannot implement the system function.
system causes a fatal error if it is not supported.
As a side point, buffering issues can be even more confusing, depending upon whether your program is interactive, i.e., communicating with a user sitting at a keyboard.38
Interactive programs generally line buffer their output; i.e., they write out every line. Noninteractive programs wait until they have a full buffer, which may be many lines of output. Here is an example of the difference:
$ awk '{ print $1 + $2 }'
1 1
-| 2
2 3
-| 5
Ctrl-d
Each line of output is printed immediately. Compare that behavior with this example:
$ awk '{ print $1 + $2 }' | cat
1 1
2 3
Ctrl-d
-| 2
-| 5
Here, no output is printed until after the Ctrl-d is typed, because it is all buffered and sent down the pipe to cat in one shot.
system
The fflush function provides explicit control over output buffering for
individual files and pipes. However, its use is not portable to many other
awk implementations. An alternative method to flush output
buffers is to call system with a null string as its argument:
system("") # flush output
gawk treats this use of the system function as a special
case and is smart enough not to run a shell (or other command
interpreter) with the empty command. Therefore, with gawk, this
idiom is not only useful, it is also efficient. While this method should work
with other awk implementations, it does not necessarily avoid
starting an unnecessary shell. (Other implementations may only
flush the buffer associated with the standard output and not necessarily
all buffered output.)
If you think about what a programmer expects, it makes sense that
system should flush any pending output. The following program:
BEGIN {
print "first print"
system("echo system echo")
print "second print"
}
must print:
first print
system echo
second print
and not:
system echo
first print
second print
If awk did not flush its buffers before calling system,
you would see the latter (undesirable) output.
awk programs are commonly used to process log files
containing timestamp information, indicating when a
particular log record was written. Many programs log their timestamp
in the form returned by the time system call, which is the
number of seconds since a particular epoch. On POSIX-compliant systems,
it is the number of seconds since
1970-01-01 00:00:00 UTC, not counting leap seconds.39
All known POSIX-compliant systems support timestamps from 0 through
2^31 - 1, which is sufficient to represent times through
2038-01-19 03:14:07 UTC. Many systems support a wider range of timestamps,
including negative timestamps that represent times before the
epoch.
In order to make it easier to process such log files and to produce useful reports, gawk provides the following functions for working with timestamps. They are gawk extensions; they are not specified in the POSIX standard, nor are they in any other known version of awk.40 Optional parameters are enclosed in square brackets ([ ]):
systime()mktime(datespec)systime. It is similar to the function of the
same name in ISO C. The argument, datespec, is a string of the form
"YYYY MM DD HH MM SS [DST]".
The string consists of six or seven numbers representing, respectively,
the full year including century, the month from 1 to 12, the day of the month
from 1 to 31, the hour of the day from 0 to 23, the minute from 0 to
59, the second from 0 to 60,41
and an optional daylight-savings flag.
The values of these numbers need not be within the ranges specified;
for example, an hour of −1 means 1 hour before midnight.
The origin-zero Gregorian calendar is assumed, with year 0 preceding
year 1 and year −1 preceding year 0.
The time is assumed to be in the local timezone.
If the daylight-savings flag is positive, the time is assumed to be
daylight savings time; if zero, the time is assumed to be standard
time; and if negative (the default), mktime attempts to determine
whether daylight savings time is in effect for the specified time.
If datespec does not contain enough elements or if the resulting time
is out of range, mktime returns −1.
strftime([format [, timestamp [, utc-flag]]])systime function. If no timestamp argument is supplied,
gawk uses the current time of day as the timestamp.
If no format argument is supplied, strftime uses
"%a %b %d %H:%M:%S %Z %Y". This format string produces
output that is (almost) equivalent to that of the date utility.
(Versions of gawk prior to 3.0 require the format argument.)
The systime function allows you to compare a timestamp from a
log file with the current time of day. In particular, it is easy to
determine how long ago a particular record was logged. It also allows
you to produce log records using the “seconds since the epoch” format.
The mktime function allows you to convert a textual representation
of a date and time into a timestamp. This makes it easy to do before/after
comparisons of dates and times, particularly when dealing with date and
time data coming from an external source, such as a log file.
The strftime function allows you to easily turn a timestamp
into human-readable information. It is similar in nature to the sprintf
function
(see String Functions),
in that it copies nonformat specification characters verbatim to the
returned string, while substituting date and time values for format
specifications in the format string.
strftime is guaranteed by the 1999 ISO C standard42
to support the following date format specifications:
%a%A%b%B%c"C" locale.)
%C%d%D%e%F%g%G%h%H%I%j%m%M%n%p%r"C" locale.)
%R%S%t%T%u%U%V%w%W%x"C" locale.)
%X"C" locale.)
%y%Y%z%Z%Ec %EC %Ex %EX %Ey %EY %Od %Oe %OH%OI %Om %OM %OS %Ou %OU %OV %Ow %OW %Oy%%If a conversion specifier is not one of the above, the behavior is undefined.44
Informally, a locale is the geographic place in which a program
is meant to run. For example, a common way to abbreviate the date
September 4, 1991 in the United States is “9/4/91.”
In many countries in Europe, however, it is abbreviated “4.9.91.”
Thus, the ‘%x’ specification in a "US" locale might produce
‘9/4/91’, while in a "EUROPE" locale, it might produce
‘4.9.91’. The ISO C standard defines a default "C"
locale, which is an environment that is typical of what most C programmers
are used to.
For systems that are not yet fully standards-compliant,
gawk supplies a copy of
strftime from the GNU C Library.
It supports all of the just listed format specifications.
If that version is
used to compile gawk (see Installation),
then the following additional format specifications are available:
%k%l%sAdditionally, the alternate representations are recognized but their normal representations are used.
This example is an awk implementation of the POSIX date utility. Normally, the date utility prints the current date and time of day in a well-known format. However, if you provide an argument to it that begins with a ‘+’, date copies nonformat specifier characters to the standard output and interprets the current time according to the format specifiers in the string. For example:
$ date '+Today is %A, %B %d, %Y.'
-| Today is Thursday, September 14, 2000.
Here is the gawk version of the date utility. It has a shell “wrapper” to handle the -u option, which requires that date run as if the time zone is set to UTC:
#! /bin/sh
#
# date --- approximate the P1003.2 'date' command
case $1 in
-u) TZ=UTC0 # use UTC
export TZ
shift ;;
esac
gawk 'BEGIN {
format = "%a %b %d %H:%M:%S %Z %Y"
exitval = 0
if (ARGC > 2)
exitval = 1
else if (ARGC == 2) {
format = ARGV[1]
if (format ~ /^\+/)
format = substr(format, 2) # remove leading +
}
print strftime(format)
exit exitval
}' "$@"
I can explain it for you, but I can't understand it for you.
Anonymous
Many languages provide the ability to perform bitwise operations on two integer numbers. In other words, the operation is performed on each successive pair of bits in the operands. Three common operations are bitwise AND, OR, and XOR. The operations are described in table-bitwise-ops.
Bit Operator
| AND | OR | XOR
|—+—+—+—+—+—
Operands | 0 | 1 | 0 | 1 | 0 | 1
————–+—+—+—+—+—+—
0 | 0 0 | 0 1 | 0 1
1 | 0 1 | 1 1 | 1 0
Table 8.6: Bitwise Operations
As you can see, the result of an AND operation is 1 only when both bits are 1. The result of an OR operation is 1 if either bit is 1. The result of an XOR operation is 1 if either bit is 1, but not both. The next operation is the complement; the complement of 1 is 0 and the complement of 0 is 1. Thus, this operation “flips” all the bits of a given value.
Finally, two other common operations are to shift the bits left or right. For example, if you have a bit string ‘10111001’ and you shift it right by three bits, you end up with ‘00010111’.45 If you start over again with ‘10111001’ and shift it left by three bits, you end up with ‘11001000’. gawk provides built-in functions that implement the bitwise operations just described. They are:
For all of these functions, first the double-precision floating-point value is
converted to the widest C unsigned integer type, then the bitwise operation is
performed. If the result cannot be represented exactly as a C double,
leading nonzero bits are removed one by one until it can be represented
exactly. The result is then converted back into a C double. (If
you don't understand this paragraph, don't worry about it.)
Here is a user-defined function (see User-defined) that illustrates the use of these functions:
# bits2str --- turn a byte into readable 1's and 0's
function bits2str(bits, data, mask)
{
if (bits == 0)
return "0"
mask = 1
for (; bits != 0; bits = rshift(bits, 1))
data = (and(bits, mask) ? "1" : "0") data
while ((length(data) % 8) != 0)
data = "0" data
return data
}
BEGIN {
printf "123 = %s\n", bits2str(123)
printf "0123 = %s\n", bits2str(0123)
printf "0x99 = %s\n", bits2str(0x99)
comp = compl(0x99)
printf "compl(0x99) = %#x = %s\n", comp, bits2str(comp)
shift = lshift(0x99, 2)
printf "lshift(0x99, 2) = %#x = %s\n", shift, bits2str(shift)
shift = rshift(0x99, 2)
printf "rshift(0x99, 2) = %#x = %s\n", shift, bits2str(shift)
}
This program produces the following output when run:
$ gawk -f testbits.awk
-| 123 = 01111011
-| 0123 = 01010011
-| 0x99 = 10011001
-| compl(0x99) = 0xffffff66 = 11111111111111111111111101100110
-| lshift(0x99, 2) = 0x264 = 0000001001100100
-| rshift(0x99, 2) = 0x26 = 00100110
The bits2str function turns a binary number into a string.
The number 1 represents a binary value where the rightmost bit
is set to 1. Using this mask,
the function repeatedly checks the rightmost bit.
ANDing the mask with the value indicates whether the
rightmost bit is 1 or not. If so, a "1" is concatenated onto the front
of the string.
Otherwise, a "0" is added.
The value is then shifted right by one bit and the loop continues
until there are no more 1 bits.
If the initial value is zero it returns a simple "0".
Otherwise, at the end, it pads the value with zeros to represent multiples
of 8-bit quantities. This is typical in modern computers.
The main code in the BEGIN rule shows the difference between the
decimal and octal values for the same numbers
(see Nondecimal-numbers),
and then demonstrates the
results of the compl, lshift, and rshift functions.
gawk provides facilities for internationalizing awk programs. These include the functions described in the following list. The descriptions here are purposely brief. See Internationalization, for the full story. Optional parameters are enclosed in square brackets ([ ]):
dcgettext(string [, domain [, category]])TEXTDOMAIN.
The default value for category is "LC_MESSAGES".
dcngettext(string1, string2, number [, domain [, category]])TEXTDOMAIN.
The default value for category is "LC_MESSAGES".
bindtextdomain(directory [, domain])The default domain is the value of TEXTDOMAIN.
If directory is the null string (""), then
bindtextdomain returns the current binding for the
given domain.
Complicated awk programs can often be simplified by defining your own functions. User-defined functions can be called just like built-in ones (see Function Calls), but it is up to you to define them, i.e., to tell awk what they should do.
Definitions of functions can appear anywhere between the rules of an awk program. Thus, the general form of an awk program is extended to include sequences of rules and user-defined function definitions. There is no need to put the definition of a function before all uses of the function. This is because awk reads the entire program before starting to execute any of it.
The definition of a function named name looks like this:
function name(parameter-list)
{
body-of-function
}
name is the name of the function to define. A valid function name is like a valid variable name: a sequence of letters, digits, and underscores that doesn't start with a digit. Within a single awk program, any particular name can only be used as a variable, array, or function.
parameter-list is an optional list of the function's arguments and local variable names, separated by commas. When the function is called, the argument names are used to hold the argument values given in the call. The local variables are initialized to the empty string. A function cannot have two parameters with the same name, nor may it have a parameter with the same name as the function itself.
According to the POSIX standard, function parameters cannot have the same name as one of the special built-in variables (see Built-in Variables. Not all versions of awk enforce this restriction.
The body-of-function consists of awk statements. It is the most important part of the definition, because it says what the function should actually do. The argument names exist to give the body a way to talk about the arguments; local variables exist to give the body places to keep temporary values.
Argument names are not distinguished syntactically from local variable names. Instead, the number of arguments supplied when the function is called determines how many argument variables there are. Thus, if three argument values are given, the first three names in parameter-list are arguments and the rest are local variables.
It follows that if the number of arguments is not the same in all calls to the function, some of the names in parameter-list may be arguments on some occasions and local variables on others. Another way to think of this is that omitted arguments default to the null string.
Usually when you write a function, you know how many names you intend to use for arguments and how many you intend to use as local variables. It is conventional to place some extra space between the arguments and the local variables, in order to document how your function is supposed to be used.
During execution of the function body, the arguments and local variable values hide, or shadow, any variables of the same names used in the rest of the program. The shadowed variables are not accessible in the function definition, because there is no way to name them while their names have been taken away for the local variables. All other variables used in the awk program can be referenced or set normally in the function's body.
The arguments and local variables last only as long as the function body is executing. Once the body finishes, you can once again access the variables that were shadowed while the function was running.
The function body can contain expressions that call functions. They can even call this function, either directly or by way of another function. When this happens, we say the function is recursive. The act of a function calling itself is called recursion.
In many awk implementations, including gawk,
the keyword function may be
abbreviated func. However, POSIX only specifies the use of
the keyword function. This actually has some practical implications.
If gawk is in POSIX-compatibility mode
(see Options), then the following
statement does not define a function:
func foo() { a = sqrt($1) ; print a }
Instead it defines a rule that, for each record, concatenates the value of the variable ‘func’ with the return value of the function ‘foo’. If the resulting string is non-null, the action is executed. This is probably not what is desired. (awk accepts this input as syntactically valid, because functions may be used before they are defined in awk programs.)
To ensure that your awk programs are portable, always use the
keyword function when defining a function.
Here is an example of a user-defined function, called myprint, that
takes a number and prints it in a specific format:
function myprint(num)
{
printf "%6.3g\n", num
}
To illustrate, here is an awk rule that uses our myprint
function:
$3 > 0 { myprint($3) }
This program prints, in our special format, all the third fields that contain a positive number in our input. Therefore, when given the following:
1.2 3.4 5.6 7.8
9.10 11.12 -13.14 15.16
17.18 19.20 21.22 23.24
this program, using our function to format the results, prints:
5.6
21.2
This function deletes all the elements in an array:
function delarray(a, i)
{
for (i in a)
delete a[i]
}
When working with arrays, it is often necessary to delete all the elements
in an array and start over with a new list of elements
(see Delete).
Instead of having
to repeat this loop everywhere that you need to clear out
an array, your program can just call delarray.
(This guarantees portability. The use of ‘delete array’ to delete
the contents of an entire array is a nonstandard extension.)
The following is an example of a recursive function. It takes a string as an input parameter and returns the string in backwards order. Recursive functions must always have a test that stops the recursion. In this case, the recursion terminates when the starting position is zero, i.e., when there are no more characters left in the string.
function rev(str, start)
{
if (start == 0)
return ""
return (substr(str, start, 1) rev(str, start - 1))
}
If this function is in a file named rev.awk, it can be tested this way:
$ echo "Don't Panic!" |
> gawk --source '{ print rev($0, length($0)) }' -f rev.awk
-| !cinaP t'noD
The C ctime function takes a timestamp and returns it in a string,
formatted in a well-known fashion.
The following example uses the built-in strftime function
(see Time Functions)
to create an awk version of ctime:
# ctime.awk
#
# awk version of C ctime(3) function
function ctime(ts, format)
{
format = "%a %b %d %H:%M:%S %Z %Y"
if (ts == 0)
ts = systime() # use current time as default
return strftime(format, ts)
}
Calling a function means causing the function to run and do its job. A function call is an expression and its value is the value returned by the function.
A function call consists of the function name followed by the arguments
in parentheses. awk expressions are what you write in the
call for the arguments. Each time the call is executed, these
expressions are evaluated, and the values are the actual arguments. For
example, here is a call to foo with three arguments (the first
being a string concatenation):
foo(x y, "lose", 4 * z)
Caution: Whitespace characters (spaces and TABs) are not allowed between the function name and the open-parenthesis of the argument list. If you write whitespace by mistake, awk might think that you mean to concatenate a variable with an expression in parentheses. However, it notices that you used a function name and not a variable name, and reports an error.
When a function is called, it is given a copy of the values of its arguments. This is known as call by value. The caller may use a variable as the expression for the argument, but the called function does not know this—it only knows what value the argument had. For example, if you write the following code:
foo = "bar"
z = myfunc(foo)
then you should not think of the argument to myfunc as being
“the variable foo.” Instead, think of the argument as the
string value "bar".
If the function myfunc alters the values of its local variables,
this has no effect on any other variables. Thus, if myfunc
does this:
function myfunc(str)
{
print str
str = "zzz"
print str
}
to change its first argument variable str, it does not
change the value of foo in the caller. The role of foo in
calling myfunc ended when its value ("bar") was computed.
If str also exists outside of myfunc, the function body
cannot alter this outer value, because it is shadowed during the
execution of myfunc and cannot be seen or changed from there.
However, when arrays are the parameters to functions, they are not copied. Instead, the array itself is made available for direct manipulation by the function. This is usually called call by reference. Changes made to an array parameter inside the body of a function are visible outside that function.
NOTE: Changing an array parameter inside a function can be very dangerous if you do not watch what you are doing. For example:function changeit(array, ind, nvalue) { array[ind] = nvalue } BEGIN { a[1] = 1; a[2] = 2; a[3] = 3 changeit(a, 2, "two") printf "a[1] = %s, a[2] = %s, a[3] = %s\n", a[1], a[2], a[3] }prints ‘a[1] = 1, a[2] = two, a[3] = 3’, because
changeitstores"two"in the second element ofa.
Some awk implementations allow you to call a function that has not been defined. They only report a problem at runtime when the program actually tries to call the function. For example:
BEGIN {
if (0)
foo()
else
bar()
}
function bar() { ... }
# note that `foo' is not defined
Because the ‘if’ statement will never be true, it is not really a
problem that foo has not been defined. Usually, though, it is a
problem if a program calls an undefined function.
If --lint is specified (see Options), gawk reports calls to undefined functions.
Some awk implementations generate a runtime
error if you use the next statement
(see Next Statement)
inside a user-defined function.
gawk does not have this limitation.
return Statement
The body of a user-defined function can contain a return statement.
This statement returns control to the calling part of the awk program. It
can also be used to return a value for use in the rest of the awk
program. It looks like this:
return [expression]
The expression part is optional. If it is omitted, then the returned value is undefined, and therefore, unpredictable.
A return statement with no value expression is assumed at the end of
every function definition. So if control reaches the end of the function
body, then the function returns an unpredictable value. awk
does not warn you if you use the return value of such a function.
Sometimes, you want to write a function for what it does, not for
what it returns. Such a function corresponds to a void function
in C or to a procedure in Pascal. Thus, it may be appropriate to not
return any value; simply bear in mind that if you use the return
value of such a function, you do so at your own risk.
The following is an example of a user-defined function that returns a value for the largest number among the elements of an array:
function maxelt(vec, i, ret)
{
for (i in vec) {
if (ret == "" || vec[i] > ret)
ret = vec[i]
}
return ret
}
You call maxelt with one argument, which is an array name. The local
variables i and ret are not intended to be arguments;
while there is nothing to stop you from passing more than one argument
to maxelt, the results would be strange. The extra space before
i in the function parameter list indicates that i and
ret are not supposed to be arguments.
You should follow this convention when defining functions.
The following program uses the maxelt function. It loads an
array, calls maxelt, and then reports the maximum number in that
array:
function maxelt(vec, i, ret)
{
for (i in vec) {
if (ret == "" || vec[i] > ret)
ret = vec[i]
}
return ret
}
# Load all fields of each record into nums.
{
for(i = 1; i <= NF; i++)
nums[NR, i] = $i
}
END {
print maxelt(nums)
}
Given the following input:
1 5 23 8 16
44 3 5 2 8 26
256 291 1396 2962 100
-6 467 998 1101
99385 11 0 225
the program reports (predictably) that 99385 is the largest number
in the array.
awk is a very fluid language. It is possible that awk can't tell if an identifier represents a regular variable or an array until runtime. Here is an annotated sample program:
function foo(a)
{
a[1] = 1 # parameter is an array
}
BEGIN {
b = 1
foo(b) # invalid: fatal type mismatch
foo(x) # x uninitialized, becomes an array dynamically
x = 1 # now not allowed, runtime error
}
Usually, such things aren't a big issue, but it's worth being aware of them.
Once upon a time, computer makers wrote software that worked only in English. Eventually, hardware and software vendors noticed that if their systems worked in the native languages of non-English-speaking countries, they were able to sell more systems. As a result, internationalization and localization of programs and software systems became a common practice.
Until recently, the ability to provide internationalization was largely restricted to programs written in C and C++. This chapter describes the underlying library gawk uses for internationalization, as well as how gawk makes internationalization features available at the awk program level. Having internationalization available at the awk level gives software developers additional flexibility—they are no longer required to write in C when internationalization is a requirement.
Internationalization means writing (or modifying) a program once, in such a way that it can use multiple languages without requiring further source-code changes. Localization means providing the data necessary for an internationalized program to work in a particular language. Most typically, these terms refer to features such as the language used for printing error messages, the language used to read responses, and information related to how numerical and monetary values are printed and read.
gettext
The facilities in GNU gettext focus on messages; strings printed
by a program, either directly or via formatting with printf or
sprintf.46
When using GNU gettext, each application has its own
text domain. This is a unique name, such as ‘kpilot’ or ‘gawk’,
that identifies the application.
A complete application may have multiple components—programs written
in C or C++, as well as scripts written in sh or awk.
All of the components use the same text domain.
To make the discussion concrete, assume we're writing an application named guide. Internationalization consists of the following steps, in this order:
"`-F': option required" is a good candidate for translation.
A table with strings of option names is not (e.g., gawk's
--profile option should remain the same, no matter what the local
language).
"guide") to the gettext library,
by calling the textdomain function.
gettext
to use .mo files in a different directory than the standard
one by using the bindtextdomain function.
gettext. The returned string is the translated string
if available, or the original string if not.
In C (or C++), the string marking and dynamic translation lookup
are accomplished by wrapping each string in a call to gettext:
printf(gettext("Don't Panic!\n"));
The tools that extract messages from source code pull out all
strings enclosed in calls to gettext.
The GNU gettext developers, recognizing that typing
‘gettext’ over and over again is both painful and ugly to look
at, use the macro ‘_’ (an underscore) to make things easier:
/* In the standard header file: */
#define _(str) gettext(str)
/* In the program text: */
printf(_("Don't Panic!\n"));
This reduces the typing overhead to just three extra characters per string
and is considerably easier to read as well.
There are locale categories
for different types of locale-related information.
The defined locale categories that gettext knows about are:
LC_MESSAGESgettext
operations, but it is possible to supply a different one explicitly,
if necessary. (It is almost never necessary to supply a different category.)
LC_COLLATELC_CTYPE/[[:alnum:]]/
(see Regexp Operators).
LC_MONETARYLC_NUMERICLC_RESPONSELC_TIMELC_ALLgettext.)
gawk provides the following variables and functions for internationalization:
TEXTDOMAINgettext, the default
value is "messages".
_"your message here"dcgettext(string [, domain [, category]])TEXTDOMAIN.
The default value for category is "LC_MESSAGES".
If you supply a value for category, it must be a string equal to
one of the known locale categories described in
the previous section.
You must also supply a text domain. Use TEXTDOMAIN if
you want to use the current domain.
Caution: The order of arguments to the awk version
of the dcgettext function is purposely different from the order for
the C version. The awk version's order was
chosen to be simple and to allow for reasonable awk-style
default arguments.
dcngettext(string1, string2, number [, domain [, category]])TEXTDOMAIN.
The default value for category is "LC_MESSAGES".
The same remarks as for the dcgettext function apply.
bindtextdomain(directory [, domain])gettext looks for .mo files, in case they
will not or cannot be placed in the standard locations
(e.g., during testing).
It returns the directory in which domain is “bound.”
The default domain is the value of TEXTDOMAIN.
If directory is the null string (""), then
bindtextdomain returns the current binding for the
given domain.
To use these facilities in your awk program, follow the steps outlined in the previous section, like so:
TEXTDOMAIN to the text domain of
your program. This is best done in a BEGIN rule
(see BEGIN/END),
or it can also be done via the -v command-line
option (see Options):
BEGIN {
TEXTDOMAIN = "guide"
...
}
print _"hello, world"
x = _"you goofed"
printf(_"Number of users is %d\n", nusers)
dcgettext
built-in function:
message = nusers " users logged in"
message = dcgettext(message, "adminprog")
print message
Here, the call to dcgettext supplies a different
text domain ("adminprog") in which to find the
message, but it uses the default "LC_MESSAGES" category.
bindtextdomain built-in function:
BEGIN {
TEXTDOMAIN = "guide" # our text domain
if (Testing) {
# where to find our files
bindtextdomain("testdir")
# joe is in charge of adminprog
bindtextdomain("../joe/testdir", "adminprog")
}
...
}
See I18N Example, for an example program showing the steps to create and use translations from awk.
Once a program's translatable strings have been marked, they must
be extracted to create the initial .po file.
As part of translation, it is often helpful to rearrange the order
in which arguments to printf are output.
gawk's --gen-po command-line option extracts
the messages and is discussed next.
After that, printf's ability to
rearrange the order for printf arguments at runtime
is covered.
Once your awk program is working, and all the strings have been marked and you've set (and perhaps bound) the text domain, it is time to produce translations. First, use the --gen-po command-line option to create the initial .po file:
$ gawk --gen-po -f guide.awk > guide.po
When run with --gen-po, gawk does not execute your
program. Instead, it parses it as usual and prints all marked strings
to standard output in the format of a GNU gettext Portable Object
file. Also included in the output are any constant strings that
appear as the first argument to dcgettext or as the first and
second argument to dcngettext.48
See I18N Example,
for the full list of steps to go through to create and test
translations for guide.
printf ArgumentsFormat strings for printf and sprintf
(see Printf)
present a special problem for translation.
Consider the following:49
printf(_"String `%s' has %d characters\n",
string, length(string)))
A possible German translation for this might be:
"%d Zeichen lang ist die Zeichenkette `%s'\n"
The problem should be obvious: the order of the format
specifications is different from the original!
Even though gettext can return the translated string
at runtime,
it cannot change the argument order in the call to printf.
To solve this problem, printf format specifiers may have
an additional optional element, which we call a positional specifier.
For example:
"%2$d Zeichen lang ist die Zeichenkette `%1$s'\n"
Here, the positional specifier consists of an integer count, which indicates which argument to use, and a ‘$’. Counts are one-based, and the format string itself is not included. Thus, in the following example, ‘string’ is the first argument and ‘length(string)’ is the second:
$ gawk 'BEGIN {
> string = "Dont Panic"
> printf _"%2$d characters live in \"%1$s\"\n",
> string, length(string)
> }'
-| 10 characters live in "Dont Panic"
If present, positional specifiers come first in the format specification, before the flags, the field width, and/or the precision.
Positional specifiers can be used with the dynamic field width and precision capability:
$ gawk 'BEGIN {
> printf("%*.*s\n", 10, 20, "hello")
> printf("%3$*2$.*1$s\n", 20, 10, "hello")
> }'
-| hello
-| hello
NOTE: When using ‘*’ with a positional specifier, the ‘*’ comes first, then the integer position, and then the ‘$’. This is somewhat counterintuitive.
gawk does not allow you to mix regular format specifiers and those with positional specifiers in the same string:
$ gawk 'BEGIN { printf _"%d %3$s\n", 1, 2, "hi" }'
error--> gawk: cmd. line:1: fatal: must use `count$' on all formats or none
NOTE: There are some pathological cases that gawk may fail to diagnose. In such cases, the output may not be what you expect. It's still a bad idea to try mixing them, even if gawk doesn't detect it.
Although positional specifiers can be used directly in awk programs, their primary purpose is to help in producing correct translations of format strings into languages different from the one in which the program is first written.
gawk's internationalization features were purposely chosen to have as little impact as possible on the portability of awk programs that use them to other versions of awk. Consider this program:
BEGIN {
TEXTDOMAIN = "guide"
if (Test_Guide) # set with -v
bindtextdomain("/test/guide/messages")
print _"don't panic!"
}
As written, it won't work on other versions of awk. However, it is actually almost portable, requiring very little change:
TEXTDOMAIN won't have any effect,
since TEXTDOMAIN is not special in other awk implementations.
_ with the string
following it.50 Typically, the variable _ has
the null string ("") as its value, leaving the original string constant as
the result.
dcgettext, dcngettext
and bindtextdomain, the awk program can be made to run, but
all the messages are output in the original language.
For example:
function bindtextdomain(dir, domain)
{
return dir
}
function dcgettext(string, domain, category)
{
return string
}
function dcngettext(string1, string2, number, domain, category)
{
return (number == 1 ? string1 : string2)
}
printf or
sprintf is not portable.
To support gettext at the C level, many systems' C versions of
sprintf do support positional specifiers. But it works only if
enough arguments are supplied in the function call. Many versions of
awk pass printf formats and arguments unchanged to the
underlying C library version of sprintf, but only one format and
argument at a time. What happens if a positional specification is
used is anybody's guess.
However, since the positional specifications are primarily for use in
translated format strings, and since non-GNU awks never
retrieve the translated string, this should not be a problem in practice.
Now let's look at a step-by-step example of how to internationalize and localize a simple awk program, using guide.awk as our original source:
BEGIN {
TEXTDOMAIN = "guide"
bindtextdomain(".") # for testing
print _"Don't Panic"
print _"The Answer Is", 42
print "Pardon me, Zaphod who?"
}
Run ‘gawk --gen-po’ to create the .po file:
$ gawk --gen-po -f guide.awk > guide.po
This produces:
#: guide.awk:4
msgid "Don't Panic"
msgstr ""
#: guide.awk:5
msgid "The Answer Is"
msgstr ""
This original portable object file is saved and reused for each language
into which the application is translated. The msgid
is the original string and the msgstr is the translation.
NOTE: Strings not marked with a leading underscore do not appear in the guide.po file.
Next, the messages must be translated. Here is a translation to a hypothetical dialect of English, called “Mellow”:51
$ cp guide.po guide-mellow.po
Add translations to guide-mellow.po ...
Following are the translations:
#: guide.awk:4
msgid "Don't Panic"
msgstr "Hey man, relax!"
#: guide.awk:5
msgid "The Answer Is"
msgstr "Like, the scoop is"
The next step is to make the directory to hold the binary message object
file and then to create the guide.mo file.
The directory layout shown here is standard for GNU gettext on
GNU/Linux systems. Other versions of gettext may use a different
layout:
$ mkdir en_US en_US/LC_MESSAGES
The msgfmt utility does the conversion from human-readable .po file to machine-readable .mo file. By default, msgfmt creates a file named messages. This file must be renamed and placed in the proper directory so that gawk can find it:
$ msgfmt guide-mellow.po
$ mv messages en_US/LC_MESSAGES/guide.mo
Finally, we run the program to test it:
$ gawk -f guide.awk
-| Hey man, relax!
-| Like, the scoop is 42
-| Pardon me, Zaphod who?
If the three replacement functions for dcgettext, dcngettext
and bindtextdomain
(see I18N Portability)
are in a file named libintl.awk,
then we can run guide.awk unchanged as follows:
$ gawk --posix -f guide.awk -f libintl.awk
-| Don't Panic
-| The Answer Is 42
-| Pardon me, Zaphod who?
As of version 3.1, gawk itself has been internationalized
using the GNU gettext package.
(GNU gettext is described in
complete detail in
GNU gettext tools.)
As of this writing, the latest version of GNU gettext is
version 0.11.5.
If a translation of gawk's messages exists, then gawk produces usage messages, warnings, and fatal errors in the local language.
Write documentation as if whoever reads it is a violent psychopath who knows where you live.
Steve English, as quoted by Peter Langston
This chapter discusses advanced features in gawk. It's a bit of a “grab bag” of items that are otherwise unrelated to each other. First, a command-line option allows gawk to recognize nondecimal numbers in input data, not just in awk programs. Next, two-way I/O, discussed briefly in earlier parts of this Web page, is described in full detail, along with the basics of TCP/IP networking and BSD portal files. Finally, gawk can profile an awk program, making it possible to tune it for performance.
Dynamic Extensions, discusses the ability to dynamically add new built-in functions to gawk. As this feature is still immature and likely to change, its description is relegated to an appendix.
If you run gawk with the --non-decimal-data option, you can have nondecimal constants in your input data:
$ echo 0123 123 0x123 |
> gawk --non-decimal-data '{ printf "%d, %d, %d\n",
> $1, $2, $3 }'
-| 83, 123, 291
For this feature to work, write your program so that gawk treats your data as numeric:
$ echo 0123 123 0x123 | gawk '{ print $1, $2, $3 }'
-| 0123 123 0x123
The print statement treats its expressions as strings.
Although the fields can act as numbers when necessary,
they are still strings, so print does not try to treat them
numerically. You may need to add zero to a field to force it to
be treated as a number. For example:
$ echo 0123 123 0x123 | gawk --non-decimal-data '
> { print $1, $2, $3
> print $1 + 0, $2 + 0, $3 + 0 }'
-| 0123 123 0x123
-| 83 123 291
Because it is common to have decimal data with leading zeros, and because using it could lead to surprising results, the default is to leave this facility disabled. If you want it, you must explicitly request it.
Caution:
Use of this option is not recommended.
It can break old programs very badly.
Instead, use the strtonum function to convert your data
(see Nondecimal-numbers).
This makes your programs easier to write and easier to read, and
leads to less surprising results.
From: brennan@whidbey.com (Mike Brennan)
Newsgroups: comp.lang.awk
Subject: Re: Learn the SECRET to Attract Women Easily
Date: 4 Aug 1997 17:34:46 GMT
Message-ID: <5s53rm$eca@news.whidbey.com>
On 3 Aug 1997 13:17:43 GMT, Want More Dates???
<tracy78@kilgrona.com> wrote:
>Learn the SECRET to Attract Women Easily
>
>The SCENT(tm) Pheromone Sex Attractant For Men to Attract Women
The scent of awk programmers is a lot more attractive to women than
the scent of perl programmers.
--
Mike Brennan
It is often useful to be able to send data to a separate program for processing and then read the result. This can always be done with temporary files:
# write the data for processing
tempfile = ("mydata." PROCINFO["pid"])
while (not done with data)
print data | ("subprogram > " tempfile)
close("subprogram > " tempfile)
# read the results, remove tempfile when done
while ((getline newdata < tempfile) > 0)
process newdata appropriately
close(tempfile)
system("rm " tempfile)
This works, but not elegantly. Among other things, it requires that the program be run in a directory that cannot be shared among users; for example, /tmp will not do, as another user might happen to be using a temporary file with the same name.
Starting with version 3.1 of gawk, it is possible to open a two-way pipe to another process. The second process is termed a coprocess, since it runs in parallel with gawk. The two-way connection is created using the new ‘|&’ operator (borrowed from the Korn shell, ksh):52
do {
print data |& "subprogram"
"subprogram" |& getline results
} while (data left to process)
close("subprogram")
The first time an I/O operation is executed using the ‘|&’
operator, gawk creates a two-way pipeline to a child process
that runs the other program. Output created with print
or printf is written to the program's standard input, and
output from the program's standard output can be read by the gawk
program using getline.
As is the case with processes started by ‘|’, the subprogram
can be any program, or pipeline of programs, that can be started by
the shell.
There are some cautionary items to be aware of:
getline in order to read
the coprocess's results. This could lead to a situation
known as deadlock, where each process is waiting for the
other one to do something.
It is possible to close just one end of the two-way pipe to
a coprocess, by supplying a second argument to the close
function of either "to" or "from"
(see Close Files And Pipes).
These strings tell gawk to close the end of the pipe
that sends data to the process or the end that reads from it,
respectively.
This is particularly necessary in order to use the system sort utility as part of a coprocess; sort must read all of its input data before it can produce any output. The sort program does not receive an end-of-file indication until gawk closes the write end of the pipe.
When you have finished writing data to the sort
utility, you can close the "to" end of the pipe, and
then start reading sorted data via getline.
For example:
BEGIN {
command = "LC_ALL=C sort"
n = split("abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz", a, "")
for (i = n; i > 0; i--)
print a[i] |& command
close(command, "to")
while ((command |& getline line) > 0)
print "got", line
close(command)
}
This program writes the letters of the alphabet in reverse order, one per line, down the two-way pipe to sort. It then closes the write end of the pipe, so that sort receives an end-of-file indication. This causes sort to sort the data and write the sorted data back to the gawk program. Once all of the data has been read, gawk terminates the coprocess and exits.
As a side note, the assignment ‘LC_ALL=C’ in the sort command ensures traditional Unix (ASCII) sorting from sort.
Beginning with gawk 3.1.2, you may use Pseudo-ttys (ptys) for
two-way communication instead of pipes, if your system supports them.
This is done on a per-command basis, by setting a special element
in the PROCINFO array
(see Auto-set),
like so:
command = "sort -nr" # command, saved in variable for convenience
PROCINFO[command, "pty"] = 1 # update PROCINFO
print ... |& command # start two-way pipe
...
Using ptys avoids the buffer deadlock issues described earlier, at some loss in performance. If your system does not have ptys, or if all the system's ptys are in use, gawk automatically falls back to using regular pipes.
EMISTERED: A host is a host from coast to coast,
and no-one can talk to host that's close,
unless the host that isn't close
is busy hung or dead.
In addition to being able to open a two-way pipeline to a coprocess on the same system (see Two-way I/O), it is possible to make a two-way connection to another process on another system across an IP networking connection.
You can think of this as just a very long two-way pipeline to a coprocess. The way gawk decides that you want to use TCP/IP networking is by recognizing special file names that begin with ‘/inet/’.
The full syntax of the special file name is /inet/protocol/local-port/remote-host/remote-port. The components are:
Caution: The use of raw sockets is not currently supported
in version 3.1 of gawk.
getservbyname function.
Consider the following very simple example:
BEGIN {
Service = "/inet/tcp/0/localhost/daytime"
Service |& getline
print $0
close(Service)
}
This program reads the current date and time from the local system's TCP ‘daytime’ server. It then prints the results and closes the connection.
Because this topic is extensive, the use of gawk for TCP/IP programming is documented separately. See TCP/IP Internetworking with gawk, which comes as part of the gawk distribution, for a much more complete introduction and discussion, as well as extensive examples.
Similar to the /inet special files, if gawk
is configured with the --enable-portals option
(see Quick Installation),
then gawk treats
files whose pathnames begin with /p as 4.4 BSD-style portals.
When used with the ‘|&’ operator, gawk opens the file for two-way communications. The operating system's portal mechanism then manages creating the process associated with the portal and the corresponding communications with the portal's process.
Beginning with version 3.1 of gawk, you may produce execution traces of your awk programs. This is done with a specially compiled version of gawk, called pgawk (“profiling gawk”).
pgawk is identical in every way to gawk, except that when it has finished running, it creates a profile of your program in a file named awkprof.out. Because it is profiling, it also executes up to 45% slower than gawk normally does.
As shown in the following example, the --profile option can be used to change the name of the file where pgawk will write the profile:
$ pgawk --profile=myprog.prof -f myprog.awk data1 data2
In the above example, pgawk places the profile in myprog.prof instead of in awkprof.out.
Regular gawk also accepts this option. When called with just --profile, gawk “pretty prints” the program into awkprof.out, without any execution counts. You may supply an option to --profile to change the file name. Here is a sample session showing a simple awk program, its input data, and the results from running pgawk. First, the awk program:
BEGIN { print "First BEGIN rule" }
END { print "First END rule" }
/foo/ {
print "matched /foo/, gosh"
for (i = 1; i <= 3; i++)
sing()
}
{
if (/foo/)
print "if is true"
else
print "else is true"
}
BEGIN { print "Second BEGIN rule" }
END { print "Second END rule" }
function sing( dummy)
{
print "I gotta be me!"
}
Following is the input data:
foo
bar
baz
foo
junk
Here is the awkprof.out that results from running pgawk on this program and data (this example also illustrates that awk programmers sometimes have to work late):
# gawk profile, created Sun Aug 13 00:00:15 2000
# BEGIN block(s)
BEGIN {
1 print "First BEGIN rule"
1 print "Second BEGIN rule"
}
# Rule(s)
5 /foo/ { # 2
2 print "matched /foo/, gosh"
6 for (i = 1; i <= 3; i++) {
6 sing()
}
}
5 {
5 if (/foo/) { # 2
2 print "if is true"
3 } else {
3 print "else is true"
}
}
# END block(s)
END {
1 print "First END rule"
1 print "Second END rule"
}
# Functions, listed alphabetically
6 function sing(dummy)
{
6 print "I gotta be me!"
}
This example illustrates many of the basic rules for profiling output. The rules are as follows:
BEGIN rule,
pattern/action rules, END rule and functions, listed
alphabetically.
Multiple BEGIN and END rules are merged together.
if-else statement shows how many times
the condition was tested.
To the right of the opening left brace for the if's body
is a count showing how many times the condition was true.
The count for the else
indicates how many times the test failed.
for
or while) shows how many times the loop test was executed.
(Because of this, you can't just look at the count on the first
statement in a rule to determine how many times the rule was executed.
If the first statement is a loop, the count is misleading.)
function
keyword indicates how many times the function was called.
The counts next to the statements in the body show how many times
those statements were executed.
if, else, or loop is only a single statement.
print
and printf only when
the print or printf statement is followed by a redirection.
Similarly, if
the target of a redirection isn't a scalar, it gets parenthesized.
BEGIN and END rules,
the pattern/action rules, and the functions.
The profiled version of your program may not look exactly like what you
typed when you wrote it. This is because pgawk creates the
profiled version by “pretty printing” its internal representation of
the program. The advantage to this is that pgawk can produce
a standard representation. The disadvantage is that all source-code
comments are lost, as are the distinctions among multiple BEGIN
and END rules. Also, things such as:
/foo/
come out as:
/foo/ {
print $0
}
which is correct, but possibly surprising.
Besides creating profiles when a program has completed, pgawk can produce a profile while it is running. This is useful if your awk program goes into an infinite loop and you want to see what has been executed. To use this feature, run pgawk in the background:
$ pgawk -f myprog &
[1] 13992
The shell prints a job number and process ID number; in this case, 13992.
Use the kill command to send the USR1 signal
to pgawk:
$ kill -USR1 13992
As usual, the profiled version of the program is written to awkprof.out, or to a different file if you use the --profile option.
Along with the regular profile, as shown earlier, the profile includes a trace of any active functions:
# Function Call Stack:
# 3. baz
# 2. bar
# 1. foo
# -- main --
You may send pgawk the USR1 signal as many times as you like.
Each time, the profile and function call trace are appended to the output
profile file.
If you use the HUP signal instead of the USR1 signal,
pgawk produces the profile and the function call trace and then exits.
When pgawk runs on MS-DOS or MS-Windows, it uses the
INT and QUIT signals for producing the profile and, in
the case of the INT signal, pgawk exits. This is
because these systems don't support the kill command, so the
only signals you can deliver to a program are those generated by the
keyboard. The INT signal is generated by the
Ctrl-<C> or Ctrl-<BREAK> key, while the
QUIT signal is generated by the Ctrl-<\> key.
This chapter covers how to run awk, both POSIX-standard and gawk-specific command-line options, and what awk and gawk do with non-option arguments. It then proceeds to cover how gawk searches for source files, obsolete options and/or features, and known bugs in gawk. This chapter rounds out the discussion of awk as a program and as a language.
While a number of the options and features described here were discussed in passing earlier in the book, this chapter provides the full details.
There are two ways to run awk—with an explicit program or with one or more program files. Here are templates for both of them; items enclosed in [...] in these templates are optional:
awk [options] -f progfile [--] file ... awk [options] [--] 'program' file ...
Besides traditional one-letter POSIX-style options, gawk also supports GNU long options.
It is possible to invoke awk with an empty program:
awk '' datafile1 datafile2
Doing so makes little sense, though; awk exits silently when given an empty program. (d.c.) If --lint has been specified on the command line, gawk issues a warning that the program is empty.
Options begin with a dash and consist of a single character. GNU-style long options consist of two dashes and a keyword. The keyword can be abbreviated, as long as the abbreviation allows the option to be uniquely identified. If the option takes an argument, then the keyword is either immediately followed by an equals sign (‘=’) and the argument's value, or the keyword and the argument's value are separated by whitespace. If a particular option with a value is given more than once, it is the last value that counts.
Each long option for gawk has a corresponding POSIX-style option. The long and short options are interchangeable in all contexts. The options and their meanings are as follows:
-F fs--field-separator fsFS variable to fs
(see Field Separators).
-f source-file--file source-file-v var=val--assign var=valBEGIN rule
(see Other Arguments).
The -v option can only set one variable, but it can be used more than once, setting another variable each time, like this: ‘awk -v foo=1 -v bar=2 ...’.
Caution: Using -v to set the values of the built-in
variables may lead to surprising results. awk will reset the
values of those variables as it needs to, possibly ignoring any
predefined value you may have given.
-mf N-mr N-W gawk-opt--This is useful if you have file names that start with ‘-’, or in shell scripts, if you have file names that will be specified by the user that could start with ‘-’.
The previous list described options mandated by the POSIX standard, as well as options available in the Bell Laboratories version of awk. The following list describes gawk-specific options:
-O--optimize-W compat-W traditional--compat--traditional-W copyright--copyright-W copyleft--copyleft-W dump-variables[=file]--dump-variables[=file]Having a list of all global variables is a good way to look for
typographical errors in your programs.
You would also use this option if you have a large program with a lot of
functions, and you want to be sure that your functions don't
inadvertently use global variables that you meant to be local.
(This is a particularly easy mistake to make with simple variable
names like i, j, etc.)
-W exec file--exec fileThis option is particularly necessary for World Wide Web CGI applications that pass arguments through the URL; using this option prevents a malicious (or other) user from passing in options, assignments, or awk source code (via --source) to the CGI application. This option should be used with ‘#!’ scripts (see Executable Scripts), like so:
#! /usr/local/bin/gawk --exec
awk program here ...
-W gen-po--gen-pogettext Portable Object file on standard
output for all string constants that have been marked for translation.
See Internationalization,
for information about this option.
-W help-W usage--help--usage-W lint[=fatal]--lint[=fatal]Some warnings are only printed once, even if the dubious constructs they warn
about occur multiple times in your awk program. Thus, when eliminating
problems pointed out by --lint, you should take care to search for all
occurrences of each inappropriate construct. As awk programs are
usually short, doing so is not burdensome.
-W lint-old--lint-old-W non-decimal-data--non-decimal-dataCaution: This option can severely break old programs.
Use with care.
-W posix--posix\x escape sequences are not recognized
(see Escape Sequences).
FS is
equal to a single space
(see Fields).
func for the keyword function is not
recognized (see Definition Syntax).
FS to be a single TAB character
(see Field Separators).
fflush built-in function is not supported
(see I/O Functions).
If you supply both --traditional and --posix on the
command line, --posix takes precedence. gawk
also issues a warning if both options are supplied.
-W profile[=file]--profile[=file]When run with gawk, the profile is just a “pretty printed” version
of the program. When run with pgawk, the profile contains execution
counts for each statement in the program in the left margin, and function
call counts for each function.
-W re-interval--re-interval-W source program-text--source program-text-W use-lc-numeric--use-lc-numeric-W version--versionAs long as program text has been supplied, any other options are flagged as invalid with a warning message but are otherwise ignored.
In compatibility mode, as a special case, if the value of fs supplied
to the -F option is ‘t’, then FS is set to the TAB
character ("\t"). This is true only for --traditional and not
for --posix
(see Field Separators).
The -f option may be used more than once on the command line. If it is, awk reads its program source from all of the named files, as if they had been concatenated together into one big file. This is useful for creating libraries of awk functions. These functions can be written once and then retrieved from a standard place, instead of having to be included into each individual program. (As mentioned in Definition Syntax, function names must be unique.)
Library functions can still be used, even if the program is entered at the terminal, by specifying ‘-f /dev/tty’. After typing your program, type Ctrl-d (the end-of-file character) to terminate it. (You may also use ‘-f -’ to read program source from the standard input but then you will not be able to also use the standard input as a source of data.)
Because it is clumsy using the standard awk mechanisms to mix source file and command-line awk programs, gawk provides the --source option. This does not require you to pre-empt the standard input for your source code; it allows you to easily mix command-line and library source code (see AWKPATH Variable).
If no -f or --source option is specified, then gawk uses the first non-option command-line argument as the text of the program source code.
If the environment variable POSIXLY_CORRECT exists, then gawk behaves in strict POSIX mode, exactly as if you had supplied the --posix command-line option. Many GNU programs look for this environment variable to turn on strict POSIX mode. If --lint is supplied on the command line and gawk turns on POSIX mode because of POSIXLY_CORRECT, then it issues a warning message indicating that POSIX mode is in effect. You would typically set this variable in your shell's startup file. For a Bourne-compatible shell (such as bash), you would add these lines to the .profile file in your home directory:
POSIXLY_CORRECT=true
export POSIXLY_CORRECT
For a csh-compatible shell,53 you would add this line to the .login file in your home directory:
setenv POSIXLY_CORRECT true
Having POSIXLY_CORRECT set is not recommended for daily use, but it is good for testing the portability of your programs to other environments.
Any additional arguments on the command line are normally treated as
input files to be processed in the order specified. However, an
argument that has the form var=value, assigns
the value value to the variable var—it does not specify a
file at all.
(This was discussed earlier in
Assignment Options.)
All these arguments are made available to your awk program in the
ARGV array (see Built-in Variables). Command-line options
and the program text (if present) are omitted from ARGV.
All other arguments, including variable assignments, are
included. As each element of ARGV is processed, gawk
sets the variable ARGIND to the index in ARGV of the
current element.
The distinction between file name arguments and variable-assignment arguments is made when awk is about to open the next input file. At that point in execution, it checks the file name to see whether it is really a variable assignment; if so, awk sets the variable instead of reading a file.
Therefore, the variables actually receive the given values after all
previously specified files have been read. In particular, the values of
variables assigned in this fashion are not available inside a
BEGIN rule
(see BEGIN/END),
because such rules are run before awk begins scanning the argument list.
The variable values given on the command line are processed for escape sequences (see Escape Sequences). (d.c.)
In some earlier implementations of awk, when a variable assignment
occurred before any file names, the assignment would happen before
the BEGIN rule was executed. awk's behavior was thus
inconsistent; some command-line assignments were available inside the
BEGIN rule, while others were not. Unfortunately,
some applications came to depend
upon this “feature.” When awk was changed to be more consistent,
the -v option was added to accommodate applications that depended
upon the old behavior.
The variable assignment feature is most useful for assigning to variables
such as RS, OFS, and ORS, which control input and
output formats before scanning the data files. It is also useful for
controlling state if multiple passes are needed over a data file. For
example:
awk 'pass == 1 { pass 1 stuff }
pass == 2 { pass 2 stuff }' pass=1 mydata pass=2 mydata
Given the variable assignment feature, the -F option for setting
the value of FS is not
strictly necessary. It remains for historical compatibility.
In most awk implementations, you must supply a precise path name for each program file, unless the file is in the current directory. But in gawk, if the file name supplied to the -f option does not contain a ‘/’, then gawk searches a list of directories (called the search path), one by one, looking for a file with the specified name.
The search path is a string consisting of directory names separated by colons. gawk gets its search path from the AWKPATH environment variable. If that variable does not exist, gawk uses a default path, ‘.:/usr/local/share/awk’.54 (Programs written for use by system administrators should use an AWKPATH variable that does not include the current directory, ..)
The search path feature is particularly useful for building libraries of useful awk functions. The library files can be placed in a standard directory in the default path and then specified on the command line with a short file name. Otherwise, the full file name would have to be typed for each file.
By using both the --source and -f options, your command-line awk programs can use facilities in awk library files (see Library Functions). Path searching is not done if gawk is in compatibility mode. This is true for both --traditional and --posix. See Options.
NOTE: If you want files in the current directory to be found, you must include the current directory in the path, either by including . explicitly in the path or by writing a null entry in the path. (A null entry is indicated by starting or ending the path with a colon or by placing two colons next to each other (‘::’).) If the current directory is not included in the path, then files cannot be found in the current directory. This path search mechanism is identical to the shell's.
Starting with version 3.0, if AWKPATH is not defined in the
environment, gawk places its default search path into
ENVIRON["AWKPATH"]. This makes it easy to determine
the actual search path that gawk will use
from within an awk program.
While you can change ENVIRON["AWKPATH"] within your awk
program, this has no effect on the running program's behavior. This makes
sense: the AWKPATH environment variable is used to find the program
source files. Once your program is running, all the files have been
found, and gawk no longer needs to use AWKPATH.
If the exit statement is used with a value
(see Exit Statement), the gawk exits with
the numeric value given to it.
Otherwise, if there were no problems during execution,
gawk exits with the value of the C constant
EXIT_SUCCESS. This is usually zero.
If an error occurs, gawk exits with the value of
the C constant EXIT_FAILURE. This is usually one.
If gawk exits because of a fatal error, the exit
status is 2. On non-POSIX systems, this value may be mapped
to EXIT_FAILURE.
This section describes features and/or command-line options from previous releases of gawk that are either not available in the current version or that are still supported but deprecated (meaning that they will not be in the next release).
For version 3.1 of gawk, there are no
deprecated command-line options
from the previous version of gawk.
The use of ‘next file’ (two words) for nextfile was deprecated
in gawk 3.0 but still worked. Starting with version 3.1, the
two-word usage is no longer accepted.
The process-related special files described in
Special Process,
work as described, but
are now considered deprecated.
gawk prints a warning message every time they are used.
(Use PROCINFO instead; see
Auto-set.)
They will be removed from the next release of gawk.
Use the Source, Luke!
Obi-Wan
This section intentionally left blank.
FS
(see Options)
is not necessary given the command-line variable
assignment feature; it remains only for backward compatibility.
User-defined, describes how to write your own awk functions. Writing functions is important, because it allows you to encapsulate algorithms and program tasks in a single place. It simplifies programming, making program development more manageable, and making programs more readable.
One valuable way to learn a new programming language is to read programs in that language. To that end, this chapter and Sample Programs, provide a good-sized body of code for you to read, and hopefully, to learn from.
This chapter presents a library of useful awk functions. Many of the sample programs presented later in this Web page use these functions. The functions are presented here in a progression from simple to complex.
Extract Program, presents a program that you can use to extract the source code for these example library functions and programs from the Texinfo source for this Web page. (This has already been done as part of the gawk distribution.)
If you have written one or more useful, general-purpose awk functions and would like to contribute them to the author's collection of awk programs, see How To Contribute, for more information.
The programs in this chapter and in Sample Programs, freely use features that are gawk-specific. Rewriting these programs for different implementations of awk is pretty straightforward.
Diagnostic error messages are sent to /dev/stderr. Use ‘| "cat 1>&2"’ instead of ‘> "/dev/stderr"’ if your system does not have a /dev/stderr, or if you cannot use gawk.
A number of programs use nextfile
(see Nextfile Statement)
to skip any remaining input in the input file.
Nextfile Function,
shows you how to write a function that does the same thing.
Finally, some of the programs choose to ignore upper- and lowercase
distinctions in their input. They do so by assigning one to IGNORECASE.
You can achieve almost the same effect55 by adding the following rule to the
beginning of the program:
# ignore case
{ $0 = tolower($0) }
Also, verify that all regexp and string constants used in comparisons use only lowercase letters.
Due to the way the awk language evolved, variables are either
global (usable by the entire program) or local (usable just by
a specific function). There is no intermediate state analogous to
static variables in C.
Library functions often need to have global variables that they can use to
preserve state information between calls to the function—for example,
getopt's variable _opti
(see Getopt Function).
Such variables are called private, since the only functions that need to
use them are the ones in the library.
When writing a library function, you should try to choose names for your private variables that will not conflict with any variables used by either another library function or a user's main program. For example, a name like ‘i’ or ‘j’ is not a good choice, because user programs often use variable names like these for their own purposes.
The example programs shown in this chapter all start the names of their private variables with an underscore (‘_’). Users generally don't use leading underscores in their variable names, so this convention immediately decreases the chances that the variable name will be accidentally shared with the user's program.
In addition, several of the library functions use a prefix that helps
indicate what function or set of functions use the variables—for example,
_pw_byname in the user database routines
(see Passwd Functions).
This convention is recommended, since it even further decreases the
chance of inadvertent conflict among variable names. Note that this
convention is used equally well for variable names and for private
function names as well.56
As a final note on variable naming, if a function makes global variables
available for use by a main program, it is a good convention to start that
variable's name with a capital letter—for
example, getopt's Opterr and Optind variables
(see Getopt Function).
The leading capital letter indicates that it is global, while the fact that
the variable name is not all capital letters indicates that the variable is
not one of awk's built-in variables, such as FS.
It is also important that all variables in library functions that do not need to save state are, in fact, declared local.57 If this is not done, the variable could accidentally be used in the user's program, leading to bugs that are very difficult to track down:
function lib_func(x, y, l1, l2)
{
...
use variable some_var # some_var should be local
... # but is not by oversight
}
A different convention, common in the Tcl community, is to use a single
associative array to hold the values needed by the library function(s), or
“package.” This significantly decreases the number of actual global names
in use. For example, the functions described in
Passwd Functions,
might have used array elements PW_data["inited"], PW_data["total"],
PW_data["count"], and PW_data["awklib"], instead of
_pw_inited, _pw_awklib, _pw_total,
and _pw_count.
The conventions presented in this section are exactly that: conventions. You are not required to write your programs this way—we merely recommend that you do so.
This section presents a number of functions that are of general programming use.
nextfile as a Function
The nextfile statement, presented in
Nextfile Statement,
is a gawk-specific extension—it is not available in most other
implementations of awk. This section shows two versions of a
nextfile function that you can use to simulate gawk's
nextfile statement if you cannot use gawk.
A first attempt at writing a nextfile function is as follows:
# nextfile --- skip remaining records in current file
# this should be read in before the "main" awk program
function nextfile() { _abandon_ = FILENAME; next }
_abandon_ == FILENAME { next }
Because it supplies a rule that must be executed first, this file should
be included before the main program. This rule compares the current
data file's name (which is always in the FILENAME variable) to
a private variable named _abandon_. If the file name matches,
then the action part of the rule executes a next statement to
go on to the next record. (The use of ‘_’ in the variable name is
a convention. It is discussed more fully in
Library Names.)
The use of the next statement effectively creates a loop that reads
all the records from the current data file.
The end of the file is eventually reached and
a new data file is opened, changing the value of FILENAME.
Once this happens, the comparison of _abandon_ to FILENAME
fails, and execution continues with the first rule of the “real” program.
The nextfile function itself simply sets the value of _abandon_
and then executes a next statement to start the
loop.
This initial version has a subtle problem.
If the same data file is listed twice on the command line,
one right after the other
or even with just a variable assignment between them,
this code skips right through the file a second time, even though
it should stop when it gets to the end of the first occurrence.
A second version of nextfile that remedies this problem
is shown here:
# nextfile --- skip remaining records in current file
# correctly handle successive occurrences of the same file
# this should be read in before the "main" awk program
function nextfile() { _abandon_ = FILENAME; next }
_abandon_ == FILENAME {
if (FNR == 1)
_abandon_ = ""
else
next
}
The nextfile function has not changed. It makes _abandon_
equal to the current file name and then executes a next statement.
The next statement reads the next record and increments FNR
so that FNR is guaranteed to have a value of at least two.
However, if nextfile is called for the last record in the file,
then awk closes the current data file and moves on to the next
one. Upon doing so, FILENAME is set to the name of the new file
and FNR is reset to one. If this next file is the same as
the previous one, _abandon_ is still equal to FILENAME.
However, FNR is equal to one, telling us that this is a new
occurrence of the file and not the one we were reading when the
nextfile function was executed. In that case, _abandon_
is reset to the empty string, so that further executions of this rule
fail (until the next time that nextfile is called).
If FNR is not one, then we are still in the original data file
and the program executes a next statement to skip through it.
An important question to ask at this point is: given that the
functionality of nextfile can be provided with a library file,
why is it built into gawk? Adding
features for little reason leads to larger, slower programs that are
harder to maintain.
The answer is that building nextfile into gawk provides
significant gains in efficiency. If the nextfile function is executed
at the beginning of a large data file, awk still has to scan the entire
file, splitting it up into records,
just to skip over it. The built-in
nextfile can simply close the file immediately and proceed to the
next one, which saves a lot of time. This is particularly important in
awk, because awk programs are generally I/O-bound (i.e.,
they spend most of their time doing input and output, instead of performing
computations).
The strtonum function (see String Functions)
is a gawk extension. The following function
provides an implementation for other versions of awk:
# strtonum --- convert string to number
function mystrtonum(str, ret, chars, n, i, k, c)
{
if (str ~ /^0[0-7]*$/) {
# octal
n = length(str)
ret = 0
for (i = 1; i <= n; i++) {
c = substr(str, i, 1)
if ((k = index("01234567", c)) > 0)
k-- # adjust for 1-basing in awk
ret = ret * 8 + k
}
} else if (str ~ /^0[xX][0-9a-fA-f]+/) {
# hexadecimal
str = substr(str, 3) # lop off leading 0x
n = length(str)
ret = 0
for (i = 1; i <= n; i++) {
c = substr(str, i, 1)
c = tolower(c)
if ((k = index("0123456789", c)) > 0)
k-- # adjust for 1-basing in awk
else if ((k = index("abcdef", c)) > 0)
k += 9
ret = ret * 16 + k
}
} else if (str ~ /^[-+]?([0-9]+([.][0-9]*([Ee][0-9]+)?)?|([.][0-9]+([Ee][-+]?[0-9]+)?))$/) {
# decimal number, possibly floating point
ret = str + 0
} else
ret = "NOT-A-NUMBER"
return ret
}
# BEGIN { # gawk test harness
# a[1] = "25"
# a[2] = ".31"
# a[3] = "0123"
# a[4] = "0xdeadBEEF"
# a[5] = "123.45"
# a[6] = "1.e3"
# a[7] = "1.32"
# a[7] = "1.32E2"
#
# for (i = 1; i in a; i++)
# print a[i], strtonum(a[i]), mystrtonum(a[i])
# }
The function first looks for C-style octal numbers (base 8).
If the input string matches a regular expression describing octal
numbers, then mystrtonum loops through each character in the
string. It sets k to the index in "01234567" of the current
octal digit. Since the return value is one-based, the ‘k--’
adjusts k so it can be used in computing the return value.
Similar logic applies to the code that checks for and converts a
hexadecimal value, which starts with ‘0x’ or ‘0X’.
The use of tolower simplifies the computation for finding
the correct numeric value for each hexadecimal digit.
Finally, if the string matches the (rather complicated) regex for a regular decimal integer or floating-point number, the computation ‘ret = str + 0’ lets awk convert the value to a number.
A commented-out test program is included, so that the function can
be tested with gawk and the results compared to the built-in
strtonum function.
When writing large programs, it is often useful to know
that a condition or set of conditions is true. Before proceeding with a
particular computation, you make a statement about what you believe to be
the case. Such a statement is known as an
assertion. The C language provides an <assert.h> header file
and corresponding assert macro that the programmer can use to make
assertions. If an assertion fails, the assert macro arranges to
print a diagnostic message describing the condition that should have
been true but was not, and then it kills the program. In C, using
assert looks this:
#include <assert.h>
int myfunc(int a, double b)
{
assert(a <= 5 && b >= 17.1);
...
}
If the assertion fails, the program prints a message similar to this:
prog.c:5: assertion failed: a <= 5 && b >= 17.1
The C language makes it possible to turn the condition into a string for use
in printing the diagnostic message. This is not possible in awk, so
this assert function also requires a string version of the condition
that is being tested.
Following is the function:
# assert --- assert that a condition is true. Otherwise exit.
function assert(condition, string)
{
if (! condition) {
printf("%s:%d: assertion failed: %s\n",
FILENAME, FNR, string) > "/dev/stderr"
_assert_exit = 1
exit 1
}
}
END {
if (_assert_exit)
exit 1
}
The assert function tests the condition parameter. If it
is false, it prints a message to standard error, using the string
parameter to describe the failed condition. It then sets the variable
_assert_exit to one and executes the exit statement.
The exit statement jumps to the END rule. If the END
rules finds _assert_exit to be true, it exits immediately.
The purpose of the test in the END rule is to
keep any other END rules from running. When an assertion fails, the
program should exit immediately.
If no assertions fail, then _assert_exit is still
false when the END rule is run normally, and the rest of the
program's END rules execute.
For all of this to work correctly, assert.awk must be the
first source file read by awk.
The function can be used in a program in the following way:
function myfunc(a, b)
{
assert(a <= 5 && b >= 17.1, "a <= 5 && b >= 17.1")
...
}
If the assertion fails, you see a message similar to the following:
mydata:1357: assertion failed: a <= 5 && b >= 17.1
There is a small problem with this version of assert.
An END rule is automatically added
to the program calling assert. Normally, if a program consists
of just a BEGIN rule, the input files and/or standard input are
not read. However, now that the program has an END rule, awk
attempts to read the input data files or standard input
(see Using BEGIN/END),
most likely causing the program to hang as it waits for input.
There is a simple workaround to this:
make sure the BEGIN rule always ends
with an exit statement.
The way printf and sprintf
(see Printf)
perform rounding often depends upon the system's C sprintf
subroutine. On many machines, sprintf rounding is “unbiased,”
which means it doesn't always round a trailing ‘.5’ up, contrary
to naive expectations. In unbiased rounding, ‘.5’ rounds to even,
rather than always up, so 1.5 rounds to 2 but 4.5 rounds to 4. This means
that if you are using a format that does rounding (e.g., "%.0f"),
you should check what your system does. The following function does
traditional rounding; it might be useful if your awk's printf
does unbiased rounding:
# round.awk --- do normal rounding
function round(x, ival, aval, fraction)
{
ival = int(x) # integer part, int() truncates
# see if fractional part
if (ival == x) # no fraction
return ival # ensure no decimals
if (x < 0) {
aval = -x # absolute value
ival = int(aval)
fraction = aval - ival
if (fraction >= .5)
return int(x) - 1 # -2.5 --> -3
else
return int(x) # -2.3 --> -2
} else {
fraction = x - ival
if (fraction >= .5)
return ival + 1
else
return ival
}
}
# test harness
{ print $0, round($0) }
The Cliff random number generator58 is a very simple random number generator that “passes the noise sphere test for randomness by showing no structure.” It is easily programmed, in less than 10 lines of awk code:
# cliff_rand.awk --- generate Cliff random numbers
BEGIN { _cliff_seed = 0.1 }
function cliff_rand()
{
_cliff_seed = (100 * log(_cliff_seed)) % 1
if (_cliff_seed < 0)
_cliff_seed = - _cliff_seed
return _cliff_seed
}
This algorithm requires an initial “seed” of 0.1. Each new value
uses the current seed as input for the calculation.
If the built-in rand function
(see Numeric Functions)
isn't random enough, you might try using this function instead.
One commercial implementation of awk supplies a built-in function,
ord, which takes a character and returns the numeric value for that
character in the machine's character set. If the string passed to
ord has more than one character, only the first one is used.
The inverse of this function is chr (from the function of the same
name in Pascal), which takes a number and returns the corresponding character.
Both functions are written very nicely in awk; there is no real
reason to build them into the awk interpreter:
# ord.awk --- do ord and chr
# Global identifiers:
# _ord_: numerical values indexed by characters
# _ord_init: function to initialize _ord_
BEGIN { _ord_init() }
function _ord_init( low, high, i, t)
{
low = sprintf("%c", 7) # BEL is ascii 7
if (low == "\a") { # regular ascii
low = 0
high = 127
} else if (sprintf("%c", 128 + 7) == "\a") {
# ascii, mark parity
low = 128
high = 255
} else { # ebcdic(!)
low = 0
high = 255
}
for (i = low; i <= high; i++) {
t = sprintf("%c", i)
_ord_[t] = i
}
}
Some explanation of the numbers used by chr is worthwhile.
The most prominent character set in use today is ASCII. Although an
8-bit byte can hold 256 distinct values (from 0 to 255), ASCII only
defines characters that use the values from 0 to 127.59
In the now distant past,
at least one minicomputer manufacturer
used ASCII, but with mark parity, meaning that the leftmost bit in the byte
is always 1. This means that on those systems, characters
have numeric values from 128 to 255.
Finally, large mainframe systems use the EBCDIC character set, which
uses all 256 values.
While there are other character sets in use on some older systems,
they are not really worth worrying about:
function ord(str, c)
{
# only first character is of interest
c = substr(str, 1, 1)
return _ord_[c]
}
function chr(c)
{
# force c to be numeric by adding 0
return sprintf("%c", c + 0)
}
#### test code ####
# BEGIN \
# {
# for (;;) {
# printf("enter a character: ")
# if (getline var <= 0)
# break
# printf("ord(%s) = %d\n", var, ord(var))
# }
# }
An obvious improvement to these functions is to move the code for the
_ord_init function into the body of the BEGIN rule. It was
written this way initially for ease of development.
There is a “test program” in a BEGIN rule, to test the
function. It is commented out for production use.
When doing string processing, it is often useful to be able to join
all the strings in an array into one long string. The following function,
join, accomplishes this task. It is used later in several of
the application programs
(see Sample Programs).
Good function design is important; this function needs to be general but it
should also have a reasonable default behavior. It is called with an array
as well as the beginning and ending indices of the elements in the array to be
merged. This assumes that the array indices are numeric—a reasonable
assumption since the array was likely created with split
(see String Functions):
# join.awk --- join an array into a string
function join(array, start, end, sep, result, i)
{
if (sep == "")
sep = " "
else if (sep == SUBSEP) # magic value
sep = ""
result = array[start]
for (i = start + 1; i <= end; i++)
result = result sep array[i]
return result
}
An optional additional argument is the separator to use when joining the
strings back together. If the caller supplies a nonempty value,
join uses it; if it is not supplied, it has a null
value. In this case, join uses a single blank as a default
separator for the strings. If the value is equal to SUBSEP,
then join joins the strings with no separator between them.
SUBSEP serves as a “magic” value to indicate that there should
be no separation between the component strings.60
The systime and strftime functions described in
Time Functions,
provide the minimum functionality necessary for dealing with the time of day
in human readable form. While strftime is extensive, the control
formats are not necessarily easy to remember or intuitively obvious when
reading a program.
The following function, gettimeofday, populates a user-supplied array
with preformatted time information. It returns a string with the current
time formatted in the same way as the date utility:
# gettimeofday.awk --- get the time of day in a usable format
# Returns a string in the format of output of date(1)
# Populates the array argument time with individual values:
# time["second"] -- seconds (0 - 59)
# time["minute"] -- minutes (0 - 59)
# time["hour"] -- hours (0 - 23)
# time["althour"] -- hours (0 - 12)
# time["monthday"] -- day of month (1 - 31)
# time["month"] -- month of year (1 - 12)
# time["monthname"] -- name of the month
# time["shortmonth"] -- short name of the month
# time["year"] -- year modulo 100 (0 - 99)
# time["fullyear"] -- full year
# time["weekday"] -- day of week (Sunday = 0)
# time["altweekday"] -- day of week (Monday = 0)
# time["dayname"] -- name of weekday
# time["shortdayname"] -- short name of weekday
# time["yearday"] -- day of year (0 - 365)
# time["timezone"] -- abbreviation of timezone name
# time["ampm"] -- AM or PM designation
# time["weeknum"] -- week number, Sunday first day
# time["altweeknum"] -- week number, Monday first day
function gettimeofday(time, ret, now, i)
{
# get time once, avoids unnecessary system calls
now = systime()
# return date(1)-style output
ret = strftime("%a %b %d %H:%M:%S %Z %Y", now)
# clear out target array
delete time
# fill in values, force numeric values to be
# numeric by adding 0
time["second"] = strftime("%S", now) + 0
time["minute"] = strftime("%M", now) + 0
time["hour"] = strftime("%H", now) + 0
time["althour"] = strftime("%I", now) + 0
time["monthday"] = strftime("%d", now) + 0
time["month"] = strftime("%m", now) + 0
time["monthname"] = strftime("%B", now)
time["shortmonth"] = strftime("%b", now)
time["year"] = strftime("%y", now) + 0
time["fullyear"] = strftime("%Y", now) + 0
time["weekday"] = strftime("%w", now) + 0
time["altweekday"] = strftime("%u", now) + 0
time["dayname"] = strftime("%A", now)
time["shortdayname"] = strftime("%a", now)
time["yearday"] = strftime("%j", now) + 0
time["timezone"] = strftime("%Z", now)
time["ampm"] = strftime("%p", now)
time["weeknum"] = strftime("%U", now) + 0
time["altweeknum"] = strftime("%W", now) + 0
return ret
}
The string indices are easier to use and read than the various formats
required by strftime. The alarm program presented in
Alarm Program,
uses this function.
A more general design for the gettimeofday function would have
allowed the user to supply an optional timestamp value to use instead
of the current time.
This section presents functions that are useful for managing command-line data files.
The BEGIN and END rules are each executed exactly once at
the beginning and end of your awk program, respectively
(see BEGIN/END).
We (the gawk authors) once had a user who mistakenly thought that the
BEGIN rule is executed at the beginning of each data file and the
END rule is executed at the end of each data file. When informed
that this was not the case, the user requested that we add new special
patterns to gawk, named BEGIN_FILE and END_FILE, that
would have the desired behavior. He even supplied us the code to do so.
Adding these special patterns to gawk wasn't necessary;
the job can be done cleanly in awk itself, as illustrated
by the following library program.
It arranges to call two user-supplied functions, beginfile and
endfile, at the beginning and end of each data file.
Besides solving the problem in only nine(!) lines of code, it does so
portably; this works with any implementation of awk:
# transfile.awk
#
# Give the user a hook for filename transitions
#
# The user must supply functions beginfile() and endfile()
# that each take the name of the file being started or
# finished, respectively.
FILENAME != _oldfilename \
{
if (_oldfilename != "")
endfile(_oldfilename)
_oldfilename = FILENAME
beginfile(FILENAME)
}
END { endfile(FILENAME) }
This file must be loaded before the user's “main” program, so that the rule it supplies is executed first.
This rule relies on awk's FILENAME variable that
automatically changes for each new data file. The current file name is
saved in a private variable, _oldfilename. If FILENAME does
not equal _oldfilename, then a new data file is being processed and
it is necessary to call endfile for the old file. Because
endfile should only be called if a file has been processed, the
program first checks to make sure that _oldfilename is not the null
string. The program then assigns the current file name to
_oldfilename and calls beginfile for the file.
Because, like all awk variables, _oldfilename is
initialized to the null string, this rule executes correctly even for the
first data file.
The program also supplies an END rule to do the final processing for
the last file. Because this END rule comes before any END rules
supplied in the “main” program, endfile is called first. Once
again the value of multiple BEGIN and END rules should be clear.
This version has same problem as the first version of nextfile
(see Nextfile Function).
If the same data file occurs twice in a row on the command line, then
endfile and beginfile are not executed at the end of the
first pass and at the beginning of the second pass.
The following version solves the problem:
# ftrans.awk --- handle data file transitions
#
# user supplies beginfile() and endfile() functions
FNR == 1 {
if (_filename_ != "")
endfile(_filename_)
_filename_ = FILENAME
beginfile(FILENAME)
}
END { endfile(_filename_) }
Wc Program, shows how this library function can be used and how it simplifies writing the main program.
Another request for a new built-in function was for a rewind
function that would make it possible to reread the current file.
The requesting user didn't want to have to use getline
(see Getline)
inside a loop.
However, as long as you are not in the END rule, it is
quite easy to arrange to immediately close the current input file
and then start over with it from the top.
For lack of a better name, we'll call it rewind:
# rewind.awk --- rewind the current file and start over
function rewind( i)
{
# shift remaining arguments up
for (i = ARGC; i > ARGIND; i--)
ARGV[i] = ARGV[i-1]
# make sure gawk knows to keep going
ARGC++
# make current file next to get done
ARGV[ARGIND+1] = FILENAME
# do it
nextfile
}
This code relies on the ARGIND variable
(see Auto-set),
which is specific to gawk.
If you are not using
gawk, you can use ideas presented in
the previous section
to either update ARGIND on your own
or modify this code as appropriate.
The rewind function also relies on the nextfile keyword
(see Nextfile Statement).
See Nextfile Function,
for a function version of nextfile.
Normally, if you give awk a data file that isn't readable, it stops with a fatal error. There are times when you might want to just ignore such files and keep going. You can do this by prepending the following program to your awk program:
# readable.awk --- library file to skip over unreadable files
BEGIN {
for (i = 1; i < ARGC; i++) {
if (ARGV[i] ~ /^[A-Za-z_][A-Za-z0-9_]*=.*/ \
|| ARGV[i] == "-")
continue # assignment or standard input
else if ((getline junk < ARGV[i]) < 0) # unreadable
delete ARGV[i]
else
close(ARGV[i])
}
}
This works, because the getline won't be fatal.
Removing the element from ARGV with delete
skips the file (since it's no longer in the list).
All known awk implementations silently skip over zero-length files. This is a by-product of awk's implicit read-a-record-and-match-against-the-rules loop: when awk tries to read a record from an empty file, it immediately receives an end of file indication, closes the file, and proceeds on to the next command-line data file, without executing any user-level awk program code.
Using gawk's ARGIND variable
(see Built-in Variables), it is possible to detect when an empty
data file has been skipped. Similar to the library file presented
in Filetrans Function, the following library file calls a function named
zerofile that the user must provide. The arguments passed are
the file name and the position in ARGV where it was found:
# zerofile.awk --- library file to process empty input files
BEGIN { Argind = 0 }
ARGIND > Argind + 1 {
for (Argind++; Argind < ARGIND; Argind++)
zerofile(ARGV[Argind], Argind)
}
ARGIND != Argind { Argind = ARGIND }
END {
if (ARGIND > Argind)
for (Argind++; Argind <= ARGIND; Argind++)
zerofile(ARGV[Argind], Argind)
}
The user-level variable Argind allows the awk program
to track its progress through ARGV. Whenever the program detects
that ARGIND is greater than ‘Argind + 1’, it means that one or
more empty files were skipped. The action then calls zerofile for
each such file, incrementing Argind along the way.
The ‘Argind != ARGIND’ rule simply keeps Argind up to date
in the normal case.
Finally, the END rule catches the case of any empty files at
the end of the command-line arguments. Note that the test in the
condition of the for loop uses the ‘<=’ operator,
not <.
As an exercise, you might consider whether this same problem can
be solved without relying on gawk's ARGIND variable.
As a second exercise, revise this code to handle the case where
an intervening value in ARGV is a variable assignment.
Occasionally, you might not want awk to process command-line variable assignments (see Assignment Options). In particular, if you have file names that contain an ‘=’ character, awk treats the file name as an assignment, and does not process it.
Some users have suggested an additional command-line option for gawk to disable command-line assignments. However, some simple programming with a library file does the trick:
# noassign.awk --- library file to avoid the need for a
# special option that disables command-line assignments
function disable_assigns(argc, argv, i)
{
for (i = 1; i < argc; i++)
if (argv[i] ~ /^[A-Za-z_][A-Za-z_0-9]*=.*/)
argv[i] = ("./" argv[i])
}
BEGIN {
if (No_command_assign)
disable_assigns(ARGC, ARGV)
}
You then run your program this way:
awk -v No_command_assign=1 -f noassign.awk -f yourprog.awk *
The function works by looping through the arguments. It prepends ‘./’ to any argument that matches the form of a variable assignment, turning that argument into a file name.
The use of No_command_assign allows you to disable command-line
assignments at invocation time, by giving the variable a true value.
When not set, it is initially zero (i.e., false), so the command-line arguments
are left alone.
Most utilities on POSIX compatible systems take options, or “switches,” on the command line that can be used to change the way a program behaves. awk is an example of such a program (see Options). Often, options take arguments; i.e., data that the program needs to correctly obey the command-line option. For example, awk's -F option requires a string to use as the field separator. The first occurrence on the command line of either -- or a string that does not begin with ‘-’ ends the options.
Modern Unix systems provide a C function named getopt for processing
command-line arguments. The programmer provides a string describing the
one-letter options. If an option requires an argument, it is followed in the
string with a colon. getopt is also passed the
count and values of the command-line arguments and is called in a loop.
getopt processes the command-line arguments for option letters.
Each time around the loop, it returns a single character representing the
next option letter that it finds, or ‘?’ if it finds an invalid option.
When it returns −1, there are no options left on the command line.
When using getopt, options that do not take arguments can be
grouped together. Furthermore, options that take arguments require that the
argument is present. The argument can immediately follow the option letter,
or it can be a separate command-line argument.
Given a hypothetical program that takes three command-line options, -a, -b, and -c, where -b requires an argument, all of the following are valid ways of invoking the program:
prog -a -b foo -c data1 data2 data3
prog -ac -bfoo -- data1 data2 data3
prog -acbfoo data1 data2 data3
Notice that when the argument is grouped with its option, the rest of the argument is considered to be the option's argument. In this example, -acbfoo indicates that all of the -a, -b, and -c options were supplied, and that ‘foo’ is the argument to the -b option.
getopt provides four external variables that the programmer can use:
optindargv) where the first
nonoption command-line argument can be found.
optargopterrgetopt prints an error message when it finds an invalid
option. Setting opterr to zero disables this feature. (An
application might want to print its own error message.)
optoptThe following C fragment shows how getopt might process command-line
arguments for awk:
int
main(int argc, char *argv[])
{
...
/* print our own message */
opterr = 0;
while ((c = getopt(argc, argv, "v:f:F:W:")) != -1) {
switch (c) {
case 'f': /* file */
...
break;
case 'F': /* field separator */
...
break;
case 'v': /* variable assignment */
...
break;
case 'W': /* extension */
...
break;
case '?':
default:
usage();
break;
}
}
...
}
As a side point, gawk actually uses the GNU getopt_long
function to process both normal and GNU-style long options
(see Options).
The abstraction provided by getopt is very useful and is quite
handy in awk programs as well. Following is an awk
version of getopt. This function highlights one of the
greatest weaknesses in awk, which is that it is very poor at
manipulating single characters. Repeated calls to substr are
necessary for accessing individual characters
(see String Functions).61
The discussion that follows walks through the code a bit at a time:
# getopt.awk --- do C library getopt(3) function in awk
# External variables:
# Optind -- index in ARGV of first nonoption argument
# Optarg -- string value of argument to current option
# Opterr -- if nonzero, print our own diagnostic
# Optopt -- current option letter
# Returns:
# -1 at end of options
# ? for unrecognized option
# <c> a character representing the current option
# Private Data:
# _opti -- index in multi-flag option, e.g., -abc
The function starts out with a list of the global variables it uses, what the return values are, what they mean, and any global variables that are “private” to this library function. Such documentation is essential for any program, and particularly for library functions.
The getopt function first checks that it was indeed called with a string of options
(the options parameter). If options has a zero length,
getopt immediately returns −1:
function getopt(argc, argv, options, thisopt, i)
{
if (length(options) == 0) # no options given
return -1
if (argv[Optind] == "--") { # all done
Optind++
_opti = 0
return -1
} else if (argv[Optind] !~ /^-[^: \t\n\f\r\v\b]/) {
_opti = 0
return -1
}
The next thing to check for is the end of the options. A --
ends the command-line options, as does any command-line argument that
does not begin with a ‘-’. Optind is used to step through
the array of command-line arguments; it retains its value across calls
to getopt, because it is a global variable.
The regular expression that is used, /^-[^: \t\n\f\r\v\b]/, is
perhaps a bit of overkill; it checks for a ‘-’ followed by anything
that is not whitespace and not a colon.
If the current command-line argument does not match this pattern,
it is not an option, and it ends option processing:
if (_opti == 0)
_opti = 2
thisopt = substr(argv[Optind], _opti, 1)
Optopt = thisopt
i = index(options, thisopt)
if (i == 0) {
if (Opterr)
printf("%c -- invalid option\n",
thisopt) > "/dev/stderr"
if (_opti >= length(argv[Optind])) {
Optind++
_opti = 0
} else
_opti++
return "?"
}
The _opti variable tracks the position in the current command-line
argument (argv[Optind]). If multiple options are
grouped together with one ‘-’ (e.g., -abx), it is necessary
to return them to the user one at a time.
If _opti is equal to zero, it is set to two, which is the index in
the string of the next character to look at (we skip the ‘-’, which
is at position one). The variable thisopt holds the character,
obtained with substr. It is saved in Optopt for the main
program to use.
If thisopt is not in the options string, then it is an
invalid option. If Opterr is nonzero, getopt prints an error
message on the standard error that is similar to the message from the C
version of getopt.
Because the option is invalid, it is necessary to skip it and move on to the
next option character. If _opti is greater than or equal to the
length of the current command-line argument, it is necessary to move on
to the next argument, so Optind is incremented and _opti is reset
to zero. Otherwise, Optind is left alone and _opti is merely
incremented.
In any case, because the option is invalid, getopt returns ‘?’.
The main program can examine Optopt if it needs to know what the
invalid option letter actually is. Continuing on:
if (substr(options, i + 1, 1) == ":") {
# get option argument
if (length(substr(argv[Optind], _opti + 1)) > 0)
Optarg = substr(argv[Optind], _opti + 1)
else
Optarg = argv[++Optind]
_opti = 0
} else
Optarg = ""
If the option requires an argument, the option letter is followed by a colon
in the options string. If there are remaining characters in the
current command-line argument (argv[Optind]), then the rest of that
string is assigned to Optarg. Otherwise, the next command-line
argument is used (‘-xFOO’ versus ‘-x FOO’). In either case,
_opti is reset to zero, because there are no more characters left to
examine in the current command-line argument. Continuing:
if (_opti == 0 || _opti >= length(argv[Optind])) {
Optind++
_opti = 0
} else
_opti++
return thisopt
}
Finally, if _opti is either zero or greater than the length of the
current command-line argument, it means this element in argv is
through being processed, so Optind is incremented to point to the
next element in argv. If neither condition is true, then only
_opti is incremented, so that the next option letter can be processed
on the next call to getopt.
The BEGIN rule initializes both Opterr and Optind to one.
Opterr is set to one, since the default behavior is for getopt
to print a diagnostic message upon seeing an invalid option. Optind
is set to one, since there's no reason to look at the program name, which is
in ARGV[0]:
BEGIN {
Opterr = 1 # default is to diagnose
Optind = 1 # skip ARGV[0]
# test program
if (_getopt_test) {
while ((_go_c = getopt(ARGC, ARGV, "ab:cd")) != -1)
printf("c = <%c>, optarg = <%s>\n",
_go_c, Optarg)
printf("non-option arguments:\n")
for (; Optind < ARGC; Optind++)
printf("\tARGV[%d] = <%s>\n",
Optind, ARGV[Optind])
}
}
The rest of the BEGIN rule is a simple test program. Here is the
result of two sample runs of the test program:
$ awk -f getopt.awk -v _getopt_test=1 -- -a -cbARG bax -x
-| c = <a>, optarg = <>
-| c = <c>, optarg = <>
-| c = <b>, optarg = <ARG>
-| non-option arguments:
-| ARGV[3] = <bax>
-| ARGV[4] = <-x>
$ awk -f getopt.awk -v _getopt_test=1 -- -a -x -- xyz abc
-| c = <a>, optarg = <>
error--> x -- invalid option
-| c = <?>, optarg = <>
-| non-option arguments:
-| ARGV[4] = <xyz>
-| ARGV[5] = <abc>
In both runs, the first -- terminates the arguments to awk, so that it does not try to interpret the -a, etc., as its own options.
NOTE: Aftergetoptis through, it is the responsibility of the user level code to clear out all the elements ofARGVfrom 1 toOptind, so that awk does not try to process the command-line options as file names.
Several of the sample programs presented in
Sample Programs,
use getopt to process their arguments.
The PROCINFO array
(see Built-in Variables)
provides access to the current user's real and effective user and group ID
numbers, and if available, the user's supplementary group set.
However, because these are numbers, they do not provide very useful
information to the average user. There needs to be some way to find the
user information associated with the user and group ID numbers. This
section presents a suite of functions for retrieving information from the
user database. See Group Functions,
for a similar suite that retrieves information from the group database.
The POSIX standard does not define the file where user information is
kept. Instead, it provides the <pwd.h> header file
and several C language subroutines for obtaining user information.
The primary function is getpwent, for “get password entry.”
The “password” comes from the original user database file,
/etc/passwd, which stores user information, along with the
encrypted passwords (hence the name).
While an awk program could simply read /etc/passwd
directly, this file may not contain complete information about the
system's set of users.62 To be sure you are able to
produce a readable and complete version of the user database, it is necessary
to write a small C program that calls getpwent. getpwent
is defined as returning a pointer to a struct passwd. Each time it
is called, it returns the next entry in the database. When there are
no more entries, it returns NULL, the null pointer. When this
happens, the C program should call endpwent to close the database.
Following is pwcat, a C program that “cats” the password database:
/*
* pwcat.c
*
* Generate a printable version of the password database
*/
#include <stdio.h>
#include <pwd.h>
int
main(argc, argv)
int argc;
char **argv;
{
struct passwd *p;
while ((p = getpwent()) != NULL)
printf("%s:%s:%ld:%ld:%s:%s:%s\n",
p->pw_name, p->pw_passwd, (long) p->pw_uid,
(long) p->pw_gid, p->pw_gecos, p->pw_dir, p->pw_shell);
endpwent();
return 0;
}
If you don't understand C, don't worry about it. The output from pwcat is the user database, in the traditional /etc/passwd format of colon-separated fields. The fields are:
| Login name | The user's login name.
|
| Encrypted password | The user's encrypted password. This may not be available on some systems.
|
| User-ID | The user's numeric user ID number.
|
| Group-ID | The user's numeric group ID number.
|
| Full name | The user's full name, and perhaps other information associated with the
user.
|
| Home directory | The user's login (or “home”) directory (familiar to shell programmers as
$HOME).
|
| Login shell | The program that is run when the user logs in. This is usually a
shell, such as bash.
|
A few lines representative of pwcat's output are as follows:
$ pwcat
-| root:3Ov02d5VaUPB6:0:1:Operator:/:/bin/sh
-| nobody:*:65534:65534::/:
-| daemon:*:1:1::/:
-| sys:*:2:2::/:/bin/csh
-| bin:*:3:3::/bin:
-| arnold:xyzzy:2076:10:Arnold Robbins:/home/arnold:/bin/sh
-| miriam:yxaay:112:10:Miriam Robbins:/home/miriam:/bin/sh
-| andy:abcca2:113:10:Andy Jacobs:/home/andy:/bin/sh
...
With that introduction, following is a group of functions for getting user information. There are several functions here, corresponding to the C functions of the same names:
# passwd.awk --- access password file information
BEGIN {
# tailor this to suit your system
_pw_awklib = "/usr/local/libexec/awk/"
}
function _pw_init( oldfs, oldrs, olddol0, pwcat, using_fw)
{
if (_pw_inited)
return
oldfs = FS
oldrs = RS
olddol0 = $0
using_fw = (PROCINFO["FS"] == "FIELDWIDTHS")
FS = ":"
RS = "\n"
pwcat = _pw_awklib "pwcat"
while ((pwcat | getline) > 0) {
_pw_byname[$1] = $0
_pw_byuid[$3] = $0
_pw_bycount[++_pw_total] = $0
}
close(pwcat)
_pw_count = 0
_pw_inited = 1
FS = oldfs
if (using_fw)
FIELDWIDTHS = FIELDWIDTHS
RS = oldrs
$0 = olddol0
}
The BEGIN rule sets a private variable to the directory where
pwcat is stored. Because it is used to help out an awk library
routine, we have chosen to put it in /usr/local/libexec/awk;
however, you might want it to be in a different directory on your system.
The function _pw_init keeps three copies of the user information
in three associative arrays. The arrays are indexed by username
(_pw_byname), by user ID number (_pw_byuid), and by order of
occurrence (_pw_bycount).
The variable _pw_inited is used for efficiency; _pw_init
needs only to be called once.
Because this function uses getline to read information from
pwcat, it first saves the values of FS, RS, and $0.
It notes in the variable using_fw whether field splitting
with FIELDWIDTHS is in effect or not.
Doing so is necessary, since these functions could be called
from anywhere within a user's program, and the user may have his
or her
own way of splitting records and fields.
The using_fw variable checks PROCINFO["FS"], which
is "FIELDWIDTHS" if field splitting is being done with
FIELDWIDTHS. This makes it possible to restore the correct
field-splitting mechanism later. The test can only be true for
gawk. It is false if using FS or on some other
awk implementation.
The main part of the function uses a loop to read database lines, split
the line into fields, and then store the line into each array as necessary.
When the loop is done, _pw_init cleans up by closing the pipeline,
setting _pw_inited to one, and restoring FS (and FIELDWIDTHS
if necessary), RS, and $0.
The use of _pw_count is explained shortly.
The getpwnam function takes a username as a string argument. If that
user is in the database, it returns the appropriate line. Otherwise, it
returns the null string:
function getpwnam(name)
{
_pw_init()
if (name in _pw_byname)
return _pw_byname[name]
return ""
}
Similarly,
the getpwuid function takes a user ID number argument. If that
user number is in the database, it returns the appropriate line. Otherwise, it
returns the null string:
function getpwuid(uid)
{
_pw_init()
if (uid in _pw_byuid)
return _pw_byuid[uid]
return ""
}
The getpwent function simply steps through the database, one entry at
a time. It uses _pw_count to track its current position in the
_pw_bycount array:
function getpwent()
{
_pw_init()
if (_pw_count < _pw_total)
return _pw_bycount[++_pw_count]
return ""
}
The endpwent function resets _pw_count to zero, so that
subsequent calls to getpwent start over again:
function endpwent()
{
_pw_count = 0
}
A conscious design decision in this suite was made that each subroutine calls
_pw_init to initialize the database arrays. The overhead of running
a separate process to generate the user database, and the I/O to scan it,
are only incurred if the user's main program actually calls one of these
functions. If this library file is loaded along with a user's program, but
none of the routines are ever called, then there is no extra runtime overhead.
(The alternative is move the body of _pw_init into a
BEGIN rule, which always runs pwcat. This simplifies the
code but runs an extra process that may never be needed.)
In turn, calling _pw_init is not too expensive, because the
_pw_inited variable keeps the program from reading the data more than
once. If you are worried about squeezing every last cycle out of your
awk program, the check of _pw_inited could be moved out of
_pw_init and duplicated in all the other functions. In practice,
this is not necessary, since most awk programs are I/O-bound, and it
clutters up the code.
The id program in Id Program, uses these functions.
Much of the discussion presented in
Passwd Functions,
applies to the group database as well. Although there has traditionally
been a well-known file (/etc/group) in a well-known format, the POSIX
standard only provides a set of C library routines
(<grp.h> and getgrent)
for accessing the information.
Even though this file may exist, it likely does not have
complete information. Therefore, as with the user database, it is necessary
to have a small C program that generates the group database as its output.
grcat, a C program that “cats” the group database, is as follows:
/*
* grcat.c
*
* Generate a printable version of the group database
*/
#include <stdio.h>
#include <grp.h>
int
main(argc, argv)
int argc;
char **argv;
{
struct group *g;
int i;
while ((g = getgrent()) != NULL) {
printf("%s:%s:%ld:", g->gr_name, g->gr_passwd,
(long) g->gr_gid);
for (i = 0; g->gr_mem[i] != NULL; i++) {
printf("%s", g->gr_mem[i]);
if (g->gr_mem[i+1] != NULL)
putchar(',');
}
putchar('\n');
}
endgrent();
return 0;
}
Each line in the group database represents one group. The fields are separated with colons and represent the following information:
| Group name | The group's name.
|
| Group password | The group's encrypted password. In practice, this field is never used;
it is usually empty or set to ‘*’.
|
| Group-ID |
The group's numeric group ID number; this number should be unique within the file.
|
| Group member list |
A comma-separated list of user names. These users are members of the group.
Modern Unix systems allow users to be members of several groups
simultaneously. If your system does, then there are elements
"group1" through "groupN" in PROCINFO
for those group ID numbers.
(Note that PROCINFO is a gawk extension;
see Built-in Variables.)
|
Here is what running grcat might produce:
$ grcat
-| wheel:*:0:arnold
-| nogroup:*:65534:
-| daemon:*:1:
-| kmem:*:2:
-| staff:*:10:arnold,miriam,andy
-| other:*:20:
...
Here are the functions for obtaining information from the group database. There are several, modeled after the C library functions of the same names:
# group.awk --- functions for dealing with the group file
BEGIN \
{
# Change to suit your system
_gr_awklib = "/usr/local/libexec/awk/"
}
function _gr_init( oldfs, oldrs, olddol0, grcat,
using_fw, n, a, i)
{
if (_gr_inited)
return
oldfs = FS
oldrs = RS
olddol0 = $0
using_fw = (PROCINFO["FS"] == "FIELDWIDTHS")
FS = ":"
RS = "\n"
grcat = _gr_awklib "grcat"
while ((grcat | getline) > 0) {
if ($1 in _gr_byname)
_gr_byname[$1] = _gr_byname[$1] "," $4
else
_gr_byname[$1] = $0
if ($3 in _gr_bygid)
_gr_bygid[$3] = _gr_bygid[$3] "," $4
else
_gr_bygid[$3] = $0
n = split($4, a, "[ \t]*,[ \t]*")
for (i = 1; i <= n; i++)
if (a[i] in _gr_groupsbyuser)
_gr_groupsbyuser[a[i]] = \
_gr_groupsbyuser[a[i]] " " $1
else
_gr_groupsbyuser[a[i]] = $1
_gr_bycount[++_gr_count] = $0
}
close(grcat)
_gr_count = 0
_gr_inited++
FS = oldfs
if (using_fw)
FIELDWIDTHS = FIELDWIDTHS
RS = oldrs
$0 = olddol0
}
The BEGIN rule sets a private variable to the directory where
grcat is stored. Because it is used to help out an awk library
routine, we have chosen to put it in /usr/local/libexec/awk. You might
want it to be in a different directory on your system.
These routines follow the same general outline as the user database routines
(see Passwd Functions).
The _gr_inited variable is used to
ensure that the database is scanned no more than once.
The _gr_init function first saves FS, FIELDWIDTHS, RS, and
$0, and then sets FS and RS to the correct values for
scanning the group information.
The group information is stored is several associative arrays.
The arrays are indexed by group name (_gr_byname), by group ID number
(_gr_bygid), and by position in the database (_gr_bycount).
There is an additional array indexed by user name (_gr_groupsbyuser),
which is a space-separated list of groups to which each user belongs.
Unlike the user database, it is possible to have multiple records in the database for the same group. This is common when a group has a large number of members. A pair of such entries might look like the following:
tvpeople:*:101:johnny,jay,arsenio
tvpeople:*:101:david,conan,tom,joan
For this reason, _gr_init looks to see if a group name or
group ID number is already seen. If it is, then the user names are
simply concatenated onto the previous list of users. (There is actually a
subtle problem with the code just presented. Suppose that
the first time there were no names. This code adds the names with
a leading comma. It also doesn't check that there is a $4.)
Finally, _gr_init closes the pipeline to grcat, restores
FS (and FIELDWIDTHS if necessary), RS, and $0,
initializes _gr_count to zero
(it is used later), and makes _gr_inited nonzero.
The getgrnam function takes a group name as its argument, and if that
group exists, it is returned. Otherwise, getgrnam returns the null
string:
function getgrnam(group)
{
_gr_init()
if (group in _gr_byname)
return _gr_byname[group]
return ""
}
The getgrgid function is similar, it takes a numeric group ID and
looks up the information associated with that group ID:
function getgrgid(gid)
{
_gr_init()
if (gid in _gr_bygid)
return _gr_bygid[gid]
return ""
}
The getgruser function does not have a C counterpart. It takes a
user name and returns the list of groups that have the user as a member:
function getgruser(user)
{
_gr_init()
if (user in _gr_groupsbyuser)
return _gr_groupsbyuser[user]
return ""
}
The getgrent function steps through the database one entry at a time.
It uses _gr_count to track its position in the list:
function getgrent()
{
_gr_init()
if (++_gr_count in _gr_bycount)
return _gr_bycount[_gr_count]
return ""
}
The endgrent function resets _gr_count to zero so that getgrent can
start over again:
function endgrent()
{
_gr_count = 0
}
As with the user database routines, each function calls _gr_init to
initialize the arrays. Doing so only incurs the extra overhead of running
grcat if these functions are used (as opposed to moving the body of
_gr_init into a BEGIN rule).
Most of the work is in scanning the database and building the various associative arrays. The functions that the user calls are themselves very simple, relying on awk's associative arrays to do work.
The id program in Id Program, uses these functions.
Library Functions, presents the idea that reading programs in a language contributes to learning that language. This chapter continues that theme, presenting a potpourri of awk programs for your reading enjoyment. There are three sections. The first describes how to run the programs presented in this chapter.
The second presents awk versions of several common POSIX utilities. These are programs that you are hopefully already familiar with, and therefore, whose problems are understood. By reimplementing these programs in awk, you can focus on the awk-related aspects of solving the programming problem.
The third is a grab bag of interesting programs. These solve a number of different data-manipulation and management problems. Many of the programs are short, which emphasizes awk's ability to do a lot in just a few lines of code.
Many of these programs use the library functions presented in Library Functions.
To run a given program, you would typically do something like this:
awk -f program -- options files
Here, program is the name of the awk program (such as cut.awk), options are any command-line options for the program that start with a ‘-’, and files are the actual data files.
If your system supports the ‘#!’ executable interpreter mechanism (see Executable Scripts), you can instead run your program directly:
cut.awk -c1-8 myfiles > results
If your awk is not gawk, you may instead need to use this:
cut.awk -- -c1-8 myfiles > results
This section presents a number of POSIX utilities that are implemented in awk. Reinventing these programs in awk is often enjoyable, because the algorithms can be very clearly expressed, and the code is usually very concise and simple. This is true because awk does so much for you.
It should be noted that these programs are not necessarily intended to replace the installed versions on your system. Instead, their purpose is to illustrate awk language programming for “real world” tasks.
The programs are presented in alphabetical order.
The cut utility selects, or “cuts,” characters or fields from its standard input and sends them to its standard output. Fields are separated by TABs by default, but you may supply a command-line option to change the field delimiter (i.e., the field-separator character). cut's definition of fields is less general than awk's.
A common use of cut might be to pull out just the login name of logged-on users from the output of who. For example, the following pipeline generates a sorted, unique list of the logged-on users:
who | cut -c1-8 | sort | uniq
The options for cut are:
-c list-f list-d delim-sThe awk implementation of cut uses the getopt library
function (see Getopt Function)
and the join library function
(see Join Function).
The program begins with a comment describing the options, the library
functions needed, and a usage function that prints out a usage
message and exits. usage is called if invalid arguments are
supplied:
# cut.awk --- implement cut in awk
# Options:
# -f list Cut fields
# -d c Field delimiter character
# -c list Cut characters
#
# -s Suppress lines without the delimiter
#
# Requires getopt and join library functions
function usage( e1, e2)
{
e1 = "usage: cut [-f list] [-d c] [-s] [files...]"
e2 = "usage: cut [-c list] [files...]"
print e1 > "/dev/stderr"
print e2 > "/dev/stderr"
exit 1
}
The variables e1 and e2 are used so that the function
fits nicely on the
page.
screen.
Next comes a BEGIN rule that parses the command-line options.
It sets FS to a single TAB character, because that is cut's
default field separator. The output field separator is also set to be the
same as the input field separator. Then getopt is used to step
through the command-line options. Exactly one of the variables
by_fields or by_chars is set to true, to indicate that
processing should be done by fields or by characters, respectively.
When cutting by characters, the output field separator is set to the null
string:
BEGIN \
{
FS = "\t" # default
OFS = FS
while ((c = getopt(ARGC, ARGV, "sf:c:d:")) != -1) {
if (c == "f") {
by_fields = 1
fieldlist = Optarg
} else if (c == "c") {
by_chars = 1
fieldlist = Optarg
OFS = ""
} else if (c == "d") {
if (length(Optarg) > 1) {
printf("Using first character of %s" \
" for delimiter\n", Optarg) > "/dev/stderr"
Optarg = substr(Optarg, 1, 1)
}
FS = Optarg
OFS = FS
if (FS == " ") # defeat awk semantics
FS = "[ ]"
} else if (c == "s")
suppress++
else
usage()
}
for (i = 1; i < Optind; i++)
ARGV[i] = ""
Special care is taken when the field delimiter is a space. Using
a single space (" ") for the value of FS is
incorrect—awk would separate fields with runs of spaces,
tabs, and/or newlines, and we want them to be separated with individual
spaces. Also remember that after getopt is through
(as described in Getopt Function),
we have to
clear out all the elements of ARGV from 1 to Optind,
so that awk does not try to process the command-line options
as file names.
After dealing with the command-line options, the program verifies that the
options make sense. Only one or the other of -c and -f
should be used, and both require a field list. Then the program calls
either set_fieldlist or set_charlist to pull apart the
list of fields or characters:
if (by_fields && by_chars)
usage()
if (by_fields == 0 && by_chars == 0)
by_fields = 1 # default
if (fieldlist == "") {
print "cut: needs list for -c or -f" > "/dev/stderr"
exit 1
}
if (by_fields)
set_fieldlist()
else
set_charlist()
}
set_fieldlist is used to split the field list apart at the commas
and into an array. Then, for each element of the array, it looks to
see if it is actually a range, and if so, splits it apart. The range
is verified to make sure the first number is smaller than the second.
Each number in the list is added to the flist array, which
simply lists the fields that will be printed. Normal field splitting
is used. The program lets awk handle the job of doing the
field splitting:
function set_fieldlist( n, m, i, j, k, f, g)
{
n = split(fieldlist, f, ",")
j = 1 # index in flist
for (i = 1; i <= n; i++) {
if (index(f[i], "-") != 0) { # a range
m = split(f[i], g, "-")
if (m != 2 || g[1] >= g[2]) {
printf("bad field list: %s\n",
f[i]) > "/dev/stderr"
exit 1
}
for (k = g[1]; k <= g[2]; k++)
flist[j++] = k
} else
flist[j++] = f[i]
}
nfields = j - 1
}
The set_charlist function is more complicated than set_fieldlist.
The idea here is to use gawk's FIELDWIDTHS variable
(see Constant Size),
which describes constant-width input. When using a character list, that is
exactly what we have.
Setting up FIELDWIDTHS is more complicated than simply listing the
fields that need to be printed. We have to keep track of the fields to
print and also the intervening characters that have to be skipped.
For example, suppose you wanted characters 1 through 8, 15, and
22 through 35. You would use ‘-c 1-8,15,22-35’. The necessary value
for FIELDWIDTHS is "8 6 1 6 14". This yields five
fields, and the fields to print
are $1, $3, and $5.
The intermediate fields are filler,
which is stuff in between the desired data.
flist lists the fields to print, and t tracks the
complete field list, including filler fields:
function set_charlist( field, i, j, f, g, t,
filler, last, len)
{
field = 1 # count total fields
n = split(fieldlist, f, ",")
j = 1 # index in flist
for (i = 1; i <= n; i++) {
if (index(f[i], "-") != 0) { # range
m = split(f[i], g, "-")
if (m != 2 || g[1] >= g[2]) {
printf("bad character list: %s\n",
f[i]) > "/dev/stderr"
exit 1
}
len = g[2] - g[1] + 1
if (g[1] > 1) # compute length of filler
filler = g[1] - last - 1
else
filler = 0
if (filler)
t[field++] = filler
t[field++] = len # length of field
last = g[2]
flist[j++] = field - 1
} else {
if (f[i] > 1)
filler = f[i] - last - 1
else
filler = 0
if (filler)
t[field++] = filler
t[field++] = 1
last = f[i]
flist[j++] = field - 1
}
}
FIELDWIDTHS = join(t, 1, field - 1)
nfields = j - 1
}
Next is the rule that actually processes the data. If the -s option
is given, then suppress is true. The first if statement
makes sure that the input record does have the field separator. If
cut is processing fields, suppress is true, and the field
separator character is not in the record, then the record is skipped.
If the record is valid, then gawk has split the data
into fields, either using the character in FS or using fixed-length
fields and FIELDWIDTHS. The loop goes through the list of fields
that should be printed. The corresponding field is printed if it contains data.
If the next field also has data, then the separator character is
written out between the fields:
{
if (by_fields && suppress && index($0, FS) != 0)
next
for (i = 1; i <= nfields; i++) {
if ($flist[i] != "") {
printf "%s", $flist[i]
if (i < nfields && $flist[i+1] != "")
printf "%s", OFS
}
}
print ""
}
This version of cut relies on gawk's FIELDWIDTHS
variable to do the character-based cutting. While it is possible in
other awk implementations to use substr
(see String Functions),
it is also extremely painful.
The FIELDWIDTHS variable supplies an elegant solution to the problem
of picking the input line apart by characters.
The egrep utility searches files for patterns. It uses regular expressions that are almost identical to those available in awk (see Regexp). It is used in the following manner:
egrep [ options ] 'pattern' files ...
The pattern is a regular expression. In typical usage, the regular expression is quoted to prevent the shell from expanding any of the special characters as file name wildcards. Normally, egrep prints the lines that matched. If multiple file names are provided on the command line, each output line is preceded by the name of the file and a colon.
The options to egrep are as follows:
-c-s-v-i-l-e patternThis version uses the getopt library function
(see Getopt Function)
and the file transition library program
(see Filetrans Function).
The program begins with a descriptive comment and then a BEGIN rule
that processes the command-line arguments with getopt. The -i
(ignore case) option is particularly easy with gawk; we just use the
IGNORECASE built-in variable
(see Built-in Variables):
# egrep.awk --- simulate egrep in awk
# Options:
# -c count of lines
# -s silent - use exit value
# -v invert test, success if no match
# -i ignore case
# -l print filenames only
# -e argument is pattern
#
# Requires getopt and file transition library functions
BEGIN {
while ((c = getopt(ARGC, ARGV, "ce:svil")) != -1) {
if (c == "c")
count_only++
else if (c == "s")
no_print++
else if (c == "v")
invert++
else if (c == "i")
IGNORECASE = 1
else if (c == "l")
filenames_only++
else if (c == "e")
pattern = Optarg
else
usage()
}
Next comes the code that handles the egrep-specific behavior. If no
pattern is supplied with -e, the first nonoption on the
command line is used. The awk command-line arguments up to ARGV[Optind]
are cleared, so that awk won't try to process them as files. If no
files are specified, the standard input is used, and if multiple files are
specified, we make sure to note this so that the file names can precede the
matched lines in the output:
if (pattern == "")
pattern = ARGV[Optind++]
for (i = 1; i < Optind; i++)
ARGV[i] = ""
if (Optind >= ARGC) {
ARGV[1] = "-"
ARGC = 2
} else if (ARGC - Optind > 1)
do_filenames++
# if (IGNORECASE)
# pattern = tolower(pattern)
}
The last two lines are commented out, since they are not needed in gawk. They should be uncommented if you have to use another version of awk.
The next set of lines should be uncommented if you are not using gawk. This rule translates all the characters in the input line into lowercase if the -i option is specified.63 The rule is commented out since it is not necessary with gawk:
#{
# if (IGNORECASE)
# $0 = tolower($0)
#}
The beginfile function is called by the rule in ftrans.awk
when each new file is processed. In this case, it is very simple; all it
does is initialize a variable fcount to zero. fcount tracks
how many lines in the current file matched the pattern
(naming the parameter junk shows we know that beginfile
is called with a parameter, but that we're not interested in its value):
function beginfile(junk)
{
fcount = 0
}
The endfile function is called after each file has been processed.
It affects the output only when the user wants a count of the number of lines that
matched. no_print is true only if the exit status is desired.
count_only is true if line counts are desired. egrep
therefore only prints line counts if printing and counting are enabled.
The output format must be adjusted depending upon the number of files to
process. Finally, fcount is added to total, so that we
know the total number of lines that matched the pattern:
function endfile(file)
{
if (! no_print && count_only)
if (do_filenames)
print file ":" fcount
else
print fcount
total += fcount
}
The following rule does most of the work of matching lines. The variable
matches is true if the line matched the pattern. If the user
wants lines that did not match, the sense of matches is inverted
using the ‘!’ operator. fcount is incremented with the value of
matches, which is either one or zero, depending upon a
successful or unsuccessful match. If the line does not match, the
next statement just moves on to the next record.
A number of additional tests are made, but they are only done if we
are not counting lines. First, if the user only wants exit status
(no_print is true), then it is enough to know that one
line in this file matched, and we can skip on to the next file with
nextfile. Similarly, if we are only printing file names, we can
print the file name, and then skip to the next file with nextfile.
Finally, each line is printed, with a leading file name and colon
if necessary:
{
matches = ($0 ~ pattern)
if (invert)
matches = ! matches
fcount += matches # 1 or 0
if (! matches)
next
if (! count_only) {
if (no_print)
nextfile
if (filenames_only) {
print FILENAME
nextfile
}
if (do_filenames)
print FILENAME ":" $0
else
print
}
}
The END rule takes care of producing the correct exit status. If
there are no matches, the exit status is one; otherwise it is zero:
END \
{
if (total == 0)
exit 1
exit 0
}
The usage function prints a usage message in case of invalid options,
and then exits:
function usage( e)
{
e = "Usage: egrep [-csvil] [-e pat] [files ...]"
e = e "\n\tegrep [-csvil] pat [files ...]"
print e > "/dev/stderr"
exit 1
}
The variable e is used so that the function fits nicely
on the printed page.
Just a note on programming style: you may have noticed that the END
rule uses backslash continuation, with the open brace on a line by
itself. This is so that it more closely resembles the way functions
are written. Many of the examples
in this chapter
use this style. You can decide for yourself if you like writing
your BEGIN and END rules this way
or not.
The id utility lists a user's real and effective user ID numbers, real and effective group ID numbers, and the user's group set, if any. id only prints the effective user ID and group ID if they are different from the real ones. If possible, id also supplies the corresponding user and group names. The output might look like this:
$ id
-| uid=2076(arnold) gid=10(staff) groups=10(staff),4(tty)
This information is part of what is provided by gawk's
PROCINFO array (see Built-in Variables).
However, the id utility provides a more palatable output than just
individual numbers.
Here is a simple version of id written in awk. It uses the user database library functions (see Passwd Functions) and the group database library functions (see Group Functions):
The program is fairly straightforward. All the work is done in the
BEGIN rule. The user and group ID numbers are obtained from
PROCINFO.
The code is repetitive. The entry in the user database for the real user ID
number is split into parts at the ‘:’. The name is the first field.
Similar code is used for the effective user ID number and the group
numbers:
# id.awk --- implement id in awk
#
# Requires user and group library functions
# output is:
# uid=12(foo) euid=34(bar) gid=3(baz) \
# egid=5(blat) groups=9(nine),2(two),1(one)
BEGIN \
{
uid = PROCINFO["uid"]
euid = PROCINFO["euid"]
gid = PROCINFO["gid"]
egid = PROCINFO["egid"]
printf("uid=%d", uid)
pw = getpwuid(uid)
if (pw != "") {
split(pw, a, ":")
printf("(%s)", a[1])
}
if (euid != uid) {
printf(" euid=%d", euid)
pw = getpwuid(euid)
if (pw != "") {
split(pw, a, ":")
printf("(%s)", a[1])
}
}
printf(" gid=%d", gid)
pw = getgrgid(gid)
if (pw != "") {
split(pw, a, ":")
printf("(%s)", a[1])
}
if (egid != gid) {
printf(" egid=%d", egid)
pw = getgrgid(egid)
if (pw != "") {
split(pw, a, ":")
printf("(%s)", a[1])
}
}
for (i = 1; ("group" i) in PROCINFO; i++) {
if (i == 1)
printf(" groups=")
group = PROCINFO["group" i]
printf("%d", group)
pw = getgrgid(group)
if (pw != "") {
split(pw, a, ":")
printf("(%s)", a[1])
}
if (("group" (i+1)) in PROCINFO)
printf(",")
}
print ""
}
The test in the for loop is worth noting.
Any supplementary groups in the PROCINFO array have the
indices "group1" through "groupN" for some
N, i.e., the total number of supplementary groups.
However, we don't know in advance how many of these groups
there are.
This loop works by starting at one, concatenating the value with
"group", and then using in to see if that value is
in the array. Eventually, i is incremented past
the last group in the array and the loop exits.
The loop is also correct if there are no supplementary groups; then the condition is false the first time it's tested, and the loop body never executes.
The split program splits large text files into smaller pieces.
Usage is as follows:
split [-count] file [ prefix ]
By default, the output files are named xaa, xab, and so on. Each file has 1000 lines in it, with the likely exception of the last file. To change the number of lines in each file, supply a number on the command line preceded with a minus; e.g., ‘-500’ for files with 500 lines in them instead of 1000. To change the name of the output files to something like myfileaa, myfileab, and so on, supply an additional argument that specifies the file name prefix.
Here is a version of split in awk. It uses the ord and
chr functions presented in
Ordinal Functions.
The program first sets its defaults, and then tests to make sure there are not too many arguments. It then looks at each argument in turn. The first argument could be a minus sign followed by a number. If it is, this happens to look like a negative number, so it is made positive, and that is the count of lines. The data file name is skipped over and the final argument is used as the prefix for the output file names:
# split.awk --- do split in awk
#
# Requires ord and chr library functions
# usage: split [-num] [file] [outname]
BEGIN {
outfile = "x" # default
count = 1000
if (ARGC > 4)
usage()
i = 1
if (ARGV[i] ~ /^-[0-9]+$/) {
count = -ARGV[i]
ARGV[i] = ""
i++
}
# test argv in case reading from stdin instead of file
if (i in ARGV)
i++ # skip data file name
if (i in ARGV) {
outfile = ARGV[i]
ARGV[i] = ""
}
s1 = s2 = "a"
out = (outfile s1 s2)
}
The next rule does most of the work. tcount (temporary count) tracks
how many lines have been printed to the output file so far. If it is greater
than count, it is time to close the current file and start a new one.
s1 and s2 track the current suffixes for the file name. If
they are both ‘z’, the file is just too big. Otherwise, s1
moves to the next letter in the alphabet and s2 starts over again at
‘a’:
{
if (++tcount > count) {
close(out)
if (s2 == "z") {
if (s1 == "z") {
printf("split: %s is too large to split\n",
FILENAME) > "/dev/stderr"
exit 1
}
s1 = chr(ord(s1) + 1)
s2 = "a"
}
else
s2 = chr(ord(s2) + 1)
out = (outfile s1 s2)
tcount = 1
}
print > out
}
The usage function simply prints an error message and exits:
function usage( e)
{
e = "usage: split [-num] [file] [outname]"
print e > "/dev/stderr"
exit 1
}
The variable e is used so that the function
fits nicely on the
page.
This program is a bit sloppy; it relies on awk to automatically close the last file
instead of doing it in an END rule.
It also assumes that letters are contiguous in the character set,
which isn't true for EBCDIC systems.
The tee program is known as a “pipe fitting.” tee copies
its standard input to its standard output and also duplicates it to the
files named on the command line. Its usage is as follows:
tee [-a] file ...
The -a option tells tee to append to the named files, instead of
truncating them and starting over.
The BEGIN rule first makes a copy of all the command-line arguments
into an array named copy.
ARGV[0] is not copied, since it is not needed.
tee cannot use ARGV directly, since awk attempts to
process each file name in ARGV as input data.
If the first argument is -a, then the flag variable
append is set to true, and both ARGV[1] and
copy[1] are deleted. If ARGC is less than two, then no
file names were supplied and tee prints a usage message and exits.
Finally, awk is forced to read the standard input by setting
ARGV[1] to "-" and ARGC to two:
# tee.awk --- tee in awk
BEGIN \
{
for (i = 1; i < ARGC; i++)
copy[i] = ARGV[i]
if (ARGV[1] == "-a") {
append = 1
delete ARGV[1]
delete copy[1]
ARGC--
}
if (ARGC < 2) {
print "usage: tee [-a] file ..." > "/dev/stderr"
exit 1
}
ARGV[1] = "-"
ARGC = 2
}
The single rule does all the work. Since there is no pattern, it is executed for each line of input. The body of the rule simply prints the line into each file on the command line, and then to the standard output:
{
# moving the if outside the loop makes it run faster
if (append)
for (i in copy)
print >> copy[i]
else
for (i in copy)
print > copy[i]
print
}
It is also possible to write the loop this way:
for (i in copy)
if (append)
print >> copy[i]
else
print > copy[i]
This is more concise but it is also less efficient. The ‘if’ is
tested for each record and for each output file. By duplicating the loop
body, the ‘if’ is only tested once for each input record. If there are
N input records and M output files, the first method only
executes N ‘if’ statements, while the second executes
N*M ‘if’ statements.
Finally, the END rule cleans up by closing all the output files:
END \
{
for (i in copy)
close(copy[i])
}
The uniq utility reads sorted lines of data on its standard input, and by default removes duplicate lines. In other words, it only prints unique lines—hence the name. uniq has a number of options. The usage is as follows:
uniq [-udc [-n]] [+n] [ input file [ output file ]]
The options for uniq are:
-d-u-c-n+nNormally uniq behaves as if both the -d and -u options are provided.
uniq uses the
getopt library function
(see Getopt Function)
and the join library function
(see Join Function).
The program begins with a usage function and then a brief outline of
the options and their meanings in a comment.
The BEGIN rule deals with the command-line arguments and options. It
uses a trick to get getopt to handle options of the form ‘-25’,
treating such an option as the option letter ‘2’ with an argument of
‘5’. If indeed two or more digits are supplied (Optarg looks
like a number), Optarg is
concatenated with the option digit and then the result is added to zero to make
it into a number. If there is only one digit in the option, then
Optarg is not needed. In this case, Optind must be decremented so that
getopt processes it next time. This code is admittedly a bit
tricky.
If no options are supplied, then the default is taken, to print both
repeated and nonrepeated lines. The output file, if provided, is assigned
to outputfile. Early on, outputfile is initialized to the
standard output, /dev/stdout:
# uniq.awk --- do uniq in awk
#
# Requires getopt and join library functions
function usage( e)
{
e = "Usage: uniq [-udc [-n]] [+n] [ in [ out ]]"
print e > "/dev/stderr"
exit 1
}
# -c count lines. overrides -d and -u
# -d only repeated lines
# -u only non-repeated lines
# -n skip n fields
# +n skip n characters, skip fields first
BEGIN \
{
count = 1
outputfile = "/dev/stdout"
opts = "udc0:1:2:3:4:5:6:7:8:9:"
while ((c = getopt(ARGC, ARGV, opts)) != -1) {
if (c == "u")
non_repeated_only++
else if (c == "d")
repeated_only++
else if (c == "c")
do_count++
else if (index("0123456789", c) != 0) {
# getopt requires args to options
# this messes us up for things like -5
if (Optarg ~ /^[0-9]+$/)
fcount = (c Optarg) + 0
else {
fcount = c + 0
Optind--
}
} else
usage()
}
if (ARGV[Optind] ~ /^\+[0-9]+$/) {
charcount = substr(ARGV[Optind], 2) + 0
Optind++
}
for (i = 1; i < Optind; i++)
ARGV[i] = ""
if (repeated_only == 0 && non_repeated_only == 0)
repeated_only = non_repeated_only = 1
if (ARGC - Optind == 2) {
outputfile = ARGV[ARGC - 1]
ARGV[ARGC - 1] = ""
}
}
The following function, are_equal, compares the current line,
$0, to the
previous line, last. It handles skipping fields and characters.
If no field count and no character count are specified, are_equal
simply returns one or zero depending upon the result of a simple string
comparison of last and $0. Otherwise, things get more
complicated.
If fields have to be skipped, each line is broken into an array using
split
(see String Functions);
the desired fields are then joined back into a line using join.
The joined lines are stored in clast and cline.
If no fields are skipped, clast and cline are set to
last and $0, respectively.
Finally, if characters are skipped, substr is used to strip off the
leading charcount characters in clast and cline. The
two strings are then compared and are_equal returns the result:
function are_equal( n, m, clast, cline, alast, aline)
{
if (fcount == 0 && charcount == 0)
return (last == $0)
if (fcount > 0) {
n = split(last, alast)
m = split($0, aline)
clast = join(alast, fcount+1, n)
cline = join(aline, fcount+1, m)
} else {
clast = last
cline = $0
}
if (charcount) {
clast = substr(clast, charcount + 1)
cline = substr(cline, charcount + 1)
}
return (clast == cline)
}
The following two rules are the body of the program. The first one is
executed only for the very first line of data. It sets last equal to
$0, so that subsequent lines of text have something to be compared to.
The second rule does the work. The variable equal is one or zero,
depending upon the results of are_equal's comparison. If uniq
is counting repeated lines, and the lines are equal, then it increments the count variable.
Otherwise, it prints the line and resets count,
since the two lines are not equal.
If uniq is not counting, and if the lines are equal, count is incremented.
Nothing is printed, since the point is to remove duplicates.
Otherwise, if uniq is counting repeated lines and more than
one line is seen, or if uniq is counting nonrepeated lines
and only one line is seen, then the line is printed, and count
is reset.
Finally, similar logic is used in the END rule to print the final
line of input data:
NR == 1 {
last = $0
next
}
{
equal = are_equal()
if (do_count) { # overrides -d and -u
if (equal)
count++
else {
printf("%4d %s\n", count, last) > outputfile
last = $0
count = 1 # reset
}
next
}
if (equal)
count++
else {
if ((repeated_only && count > 1) ||
(non_repeated_only && count == 1))
print last > outputfile
last = $0
count = 1
}
}
END {
if (do_count)
printf("%4d %s\n", count, last) > outputfile
else if ((repeated_only && count > 1) ||
(non_repeated_only && count == 1))
print last > outputfile
}
The wc (word count) utility counts lines, words, and characters in one or more input files. Its usage is as follows:
wc [-lwc] [ files ... ]
If no files are specified on the command line, wc reads its standard input. If there are multiple files, it also prints total counts for all the files. The options and their meanings are shown in the following list:
-l-w-cImplementing wc in awk is particularly elegant, since awk does a lot of the work for us; it splits lines into words (i.e., fields) and counts them, it counts lines (i.e., records), and it can easily tell us how long a line is.
This uses the getopt library function
(see Getopt Function)
and the file-transition functions
(see Filetrans Function).
This version has one notable difference from traditional versions of wc: it always prints the counts in the order lines, words, and characters. Traditional versions note the order of the -l, -w, and -c options on the command line, and print the counts in that order.
The BEGIN rule does the argument processing. The variable
print_total is true if more than one file is named on the
command line:
# wc.awk --- count lines, words, characters
# Options:
# -l only count lines
# -w only count words
# -c only count characters
#
# Default is to count lines, words, characters
#
# Requires getopt and file transition library functions
BEGIN {
# let getopt print a message about
# invalid options. we ignore them
while ((c = getopt(ARGC, ARGV, "lwc")) != -1) {
if (c == "l")
do_lines = 1
else if (c == "w")
do_words = 1
else if (c == "c")
do_chars = 1
}
for (i = 1; i < Optind; i++)
ARGV[i] = ""
# if no options, do all
if (! do_lines && ! do_words && ! do_chars)
do_lines = do_words = do_chars = 1
print_total = (ARGC - i > 2)
}
The beginfile function is simple; it just resets the counts of lines,
words, and characters to zero, and saves the current file name in
fname:
function beginfile(file)
{
chars = lines = words = 0
fname = FILENAME
}
The endfile function adds the current file's numbers to the running
totals of lines, words, and characters.64 It then prints out those numbers
for the file that was just read. It relies on beginfile to reset the
numbers for the following data file:
function endfile(file)
{
tchars += chars
tlines += lines
twords += words
if (do_lines)
printf "\t%d", lines
if (do_words)
printf "\t%d", words
if (do_chars)
printf "\t%d", chars
printf "\t%s\n", fname
}
There is one rule that is executed for each line. It adds the length of
the record, plus one, to chars. Adding one plus the record length
is needed because the newline character separating records (the value
of RS) is not part of the record itself, and thus not included
in its length. Next, lines is incremented for each line read,
and words is incremented by the value of NF, which is the
number of “words” on this line:
# do per line
{
chars += length($0) + 1 # get newline
lines++
words += NF
}
Finally, the END rule simply prints the totals for all the files:
END {
if (print_total) {
if (do_lines)
printf "\t%d", tlines
if (do_words)
printf "\t%d", twords
if (do_chars)
printf "\t%d", tchars
print "\ttotal"
}
}
This section is a large “grab bag” of miscellaneous programs. We hope you find them both interesting and enjoyable.
A common error when writing large amounts of prose is to accidentally duplicate words. Typically you will see this in text as something like “the the program does the following...” When the text is online, often the duplicated words occur at the end of one line and the beginning of another, making them very difficult to spot.
This program, dupword.awk, scans through a file one line at a time
and looks for adjacent occurrences of the same word. It also saves the last
word on a line (in the variable prev) for comparison with the first
word on the next line.
The first two statements make sure that the line is all lowercase, so that, for example, “The” and “the” compare equal to each other. The next statement replaces nonalphanumeric and nonwhitespace characters with spaces, so that punctuation does not affect the comparison either. The characters are replaced with spaces so that formatting controls don't create nonsense words (e.g., the Texinfo ‘@code{NF}’ becomes ‘codeNF’ if punctuation is simply deleted). The record is then resplit into fields, yielding just the actual words on the line, and ensuring that there are no empty fields.
If there are no fields left after removing all the punctuation, the current record is skipped. Otherwise, the program loops through each word, comparing it to the previous one:
# dupword.awk --- find duplicate words in text
{
$0 = tolower($0)
gsub(/[^[:alnum:][:blank:]]/, " ");
$0 = $0 # re-split
if (NF == 0)
next
if ($1 == prev)
printf("%s:%d: duplicate %s\n",
FILENAME, FNR, $1)
for (i = 2; i <= NF; i++)
if ($i == $(i-1))
printf("%s:%d: duplicate %s\n",
FILENAME, FNR, $i)
prev = $NF
}
Nothing cures insomnia like a ringing alarm clock.
Arnold Robbins
The following program is a simple “alarm clock” program. You give it a time of day and an optional message. At the specified time, it prints the message on the standard output. In addition, you can give it the number of times to repeat the message as well as a delay between repetitions.
This program uses the gettimeofday function from
Gettimeofday Function.
All the work is done in the BEGIN rule. The first part is argument
checking and setting of defaults: the delay, the count, and the message to
print. If the user supplied a message without the ASCII BEL
character (known as the “alert” character, "\a"), then it is added to
the message. (On many systems, printing the ASCII BEL generates an
audible alert. Thus when the alarm goes off, the system calls attention
to itself in case the user is not looking at the computer or terminal.)
Here is the program:
# alarm.awk --- set an alarm
#
# Requires gettimeofday library function
# usage: alarm time [ "message" [ count [ delay ] ] ]
BEGIN \
{
# Initial argument sanity checking
usage1 = "usage: alarm time ['message' [count [delay]]]"
usage2 = sprintf("\t(%s) time ::= hh:mm", ARGV[1])
if (ARGC < 2) {
print usage1 > "/dev/stderr"
print usage2 > "/dev/stderr"
exit 1
} else if (ARGC == 5) {
delay = ARGV[4] + 0
count = ARGV[3] + 0
message = ARGV[2]
} else if (ARGC == 4) {
count = ARGV[3] + 0
message = ARGV[2]
} else if (ARGC == 3) {
message = ARGV[2]
} else if (ARGV[1] !~ /[0-9]?[0-9]:[0-9][0-9]/) {
print usage1 > "/dev/stderr"
print usage2 > "/dev/stderr"
exit 1
}
# set defaults for once we reach the desired time
if (delay == 0)
delay = 180 # 3 minutes
if (count == 0)
count = 5
if (message == "")
message = sprintf("\aIt is now %s!\a", ARGV[1])
else if (index(message, "\a") == 0)
message = "\a" message "\a"
The next section of code turns the alarm time into hours and minutes, converts it (if necessary) to a 24-hour clock, and then turns that time into a count of the seconds since midnight. Next it turns the current time into a count of seconds since midnight. The difference between the two is how long to wait before setting off the alarm:
# split up alarm time
split(ARGV[1], atime, ":")
hour = atime[1] + 0 # force numeric
minute = atime[2] + 0 # force numeric
# get current broken down time
gettimeofday(now)
# if time given is 12-hour hours and it's after that
# hour, e.g., `alarm 5:30' at 9 a.m. means 5:30 p.m.,
# then add 12 to real hour
if (hour < 12 && now["hour"] > hour)
hour += 12
# set target time in seconds since midnight
target = (hour * 60 * 60) + (minute * 60)
# get current time in seconds since midnight
current = (now["hour"] * 60 * 60) + \
(now["minute"] * 60) + now["second"]
# how long to sleep for
naptime = target - current
if (naptime <= 0) {
print "time is in the past!" > "/dev/stderr"
exit 1
}
Finally, the program uses the system function
(see I/O Functions)
to call the sleep utility. The sleep utility simply pauses
for the given number of seconds. If the exit status is not zero,
the program assumes that sleep was interrupted and exits. If
sleep exited with an OK status (zero), then the program prints the
message in a loop, again using sleep to delay for however many
seconds are necessary:
# zzzzzz..... go away if interrupted
if (system(sprintf("sleep %d", naptime)) != 0)
exit 1
# time to notify!
command = sprintf("sleep %d", delay)
for (i = 1; i <= count; i++) {
print message
# if sleep command interrupted, go away
if (system(command) != 0)
break
}
exit 0
}
The system tr utility transliterates characters. For example, it is often used to map uppercase letters into lowercase for further processing:
generate data | tr 'A-Z' 'a-z' | process data ...
tr requires two lists of characters.65 When processing the input, the first character in the first list is replaced with the first character in the second list, the second character in the first list is replaced with the second character in the second list, and so on. If there are more characters in the “from” list than in the “to” list, the last character of the “to” list is used for the remaining characters in the “from” list.
Some time ago, a user proposed that a transliteration function should be added to gawk. The following program was written to prove that character transliteration could be done with a user-level function. This program is not as complete as the system tr utility but it does most of the job.
The translate program demonstrates one of the few weaknesses
of standard awk: dealing with individual characters is very
painful, requiring repeated use of the substr, index,
and gsub built-in functions
(see String Functions).66
There are two functions. The first, stranslate, takes three
arguments:
fromtotargetAssociative arrays make the translation part fairly easy. t_ar holds
the “to” characters, indexed by the “from” characters. Then a simple
loop goes through from, one character at a time. For each character
in from, if the character appears in target,
it is replaced with the corresponding to character.
The translate function simply calls stranslate using $0
as the target. The main program sets two global variables, FROM and
TO, from the command line, and then changes ARGV so that
awk reads from the standard input.
Finally, the processing rule simply calls translate for each record:
# translate.awk --- do tr-like stuff
# Bugs: does not handle things like: tr A-Z a-z, it has
# to be spelled out. However, if `to' is shorter than `from',
# the last character in `to' is used for the rest of `from'.
function stranslate(from, to, target, lf, lt, ltarget, t_ar, i, c,
result)
{
lf = length(from)
lt = length(to)
ltarget = length(target)
for (i = 1; i <= lt; i++)
t_ar[substr(from, i, 1)] = substr(to, i, 1)
if (lt < lf)
for (; i <= lf; i++)
t_ar[substr(from, i, 1)] = substr(to, lt, 1)
for (i = 1; i <= ltarget; i++) {
c = substr(target, i, 1)
if (c in t_ar)
c = t_ar[c]
result = result c
}
return result
}
function translate(from, to)
{
return $0 = stranslate(from, to, $0)
}
# main program
BEGIN {
if (ARGC < 3) {
print "usage: translate from to" > "/dev/stderr"
exit
}
FROM = ARGV[1]
TO = ARGV[2]
ARGC = 2
ARGV[1] = "-"
}
{
translate(FROM, TO)
print
}
While it is possible to do character transliteration in a user-level
function, it is not necessarily efficient, and we (the gawk
authors) started to consider adding a built-in function. However,
shortly after writing this program, we learned that the System V Release 4
awk had added the toupper and tolower functions
(see String Functions).
These functions handle the vast majority of the
cases where character transliteration is necessary, and so we chose to
simply add those functions to gawk as well and then leave well
enough alone.
An obvious improvement to this program would be to set up the
t_ar array only once, in a BEGIN rule. However, this
assumes that the “from” and “to” lists
will never change throughout the lifetime of the program.
Here is a “real world”67 program. This script reads lists of names and addresses and generates mailing labels. Each page of labels has 20 labels on it, 2 across and 10 down. The addresses are guaranteed to be no more than 5 lines of data. Each address is separated from the next by a blank line.
The basic idea is to read 20 labels worth of data. Each line of each label
is stored in the line array. The single rule takes care of filling
the line array and printing the page when 20 labels have been read.
The BEGIN rule simply sets RS to the empty string, so that
awk splits records at blank lines
(see Records).
It sets MAXLINES to 100, since 100 is the maximum number
of lines on the page (20 * 5 = 100).
Most of the work is done in the printpage function.
The label lines are stored sequentially in the line array. But they
have to print horizontally; line[1] next to line[6],
line[2] next to line[7], and so on. Two loops are used to
accomplish this. The outer loop, controlled by i, steps through
every 10 lines of data; this is each row of labels. The inner loop,
controlled by j, goes through the lines within the row.
As j goes from 0 to 4, ‘i+j’ is the j-th line in
the row, and ‘i+j+5’ is the entry next to it. The output ends up
looking something like this:
line 1 line 6
line 2 line 7
line 3 line 8
line 4 line 9
line 5 line 10
...
As a final note, an extra blank line is printed at lines 21 and 61, to keep the output lined up on the labels. This is dependent on the particular brand of labels in use when the program was written. You will also note that there are 2 blank lines at the top and 2 blank lines at the bottom.
The END rule arranges to flush the final page of labels; there may
not have been an even multiple of 20 labels in the data:
# labels.awk --- print mailing labels
# Each label is 5 lines of data that may have blank lines.
# The label sheets have 2 blank lines at the top and 2 at
# the bottom.
BEGIN { RS = "" ; MAXLINES = 100 }
function printpage( i, j)
{
if (Nlines <= 0)
return
printf "\n\n" # header
for (i = 1; i <= Nlines; i += 10) {
if (i == 21 || i == 61)
print ""
for (j = 0; j < 5; j++) {
if (i + j > MAXLINES)
break
printf " %-41s %s\n", line[i+j], line[i+j+5]
}
print ""
}
printf "\n\n" # footer
for (i in line)
line[i] = ""
}
# main rule
{
if (Count >= 20) {
printpage()
Count = 0
Nlines = 0
}
n = split($0, a, "\n")
for (i = 1; i <= n; i++)
line[++Nlines] = a[i]
for (; i <= 5; i++)
line[++Nlines] = ""
Count++
}
END \
{
printpage()
}
The following awk program prints the number of occurrences of each word in its input. It illustrates the associative nature of awk arrays by using strings as subscripts. It also demonstrates the ‘for index in array’ mechanism. Finally, it shows how awk is used in conjunction with other utility programs to do a useful task of some complexity with a minimum of effort. Some explanations follow the program listing:
# Print list of word frequencies
{
for (i = 1; i <= NF; i++)
freq[$i]++
}
END {
for (word in freq)
printf "%s\t%d\n", word, freq[word]
}
This program has two rules. The
first rule, because it has an empty pattern, is executed for every input line.
It uses awk's field-accessing mechanism
(see Fields) to pick out the individual words from
the line, and the built-in variable NF (see Built-in Variables)
to know how many fields are available.
For each input word, it increments an element of the array freq to
reflect that the word has been seen an additional time.
The second rule, because it has the pattern END, is not executed
until the input has been exhausted. It prints out the contents of the
freq table that has been built up inside the first action.
This program has several problems that would prevent it from being
useful by itself on real text files:
The way to solve these problems is to use some of awk's more advanced
features. First, we use tolower to remove
case distinctions. Next, we use gsub to remove punctuation
characters. Finally, we use the system sort utility to process the
output of the awk script. Here is the new version of
the program:
# wordfreq.awk --- print list of word frequencies
{
$0 = tolower($0) # remove case distinctions
# remove punctuation
gsub(/[^[:alnum:]_[:blank:]]/, "", $0)
for (i = 1; i <= NF; i++)
freq[$i]++
}
END {
for (word in freq)
printf "%s\t%d\n", word, freq[word]
}
Assuming we have saved this program in a file named wordfreq.awk, and that the data is in file1, the following pipeline:
awk -f wordfreq.awk file1 | sort -k 2nr
produces a table of the words appearing in file1 in order of decreasing frequency. The awk program suitably massages the data and produces a word frequency table, which is not ordered.
The awk script's output is then sorted by the sort utility and printed on the terminal. The options given to sort specify a sort that uses the second field of each input line (skipping one field), that the sort keys should be treated as numeric quantities (otherwise ‘15’ would come before ‘5’), and that the sorting should be done in descending (reverse) order.
The sort could even be done from within the program, by changing
the END action to:
END {
sort = "sort -k 2nr"
for (word in freq)
printf "%s\t%d\n", word, freq[word] | sort
close(sort)
}
This way of sorting must be used on systems that do not have true pipes at the command-line (or batch-file) level. See the general operating system documentation for more information on how to use the sort program.
The uniq program (see Uniq Program), removes duplicate lines from sorted data.
Suppose, however, you need to remove duplicate lines from a data file but that you want to preserve the order the lines are in. A good example of this might be a shell history file. The history file keeps a copy of all the commands you have entered, and it is not unusual to repeat a command several times in a row. Occasionally you might want to compact the history by removing duplicate entries. Yet it is desirable to maintain the order of the original commands.
This simple program does the job. It uses two arrays. The data
array is indexed by the text of each line.
For each line, data[$0] is incremented.
If a particular line has not
been seen before, then data[$0] is zero.
In this case, the text of the line is stored in lines[count].
Each element of lines is a unique command, and the indices of
lines indicate the order in which those lines are encountered.
The END rule simply prints out the lines, in order:
# histsort.awk --- compact a shell history file
# Thanks to Byron Rakitzis for the general idea
{
if (data[$0]++ == 0)
lines[++count] = $0
}
END {
for (i = 1; i <= count; i++)
print lines[i]
}
This program also provides a foundation for generating other useful
information. For example, using the following print statement in the
END rule indicates how often a particular command is used:
print data[lines[i]], lines[i]
This works because data[$0] is incremented each time a line is
seen.
Both this chapter and the previous chapter (Library Functions) present a large number of awk programs. If you want to experiment with these programs, it is tedious to have to type them in by hand. Here we present a program that can extract parts of a Texinfo input file into separate files.
This Web page is written in Texinfo, the GNU project's document formatting language. A single Texinfo source file can be used to produce both printed and online documentation. Texinfo is fully documented in the book Texinfo—The GNU Documentation Format, available from the Free Software Foundation.
For our purposes, it is enough to know three things about Texinfo input files:
The following program, extract.awk, reads through a Texinfo source
file and does two things, based on the special comments.
Upon seeing ‘@c system ...’,
it runs a command, by extracting the command text from the
control line and passing it on to the system function
(see I/O Functions).
Upon seeing ‘@c file filename’, each subsequent line is sent to
the file filename, until ‘@c endfile’ is encountered.
The rules in extract.awk match either ‘@c’ or
‘@comment’ by letting the ‘omment’ part be optional.
Lines containing ‘@group’ and ‘@end group’ are simply removed.
extract.awk uses the join library function
(see Join Function).
The example programs in the online Texinfo source for GAWK: Effective AWK Programming (gawk.texi) have all been bracketed inside ‘file’ and ‘endfile’ lines. The gawk distribution uses a copy of extract.awk to extract the sample programs and install many of them in a standard directory where gawk can find them. The Texinfo file looks something like this:
...
This program has a @code{BEGIN} rule,
that prints a nice message:
@example
@c file examples/messages.awk
BEGIN @{ print "Don't panic!" @}
@c end file
@end example
It also prints some final advice:
@example
@c file examples/messages.awk
END @{ print "Always avoid bored archeologists!" @}
@c end file
@end example
...
extract.awk begins by setting IGNORECASE to one, so that
mixed upper- and lowercase letters in the directives won't matter.
The first rule handles calling system, checking that a command is
given (NF is at least three) and also checking that the command
exits with a zero exit status, signifying OK:
# extract.awk --- extract files and run programs
# from texinfo files
BEGIN { IGNORECASE = 1 }
/^@c(omment)?[ \t]+system/ \
{
if (NF < 3) {
e = (FILENAME ":" FNR)
e = (e ": badly formed `system' line")
print e > "/dev/stderr"
next
}
$1 = ""
$2 = ""
stat = system($0)
if (stat != 0) {
e = (FILENAME ":" FNR)
e = (e ": warning: system returned " stat)
print e > "/dev/stderr"
}
}
The variable e is used so that the function
fits nicely on the
page.
screen.
The second rule handles moving data into files. It verifies that a file name is given in the directive. If the file named is not the current file, then the current file is closed. Keeping the current file open until a new file is encountered allows the use of the ‘>’ redirection for printing the contents, keeping open file management simple.
The ‘for’ loop does the work. It reads lines using getline
(see Getline).
For an unexpected end of file, it calls the unexpected_eof
function. If the line is an “endfile” line, then it breaks out of
the loop.
If the line is an ‘@group’ or ‘@end group’ line, then it
ignores it and goes on to the next line.
Similarly, comments within examples are also ignored.
Most of the work is in the following few lines. If the line has no ‘@’
symbols, the program can print it directly.
Otherwise, each leading ‘@’ must be stripped off.
To remove the ‘@’ symbols, the line is split into separate elements of
the array a, using the split function
(see String Functions).
The ‘@’ symbol is used as the separator character.
Each element of a that is empty indicates two successive ‘@’
symbols in the original line. For each two empty elements (‘@@’ in
the original file), we have to add a single ‘@’ symbol back in.
When the processing of the array is finished, join is called with the
value of SUBSEP, to rejoin the pieces back into a single
line. That line is then printed to the output file:
/^@c(omment)?[ \t]+file/ \
{
if (NF != 3) {
e = (FILENAME ":" FNR ": badly formed `file' line")
print e > "/dev/stderr"
next
}
if ($3 != curfile) {
if (curfile != "")
close(curfile)
curfile = $3
}
for (;;) {
if ((getline line) <= 0)
unexpected_eof()
if (line ~ /^@c(omment)?[ \t]+endfile/)
break
else if (line ~ /^@(end[ \t]+)?group/)
continue
else if (line ~ /^@c(omment+)?[ \t]+/)
continue
if (index(line, "@") == 0) {
print line > curfile
continue
}
n = split(line, a, "@")
# if a[1] == "", means leading @,
# don't add one back in.
for (i = 2; i <= n; i++) {
if (a[i] == "") { # was an @@
a[i] = "@"
if (a[i+1] == "")
i++
}
}
print join(a, 1, n, SUBSEP) > curfile
}
}
An important thing to note is the use of the ‘>’ redirection. Output done with ‘>’ only opens the file once; it stays open and subsequent output is appended to the file (see Redirection). This makes it easy to mix program text and explanatory prose for the same sample source file (as has been done here!) without any hassle. The file is only closed when a new data file name is encountered or at the end of the input file.
Finally, the function unexpected_eof prints an appropriate
error message and then exits.
The END rule handles the final cleanup, closing the open file:
function unexpected_eof() {
printf("%s:%d: unexpected EOF or error\n",
FILENAME, FNR) > "/dev/stderr"
exit 1
}
END {
if (curfile)
close(curfile)
}
The sed utility is a stream editor, a program that reads a stream of data, makes changes to it, and passes it on. It is often used to make global changes to a large file or to a stream of data generated by a pipeline of commands. While sed is a complicated program in its own right, its most common use is to perform global substitutions in the middle of a pipeline:
command1 < orig.data | sed 's/old/new/g' | command2 > result
Here, ‘s/old/new/g’ tells sed to look for the regexp
‘old’ on each input line and globally replace it with the text
‘new’, i.e., all the occurrences on a line. This is similar to
awk's gsub function
(see String Functions).
The following program, awksed.awk, accepts at least two command-line arguments: the pattern to look for and the text to replace it with. Any additional arguments are treated as data file names to process. If none are provided, the standard input is used:
# awksed.awk --- do s/foo/bar/g using just print
# Thanks to Michael Brennan for the idea
function usage()
{
print "usage: awksed pat repl [files...]" > "/dev/stderr"
exit 1
}
BEGIN {
# validate arguments
if (ARGC < 3)
usage()
RS = ARGV[1]
ORS = ARGV[2]
# don't use arguments as files
ARGV[1] = ARGV[2] = ""
}
# look ma, no hands!
{
if (RT == "")
printf "%s", $0
else
print
}
The program relies on gawk's ability to have RS be a regexp,
as well as on the setting of RT to the actual text that terminates the
record (see Records).
The idea is to have RS be the pattern to look for. gawk
automatically sets $0 to the text between matches of the pattern.
This is text that we want to keep, unmodified. Then, by setting ORS
to the replacement text, a simple print statement outputs the
text we want to keep, followed by the replacement text.
There is one wrinkle to this scheme, which is what to do if the last record
doesn't end with text that matches RS. Using a print
statement unconditionally prints the replacement text, which is not correct.
However, if the file did not end in text that matches RS, RT
is set to the null string. In this case, we can print $0 using
printf
(see Printf).
The BEGIN rule handles the setup, checking for the right number
of arguments and calling usage if there is a problem. Then it sets
RS and ORS from the command-line arguments and sets
ARGV[1] and ARGV[2] to the null string, so that they are
not treated as file names
(see ARGC and ARGV).
The usage function prints an error message and exits.
Finally, the single rule handles the printing scheme outlined above,
using print or printf as appropriate, depending upon the
value of RT.
Using library functions in awk can be very beneficial. It encourages code reuse and the writing of general functions. Programs are smaller and therefore clearer. However, using library functions is only easy when writing awk programs; it is painful when running them, requiring multiple -f options. If gawk is unavailable, then so too is the AWKPATH environment variable and the ability to put awk functions into a library directory (see Options). It would be nice to be able to write programs in the following manner:
# library functions
@include getopt.awk
@include join.awk
...
# main program
BEGIN {
while ((c = getopt(ARGC, ARGV, "a:b:cde")) != -1)
...
...
}
The following program, igawk.sh, provides this service. It simulates gawk's searching of the AWKPATH variable and also allows nested includes; i.e., a file that is included with ‘@include’ can contain further ‘@include’ statements. igawk makes an effort to only include files once, so that nested includes don't accidentally include a library function twice.
igawk should behave just like gawk externally. This means it should accept all of gawk's command-line arguments, including the ability to have multiple source files specified via -f, and the ability to mix command-line and library source files.
The program is written using the POSIX Shell (sh) command language.68 It works as follows:
This program uses shell variables extensively; for storing command line arguments, the text of the awk program that will expand the user's program, for the user's original program, and for the expanded program. Doing so removes some potential problems that might arise were we to use temporary files instead, at the cost of making the script somewhat more complicated.
The initial part of the program turns on shell tracing if the first argument is ‘debug’.
The next part loops through all the command-line arguments. There are several cases of interest:
---W-v, -F-f, --file, --file=, -Wfile=program with an
‘@include’ statement.
The expr utility is used to remove the leading option part of the
argument (e.g., ‘--file=’).
(Typical sh usage would be to use the echo and sed
utilities to do this work. Unfortunately, some versions of echo evaluate
escape sequences in their arguments, possibly mangling the program text.
Using expr avoids this problem.)
--source, --source=, -Wsource=program.
--version, -WversionIf none of the -f, --file, -Wfile, --source,
or -Wsource arguments are supplied, then the first nonoption argument
should be the awk program. If there are no command-line
arguments left, igawk prints an error message and exits.
Otherwise, the first argument is appended to program.
In any case, after the arguments have been processed,
program contains the complete text of the original awk
program.
The program is as follows:
#! /bin/sh
# igawk --- like gawk but do @include processing
if [ "$1" = debug ]
then
set -x
shift
fi
# A literal newline, so that program text is formatted correctly
n='
'
# Initialize variables to empty
program=
opts=
while [ $# -ne 0 ] # loop over arguments
do
case $1 in
--) shift; break;;
-W) shift
# The ${x?'message here'} construct prints a
# diagnostic if $x is the null string
set -- -W"${@?'missing operand'}"
continue;;
-[vF]) opts="$opts $1 '${2?'missing operand'}'"
shift;;
-[vF]*) opts="$opts '$1'" ;;
-f) program="$program$n@include ${2?'missing operand'}"
shift;;
-f*) f=`expr "$1" : '-f\(.*\)'`
program="$program$n@include $f";;
-[W-]file=*)
f=`expr "$1" : '-.file=\(.*\)'`
program="$program$n@include $f";;
-[W-]file)
program="$program$n@include ${2?'missing operand'}"
shift;;
-[W-]source=*)
t=`expr "$1" : '-.source=\(.*\)'`
program="$program$n$t";;
-[W-]source)
program="$program$n${2?'missing operand'}"
shift;;
-[W-]version)
echo igawk: version 2.0 1>&2
gawk --version
exit 0 ;;
-[W-]*) opts="$opts '$1'" ;;
*) break;;
esac
shift
done
if [ -z "$program" ]
then
program=${1?'missing program'}
shift
fi
# At this point, `program' has the program.
The awk program to process ‘@include’ directives
is stored in the shell variable expand_prog. Doing this keeps
the shell script readable. The awk program
reads through the user's program, one line at a time, using getline
(see Getline). The input
file names and ‘@include’ statements are managed using a stack.
As each ‘@include’ is encountered, the current file name is
“pushed” onto the stack and the file named in the ‘@include’
directive becomes the current file name. As each file is finished,
the stack is “popped,” and the previous input file becomes the current
input file again. The process is started by making the original file
the first one on the stack.
The pathto function does the work of finding the full path to
a file. It simulates gawk's behavior when searching the
AWKPATH environment variable
(see AWKPATH Variable).
If a file name has a ‘/’ in it, no path search is done. Otherwise,
the file name is concatenated with the name of each directory in
the path, and an attempt is made to open the generated file name.
The only way to test if a file can be read in awk is to go
ahead and try to read it with getline; this is what pathto
does.69 If the file can be read, it is closed and the file name
is returned:
expand_prog='
function pathto(file, i, t, junk)
{
if (index(file, "/") != 0)
return file
for (i = 1; i <= ndirs; i++) {
t = (pathlist[i] "/" file)
if ((getline junk < t) > 0) {
# found it
close(t)
return t
}
}
return ""
}
The main program is contained inside one BEGIN rule. The first thing it
does is set up the pathlist array that pathto uses. After
splitting the path on ‘:’, null elements are replaced with ".",
which represents the current directory:
BEGIN {
path = ENVIRON["AWKPATH"]
ndirs = split(path, pathlist, ":")
for (i = 1; i <= ndirs; i++) {
if (pathlist[i] == "")
pathlist[i] = "."
}
The stack is initialized with ARGV[1], which will be /dev/stdin.
The main loop comes next. Input lines are read in succession. Lines that
do not start with ‘@include’ are printed verbatim.
If the line does start with ‘@include’, the file name is in $2.
pathto is called to generate the full path. If it cannot, then we
print an error message and continue.
The next thing to check is if the file is included already. The
processed array is indexed by the full file name of each included
file and it tracks this information for us. If the file is
seen again, a warning message is printed. Otherwise, the new file name is
pushed onto the stack and processing continues.
Finally, when getline encounters the end of the input file, the file
is closed and the stack is popped. When stackptr is less than zero,
the program is done:
stackptr = 0
input[stackptr] = ARGV[1] # ARGV[1] is first file
for (; stackptr >= 0; stackptr--) {
while ((getline < input[stackptr]) > 0) {
if (tolower($1) != "@include") {
print
continue
}
fpath = pathto($2)
if (fpath == "") {
printf("igawk:%s:%d: cannot find %s\n",
input[stackptr], FNR, $2) > "/dev/stderr"
continue
}
if (! (fpath in processed)) {
processed[fpath] = input[stackptr]
input[++stackptr] = fpath # push onto stack
} else
print $2, "included in", input[stackptr],
"already included in",
processed[fpath] > "/dev/stderr"
}
close(input[stackptr])
}
}' # close quote ends `expand_prog' variable
processed_program=`gawk -- "$expand_prog" /dev/stdin <<EOF
$program
EOF
`
The shell construct ‘command << marker’ is called a here document. Everything in the shell script up to the marker is fed to command as input. The shell processes the contents of the here document for variable and command substitution (and possibly other things as well, depending upon the shell).
The shell construct ‘`...`’ is called command substitution. The output of the command between the two backquotes (grave accents) is substituted into the command line. It is saved as a single string, even if the results contain whitespace.
The expanded program is saved in the variable processed_program.
It's done in these steps:
expand_prog shell variable) on standard input.
program.
Its contents are fed to gawk via a here document.
processed_program by using command substitution.
The last step is to call gawk with the expanded program, along with the original options and command-line arguments that the user supplied.
eval gawk $opts -- '"$processed_program"' '"$@"'
The eval command is a shell construct that reruns the shell's parsing process. This keeps things properly quoted.
This version of igawk represents my fourth attempt at this program. There are four key simplifications that make the program work better:
getline
in the pathto function when testing for the
file's accessibility for use with the main program simplifies things
considerably.
getline loop in the BEGIN rule does it all in one
place. It is not necessary to call out to a separate loop for processing
nested ‘@include’ statements.
Also, this program illustrates that it is often worthwhile to combine sh and awk programming together. You can usually accomplish quite a lot, without having to resort to low-level programming in C or C++, and it is frequently easier to do certain kinds of string and argument manipulation using the shell than it is in awk.
Finally, igawk shows that it is not always necessary to add new features to a program; they can often be layered on top. With igawk, there is no real reason to build ‘@include’ processing into gawk itself.
As an additional example of this, consider the idea of having two files in a directory in the search path:
getopt and assert.
One user suggested that gawk be modified to automatically read these files upon startup. Instead, it would be very simple to modify igawk to do this. Since igawk can process nested ‘@include’ directives, default.awk could simply contain ‘@include’ statements for the desired library functions.
The following program was written by Davide Brini
and is published on his website.
It serves as his signature in the Usenet group comp.lang.awk.
He supplies the following copyright terms:
Copyright © 2008 Davide BriniCopying and distribution of the code published in this page, with or without modification, are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright notice and this notice are preserved.
Here is the program:
awk 'BEGIN{O="~"~"~";o="=="=="==";o+=+o;x=O""O;while(X++<=x+o+o)c=c"%c";
printf c,(x-O)*(x-O),x*(x-o)-o,x*(x-O)+x-O-o,+x*(x-O)-x+o,X*(o*o+O)+x-O,
X*(X-x)-o*o,(x+X)*o*o+o,x*(X-x)-O-O,x-O+(O+o+X+x)*(o+O),X*X-X*(x-O)-x+O,
O+X*(o*(o+O)+O),+x+O+X*o,x*(x-o),(o+X+x)*o*o-(x-O-O),O+(X-x)*(X+O),x-O}'
We leave it to you to determine what the program does.
This Web page describes the GNU implementation of awk, which follows the POSIX specification. Many long-time awk users learned awk programming with the original awk implementation in Version 7 Unix. (This implementation was the basis for awk in Berkeley Unix, through 4.3-Reno. Subsequent versions of Berkeley Unix, and systems derived from 4.4BSD-Lite, use various versions of gawk for their awk.) This chapter briefly describes the evolution of the awk language, with cross-references to other parts of the Web page where you can find more information.
The awk language evolved considerably between the release of Version 7 Unix (1978) and the new version that was first made generally available in System V Release 3.1 (1987). This section summarizes the changes, with cross-references to further details:
return statement
(see User-defined).
delete statement (see Delete).
do-while statement
(see Do Statement).
atan2, cos, sin, rand, and
srand (see Numeric Functions).
gsub, sub, and match
(see String Functions).
close and system
(see I/O Functions).
ARGC, ARGV, FNR, RLENGTH, RSTART,
and SUBSEP built-in variables (see Built-in Variables).
$0.
FS
(see Field Separators) and as the
third argument to the split function
(see String Functions), rather than using only the first character
of FS.
getline function
(see Getline).
BEGIN and END rules
(see BEGIN/END).
The System V Release 4 (1989) version of Unix awk added these features (some of which originated in gawk):
ENVIRON variable (see Built-in Variables).
srand built-in function
(see Numeric Functions).
toupper and tolower built-in string functions
for case translation
(see String Functions).
printf function
(see Control Letters).
"%*.*d")
in the argument list of the printf function
(see Control Letters).
/foo/, as expressions, where
they are equivalent to using the matching operator, as in ‘$0 ~ /foo/’
(see Using Constant Regexps).
The POSIX Command Language and Utilities standard for awk (1992) introduced the following changes into the language:
CONVFMT for controlling the conversion of numbers
to strings (see Conversion).
The following common extensions are not permitted by the POSIX standard:
\x escape sequences are not recognized
(see Escape Sequences).
FS is
equal to a single space
(see Fields).
func for the keyword function is not
recognized (see Definition Syntax).
FS to be a single TAB character
(see Field Separators).
fflush built-in function is not supported
(see I/O Functions).
Brian Kernighan, one of the original designers of Unix awk, has made his version available via his home page (see Other Versions). This section describes extensions in his version of awk that are not in POSIX awk:
fflush built-in function for flushing buffered output
(see I/O Functions).
func as an abbreviation for function
(see Definition Syntax).
The Bell Laboratories awk also incorporates the following extensions, originally developed for gawk:
FS and for the third
argument to split to be null strings
(see Single Character Fields).
nextfile statement
(see Nextfile Statement).
The GNU implementation, gawk, adds a large number of features. This section lists them in the order they were added to gawk. They can all be disabled with either the --traditional or --posix options (see Options).
Version 2.10 of gawk introduced the following features:
IGNORECASE variable and its effects
(see Case-sensitivity).
Version 2.13 of gawk introduced the following features:
FIELDWIDTHS variable and its effects
(see Constant Size).
systime and strftime built-in functions for obtaining
and printing timestamps
(see Time Functions).
Version 2.14 of gawk introduced the following feature:
next file statement for skipping to the next data file
(see Nextfile Statement).
Version 2.15 of gawk introduced the following features:
ARGIND variable, which tracks the movement of FILENAME
through ARGV (see Built-in Variables).
ERRNO variable, which contains the system error message when
getline returns −1 or close fails
(see Built-in Variables).
Version 3.0 of gawk introduced the following features:
IGNORECASE changed, now applying to string comparison as well
as regexp operations
(see Case-sensitivity).
RT variable that contains the input text that
matched RS
(see Records).
gensub function for more powerful text manipulation
(see String Functions).
strftime function acquired a default time format,
allowing it to be called with no arguments
(see Time Functions).
FS and for the third
argument to split to be null strings
(see Single Character Fields).
RS to be a regexp
(see Records).
next file statement became nextfile
(see Nextfile Statement).
fflush function from the
Bell Laboratories research version of awk
(see Options; also
see I/O Functions).
Version 3.1 of gawk introduced the following features:
BINMODE special variable for non-POSIX systems,
which allows binary I/O for input and/or output files
(see PC Using).
LINT special variable, which dynamically controls lint warnings
(see Built-in Variables).
PROCINFO array for providing process-related information
(see Built-in Variables).
TEXTDOMAIN special variable for setting an application's
internationalization text domain
(see Built-in Variables,
and
Internationalization).
close that allows closing one end
of a two-way pipe to a coprocess
(see Two-way I/O).
match function
for capturing text-matching subexpressions within a regexp
(see String Functions).
printf formats for
making translations easier
(see Printf Ordering).
asort and asorti functions for sorting arrays
(see Array Sorting).
bindtextdomain, dcgettext and dcngettext functions
for internationalization
(see Programmer i18n).
extension built-in function and the ability to add
new built-in functions dynamically
(see Dynamic Extensions).
mktime built-in function for creating timestamps
(see Time Functions).
and,
or,
xor,
compl,
lshift,
rshift,
and
strtonum built-in
functions
(see Bitwise Functions).
gettext for gawk's own message output
(see Gawk I18N).
strftime
function for deficient systems
(see Additional Configuration Options).
sub and gsub
(see Gory Details).
length function was extended to accept an array argument
and return the number of elements in the array
(see String Functions).
strftime function acquired a third argument to
enable printing times as UTC
(see Time Functions).
libsigsegv library
(see Additional Configuration Options).
Always give credit where credit is due.
Anonymous
This section names the major contributors to gawk and/or this Web page, in approximate chronological order:
extension
built-in function for dynamically adding new modules.
gettext.
asort function
as well as the code for the new optional third argument to the
match function.
Isamu Hasegawa, of IBM in Japan, contributed support for multibyte characters.
Michael Benzinger contributed the initial code for switch statements.
Patrick T.J. McPhee contributed the code for dynamic loading in Windows32 environments.
This appendix provides instructions for installing gawk on the various platforms that are supported by the developers. The primary developer supports GNU/Linux (and Unix), whereas the other ports are contributed. See Bugs, for the electronic mail addresses of the people who did the respective ports.
This section describes how to get the gawk distribution, how to extract it, and then what is in the various files and subdirectories.
There are three ways to get GNU software:
Free Software Foundation
51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor
Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Phone: +1-617-542-5942
Fax (including Japan): +1-617-542-2652
Email: gnu@gnu.org
URL: http://www.gnu.org
Ordering from the FSF directly contributes to the support of the foundation and to the production of more free software.
ftp.gnu.org, in the directory /gnu/gawk.
The GNU software archive is mirrored around the world. The up-to-date list of mirror sites is available from the main FSF web site. Try to use one of the mirrors; they will be less busy, and you can usually find one closer to your site.
gawk is distributed as a tar file compressed with the
GNU Zip program, gzip.
Once you have the distribution (for example,
gawk-3.1.7.tar.gz),
use gzip to expand the
file and then use tar to extract it. You can use the following
pipeline to produce the gawk distribution:
# Under System V, add 'o' to the tar options
gzip -d -c gawk-3.1.7.tar.gz | tar -xvpf -
This creates a directory named gawk-3.1.7 in the current directory.
The distribution file name is of the form gawk-V.R.P.tar.gz. The V represents the major version of gawk, the R represents the current release of version V, and the P represents a patch level, meaning that minor bugs have been fixed in the release. The current patch level is 7, but when retrieving distributions, you should get the version with the highest version, release, and patch level. (Note, however, that patch levels greater than or equal to 80 denote “beta” or nonproduction software; you might not want to retrieve such a version unless you don't mind experimenting.) If you are not on a Unix system, you need to make other arrangements for getting and extracting the gawk distribution. You should consult a local expert.
The gawk distribution has a number of C source files, documentation files, subdirectories, and files related to the configuration process (see Unix Installation), as well as several subdirectories related to different non-Unix operating systems:
Usually, you can compile and install gawk by typing only two commands. However, if you use an unusual system, you may need to configure gawk for your system yourself.
After you have extracted the gawk distribution, cd to gawk-3.1.7. Like most GNU software, gawk is configured automatically for your Unix system by running the configure program. This program is a Bourne shell script that is generated automatically using GNU autoconf. (The autoconf software is described fully in Autoconf—Generating Automatic Configuration Scripts, which is available from the Free Software Foundation.)
To configure gawk, simply run configure:
sh ./configure
This produces a Makefile and config.h tailored to your system.
The config.h file describes various facts about your system.
You might want to edit the Makefile to
change the CFLAGS variable, which controls
the command-line options that are passed to the C compiler (such as
optimization levels or compiling for debugging).
Alternatively, you can add your own values for most make
variables on the command line, such as CC and CFLAGS, when
running configure:
CC=cc CFLAGS=-g sh ./configure
See the file INSTALL in the gawk distribution for all the details.
After you have run configure and possibly edited the Makefile, type:
make
Shortly thereafter, you should have an executable version of gawk. That's all there is to it! To verify that gawk is working properly, run ‘make check’. All of the tests should succeed. If these steps do not work, or if any of the tests fail, check the files in the README_d directory to see if you've found a known problem. If the failure is not described there, please send in a bug report (see Bugs.)
There are several additional options you may use on the configure command line when compiling gawk from scratch, including:
--enable-portals--enable-switchswitch statements
in awk programs
(see Switch Statement.)
--with-whiny-user-strftimestrftime
function for deficient systems
--disable-lintgawk. The
--lint and --lint-old options
(see Options)
are accepted, but silently do nothing.
Similarly, setting the LINT variable
(see User-modified)
has no effect on the running awk program.
When used with GCC's automatic dead-code-elimination, this option cuts almost 200K bytes off the size of the gawk executable on GNU/Linux x86 systems. Results on other systems and with other compilers are likely to vary. Using this option may bring you some slight performance improvement.
Using this option will cause some of the tests in the test suite to fail. This option may be removed at a later date.
--disable-nls--disable-directories-fatal--disable-libsigsegvlibsigsegv library.
As of version 3.1.5, the --with-included-gettext configuration
option is no longer available, since gawk expects the
GNU gettext library to be installed as an external library.
This section is of interest only if you know something about using the C language and the Unix operating system.
The source code for gawk generally attempts to adhere to formal standards wherever possible. This means that gawk uses library routines that are specified by the ISO C standard and by the POSIX operating system interface standard. When using an ISO C compiler, function prototypes are used to help improve the compile-time checking.
Many Unix systems do not support all of either the ISO or the POSIX standards. The missing_d subdirectory in the gawk distribution contains replacement versions of those functions that are most likely to be missing.
The config.h file that configure creates contains
definitions that describe features of the particular operating system
where you are attempting to compile gawk. The three things
described by this file are: what header files are available, so that
they can be correctly included, what (supposedly) standard functions
are actually available in your C libraries, and various miscellaneous
facts about your variant of Unix. For example, there may not be an
st_blksize element in the stat structure. In this case,
‘HAVE_ST_BLKSIZE’ is undefined.
It is possible for your C compiler to lie to configure. It may
do so by not exiting with an error when a library function is not
available. To get around this, edit the file custom.h.
Use an ‘#ifdef’ that is appropriate for your system, and either
#define any constants that configure should have defined but
didn't, or #undef any constants that configure defined and
should not have. custom.h is automatically included by
config.h.
It is also possible that the configure program generated by autoconf will not work on your system in some other fashion. If you do have a problem, the file configure.in is the input for autoconf. You may be able to change this file and generate a new version of configure that works on your system (see Bugs, for information on how to report problems in configuring gawk). The same mechanism may be used to send in updates to configure.in and/or custom.h.
This section describes how to install gawk on various non-Unix systems.
You can install gawk on an Amiga system using a Unix emulation
environment, available via anonymous ftp from
ftp.ninemoons.com in the directory pub/ade/current.
This includes a shell based on pdksh. The primary component of
this environment is a Unix emulation library, ixemul.lib.
A more complete distribution for the Amiga is available on the Geek Gadgets CD-ROM, available from:
CRONUS
1840 E. Warner Road #105-265
Tempe, AZ 85284 USA
US Toll Free: (800) 804-0833
Phone: +1-602-491-0442
FAX: +1-602-491-0048
Email: info@ninemoons.com
WWW: http://www.ninemoons.com
Anonymous ftp site: ftp.ninemoons.com
Once you have the distribution, you can configure gawk simply by running configure:
configure -v m68k-amigaos
Then run make and you should be all set! If these steps do not work, please send in a bug report (see Bugs).
Since BeOS DR9, all the tools that you should need to build gawk are
included with BeOS. The process is basically identical to the Unix process
of running configure and then make. Full instructions are given below.
You can compile gawk under BeOS by extracting the standard sources and running configure. You must specify the location prefix for the installation directory. For BeOS DR9 and beyond, the best directory to use is /boot/home/config, so the configure command is:
configure --prefix=/boot/home/config
This installs the compiled application into /boot/home/config/bin, which is already specified in the standard PATH.
Once the configuration process is completed, you can run make, and then ‘make install’:
$ make
...
$ make install
BeOS uses bash as its shell; thus, you use gawk the same way you would under Unix. If these steps do not work, please send in a bug report (see Bugs).
This section covers installation and usage of gawk on x86 machines running DOS, any version of Windows, or OS/2. In this section, the term “Windows32” refers to any of Windows-95/98/ME/NT/2000.
The limitations of DOS (and DOS shells under Windows or OS/2) has meant that various “DOS extenders” are often used with programs such as gawk. The varying capabilities of Microsoft Windows 3.1 and Windows32 can add to the confusion. For an overview of the considerations, please refer to README_d/README.pc in the distribution.
If you have received a binary distribution prepared by the DOS maintainers, then gawk and the necessary support files appear under the gnu directory, with executables in gnu/bin, libraries in gnu/lib/awk, and manual pages under gnu/man. This is designed for easy installation to a /gnu directory on your drive—however, the files can be installed anywhere provided AWKPATH is set properly. Regardless of the installation directory, the first line of igawk.cmd and igawk.bat (in gnu/bin) may need to be edited.
The binary distribution contains a separate file describing the contents. In particular, it may include more than one version of the gawk executable.
OS/2 (32 bit, EMX) binary distributions are prepared for the /usr directory of your preferred drive. Set UNIXROOT to your installation drive (e.g., ‘e:’) if you want to install gawk onto another drive than the hardcoded default ‘c:’. Executables appear in /usr/bin, libraries under /usr/share/awk, manual pages under /usr/man, Texinfo documentation under /usr/info and NLS files under /usr/share/locale. If you already have a file /usr/info/dir from another package do not overwrite it! Instead enter the following commands at your prompt (replace ‘x:’ by your installation drive):
install-info --info-dir=x:/usr/info x:/usr/info/gawk.info
install-info --info-dir=x:/usr/info x:/usr/info/gawkinet.info
However, the files can be installed anywhere provided AWKPATH is set properly.
The binary distribution may contain a separate file containing additional or more detailed installation instructions.
gawk can be compiled for MS-DOS, Windows32, and OS/2 using the GNU development tools from DJ Delorie (DJGPP; MS-DOS only) or Eberhard Mattes (EMX; MS-DOS, Windows32 and OS/2). Microsoft Visual C/C++ can be used to build a Windows32 version, and Microsoft C/C++ can be used to build 16-bit versions for MS-DOS and OS/2. (As of gawk 3.1.2, the MSC version doesn't work. However, the maintainer is working on fixing it.) The file README_d/README.pc in the gawk distribution contains additional notes, and pc/Makefile contains important information on compilation options.
To build gawk for MS-DOS, Windows32, and OS/2 (16 bit only; for 32 bit (EMX) you can use the configure script and skip the following paragraphs; for details see below), copy the files in the pc directory (except for ChangeLog) to the directory with the rest of the gawk sources. The Makefile contains a configuration section with comments and may need to be edited in order to work with your make utility.
The Makefile contains a number of targets for building various MS-DOS, Windows32, and OS/2 versions. A list of targets is printed if the make command is given without a target. As an example, to build gawk using the DJGPP tools, enter ‘make djgpp’. (The DJGPP tools may be found at ftp://ftp.delorie.com/pub/djgpp/current/v2gnu/.)
Using make to run the standard tests and to install gawk requires additional Unix-like tools, including sh, sed, and cp. In order to run the tests, the test/*.ok files may need to be converted so that they have the usual DOS-style end-of-line markers. Most of the tests work properly with Stewartson's shell along with the companion utilities or appropriate GNU utilities. However, some editing of test/Makefile is required. It is recommended that you copy the file pc/Makefile.tst over the file test/Makefile as a replacement. Details can be found in README_d/README.pc and in the file pc/Makefile.tst.
The 32 bit EMX version of gawk works “out of the box” under OS/2. In principle, it is possible to compile gawk the following way:
$ ./configure
$ make
This is not recommended, though. To get an OMF executable you should use the following commands at your sh prompt:
$ CPPFLAGS="-D__ST_MT_ERRNO__"
$ export CPPFLAGS
$ CFLAGS="-O2 -Zomf -Zmt"
$ export CFLAGS
$ LDFLAGS="-s -Zcrtdll -Zlinker /exepack:2 -Zlinker /pm:vio -Zstack 0x6000"
$ export LDFLAGS
$ RANLIB="echo"
$ export RANLIB
$ ./configure --prefix=c:/usr --without-included-gettext
$ make AR=emxomfar
These are just suggestions. You may use any other set of (self-consistent) environment variables and compiler flags.
To get an FHS-compliant file hierarchy it is recommended to use the additional configure options --infodir=c:/usr/share/info, --mandir=c:/usr/share/man and --libexecdir=c:/usr/lib.
If you use GCC 2.95 it is recommended to use also:
$ LIBS="-lgcc"
$ export LIBS
You can also get an a.out executable if you prefer:
$ CPPFLAGS="-D__ST_MT_ERRNO__"
$ export CPPFLAGS
$ CFLAGS="-O2 -Zmt"
$ export CFLAGS
$ LDFLAGS="-s -Zstack 0x6000"
$ LIBS="-lgcc"
$ unset RANLIB
$ ./configure --prefix=c:/usr
$ make
NOTE: Versions later than GCC 2.95, i.e., GCC 3.x using the Innotek libc were not tested.
NOTE: Even if the compiled gawk.exe (a.out) executable contains a DOS header, it does not work under DOS. To compile an executable that runs under DOS,"-DPIPES_SIMULATED"must be added to CPPFLAGS. But then some nonstandard extensions of gawk (e.g., ‘|&’) do not work!
After compilation the internal tests can be performed. Enter
‘make check CMP="diff -a"’ at your command prompt. All tests
except for the pid test are expected to work properly.
The pid test fails because child processes are not started by
fork().
‘make install’ works as expected.
NOTE: Most OS/2 ports of GNU make are not able to handle the Makefiles of this package. If you encounter any problems with make try GNU Make 3.79.1 or later versions. You should find the latest version on ftp://hobbes.nmsu.edu/pub/os2/.
To compile gawk with dynamic extension support,
uncomment the definitions of DYN_FLAGS, DYN_EXP,
DYN_OBJ, and DYN_MAKEXP in the configuration section of
the Makefile. There are two definitions for DYN_MAKEXP:
pick the one that matches your target.
To build some of the example extension libraries, cd to the
extension directory and copy Makefile.pc to Makefile. You
can then build using the same two targets. To run the example
awk scripts, you'll need to either change the call to
the extension function to match the name of the library (for
instance, change "./ordchr.so" to "ordchr.dll" or simply
"ordchr"), or rename the library to match the call (for instance,
rename ordchr.dll to ordchr.so).
If you build gawk.exe with one compiler but want to build an extension library with the other, you need to copy the import library. Visual C uses a library called gawk.lib, while MinGW uses a library called libgawk.a. These files are equivalent and will interoperate if you give them the correct name. The resulting shared libraries are also interoperable.
To create your own extension library, you can use the examples as models,
but you're essentially on your own. Post to comp.lang.awk or
send electronic mail to ptjm@interlog.com if you have problems getting
started. If you need to access functions or variables which are not
exported by gawk.exe, add them to gawkw32.def and
rebuild. You should also add ATTRIBUTE_EXPORTED to the declaration
in awk.h of any variables you add to gawkw32.def.
Note that extension libraries have the name of the awk
executable embedded in them at link time, so they will work only
with gawk.exe. In particular, they won't work if you
rename gawk.exe to awk.exe or if you try to use
pgawk.exe. You can perform profiling by temporarily renaming
pgawk.exe to gawk.exe. You can resolve this problem
by changing the program name in the definition of DYN_MAKEXP
for your compiler.
On Windows32, libraries are sought first in the current directory, then in the directory containing gawk.exe, and finally through the PATH environment variable.
With the exception of the Cygwin environment, the ‘|&’ operator and TCP/IP networking (see TCP/IP Networking) are not supported for MS-DOS or MS-Windows. EMX (OS/2 only) does support at least the ‘|&’ operator.
The OS/2 and MS-DOS versions of gawk search for program files as
described in AWKPATH Variable.
However, semicolons (rather than colons) separate elements
in the AWKPATH variable. If AWKPATH is not set or is empty,
then the default search path for OS/2 (16 bit) and MS-DOS versions is
".;c:/lib/awk;c:/gnu/lib/awk".
The search path for OS/2 (32 bit, EMX) is determined by the prefix directory
(most likely /usr or c:/usr) that has been specified as an option of
the configure script like it is the case for the Unix versions.
If c:/usr is the prefix directory then the default search path contains .
and c:/usr/share/awk.
Additionally, to support binary distributions of gawk for OS/2
systems whose drive ‘c:’ might not support long file names or might not exist
at all, there is a special environment variable. If UNIXROOT specifies
a drive then this specific drive is also searched for program files.
E.g., if UNIXROOT is set to e: the complete default search path is
".;c:/usr/share/awk;e:/usr/share/awk".
An sh-like shell (as opposed to command.com under MS-DOS
or cmd.exe under OS/2) may be useful for awk programming.
Ian Stewartson has written an excellent shell for MS-DOS and OS/2,
Daisuke Aoyama has ported GNU bash to MS-DOS using the DJGPP tools,
and several shells are available for OS/2, including ksh. The file
README_d/README.pc in the gawk distribution contains
information on these shells. Users of Stewartson's shell on DOS should
examine its documentation for handling command lines; in particular,
the setting for gawk in the shell configuration may need to be
changed and the ignoretype option may also be of interest.
Under OS/2 and DOS, gawk (and many other text programs) silently
translate end-of-line "\r\n" to "\n" on input and "\n"
to "\r\n" on output. A special BINMODE variable allows
control over these translations and is interpreted as follows:
BINMODE is ‘"r"’, or one,
then
binary mode is set on read (i.e., no translations on reads).
BINMODE is "w", or two,
then
binary mode is set on write (i.e., no translations on writes).
BINMODE is "rw" or "wr" or three,
binary mode is set for both read and write.
BINMODE=non-null-string is
the same as ‘BINMODE=3’ (i.e., no translations on
reads or writes). However, gawk issues a warning
message if the string is not one of "rw" or "wr".
The modes for standard input and standard output are set one time
only (after the
command line is read, but before processing any of the awk program).
Setting BINMODE for standard input or
standard output is accomplished by using an
appropriate ‘-v BINMODE=N’ option on the command line.
BINMODE is set at the time a file or pipe is opened and cannot be
changed mid-stream.
The name BINMODE was chosen to match mawk
(see Other Versions).
Both mawk and gawk handle BINMODE similarly; however,
mawk adds a ‘-W BINMODE=N’ option and an environment
variable that can set BINMODE, RS, and ORS. The
files binmode[1-3].awk (under gnu/lib/awk in some of the
prepared distributions) have been chosen to match mawk's ‘-W
BINMODE=N’ option. These can be changed or discarded; in particular,
the setting of RS giving the fewest “surprises” is open to debate.
mawk uses ‘RS = "\r\n"’ if binary mode is set on read, which is
appropriate for files with the DOS-style end-of-line.
To illustrate, the following examples set binary mode on writes for standard
output and other files, and set ORS as the “usual” DOS-style
end-of-line:
gawk -v BINMODE=2 -v ORS="\r\n" ...
or:
gawk -v BINMODE=w -f binmode2.awk ...
These give the same result as the ‘-W BINMODE=2’ option in
mawk.
The following changes the record separator to "\r\n" and sets binary
mode on reads, but does not affect the mode on standard input:
gawk -v RS="\r\n" --source "BEGIN { BINMODE = 1 }" ...
or:
gawk -f binmode1.awk ...
With proper quoting, in the first example the setting of RS can be
moved into the BEGIN rule.
gawk can be used “out of the box” under Windows if you are using the Cygwin environment.70 This environment provides an excellent simulation of Unix, using the GNU tools, such as bash, the GNU Compiler Collection (GCC), GNU Make, and other GNU tools. Compilation and installation for Cygwin is the same as for a Unix system:
tar -xvpzf gawk-3.1.7.tar.gz
cd gawk-3.1.7
./configure
make
When compared to GNU/Linux on the same system, the ‘configure’ step on Cygwin takes considerably longer. However, it does finish, and then the ‘make’ proceeds as usual.
NOTE: The ‘|&’ operator and TCP/IP networking (see TCP/IP Networking) are fully supported in the Cygwin environment. This is not true for any other environment for MS-DOS or MS-Windows.
This subsection describes how to compile and install gawk under VMS.
To compile gawk under VMS, there is a DCL command procedure that
issues all the necessary CC and LINK commands. There is
also a Makefile for use with the MMS utility. From the source
directory, use either:
$ @[.VMS]VMSBUILD.COM
or:
$ MMS/DESCRIPTION=[.VMS]DESCRIP.MMS GAWK
Depending upon which C compiler you are using, follow one of the sets of instructions in this table:
CC/OPTIMIZE=NOLINE, which is essential for Version 3.0.
gawk has been tested under VAX/VMS 5.5-1 using VAX C V3.2, and GNU C 1.40 and 2.3. It should work without modifications for VMS V4.6 and up.
To install gawk, all you need is a “foreign” command, which is
a DCL symbol whose value begins with a dollar sign. For example:
$ GAWK :== $disk1:[gnubin]GAWK
Substitute the actual location of gawk.exe for ‘$disk1:[gnubin]’. The symbol should be placed in the login.com of any user who wants to run gawk, so that it is defined every time the user logs on. Alternatively, the symbol may be placed in the system-wide sylogin.com procedure, which allows all users to run gawk.
Optionally, the help entry can be loaded into a VMS help library:
$ LIBRARY/HELP SYS$HELP:HELPLIB [.VMS]GAWK.HLP
(You may want to substitute a site-specific help library rather than the standard VMS library ‘HELPLIB’.) After loading the help text, the command:
$ HELP GAWK
provides information about both the gawk implementation and the awk programming language.
The logical name ‘AWK_LIBRARY’ can designate a default location for awk program files. For the -f option, if the specified file name has no device or directory path information in it, gawk looks in the current directory first, then in the directory specified by the translation of ‘AWK_LIBRARY’ if the file is not found. If, after searching in both directories, the file still is not found, gawk appends the suffix ‘.awk’ to the filename and retries the file search. If ‘AWK_LIBRARY’ is not defined, that portion of the file search fails benignly.
Command-line parsing and quoting conventions are significantly different on VMS, so examples in this Web page or from other sources often need minor changes. They are minor though, and all awk programs should run correctly.
Here are a couple of trivial tests:
$ gawk -- "BEGIN {print ""Hello, World!""}"
$ gawk -"W" version
! could also be -"W version" or "-W version"
Note that uppercase and mixed-case text must be quoted.
The VMS port of gawk includes a DCL-style interface in addition
to the original shell-style interface (see the help entry for details).
One side effect of dual command-line parsing is that if there is only a
single parameter (as in the quoted string program above), the command
becomes ambiguous. To work around this, the normally optional --
flag is required to force Unix style rather than DCL parsing. If any
other dash-type options (or multiple parameters such as data files to
process) are present, there is no ambiguity and -- can be omitted.
The default search path, when looking for awk program files specified
by the -f option, is "SYS$DISK:[],AWK_LIBRARY:". The logical
name ‘AWKPATH’ can be used to override this default. The format
of ‘AWKPATH’ is a comma-separated list of directory specifications.
When defining it, the value should be quoted so that it retains a single
translation and not a multitranslation RMS searchlist.
Ignore the instructions above, although vms/gawk.hlp should still be made available in a help library. The source tree should be unpacked into a container file subsystem rather than into the ordinary VMS filesystem. Make sure that the two scripts, configure and vms/posix-cc.sh, are executable; use ‘chmod +x’ on them if necessary. Then execute the following two commands:
psx> CC=vms/posix-cc.sh configure
psx> make CC=c89 gawk
The first command constructs files config.h and Makefile out
of templates, using a script to make the C compiler fit configure's
expectations. The second command compiles and links gawk using
the C compiler directly; ignore any warnings from make about being
unable to redefine CC. configure takes a very long
time to execute, but at least it provides incremental feedback as it runs.
This has been tested with VAX/VMS V6.2, VMS POSIX V2.0, and DEC C V5.2.
Once built, gawk works like any other shell utility. Unlike the normal VMS port of gawk, no special command-line manipulation is needed in the VMS POSIX environment.
Some versions of VMS have an old version of gawk. To access it, define a symbol, as follows:
$ gawk :== $ sys$common:[syshlp.examples.tcpip.snmp]gawk.exe
This is apparently version 2.15.6, which is quite old. We recommend compiling and using the current version.
This sections describes systems for which the gawk port is no longer supported.
The Atari port is no longer supported. It is included for those who might want to use it but it is no longer being actively maintained.
There are no substantial differences when installing gawk on various Atari models. Compiled gawk executables do not require a large amount of memory with most awk programs, and should run on all Motorola processor-based models (called further ST, even if that is not exactly right).
In order to use gawk, you need to have a shell, either text or graphics, that does not map all the characters of a command line to uppercase. Maintaining case distinction in option flags is very important (see Options). These days this is the default and it may only be a problem for some very old machines. If your system does not preserve the case of option flags, you need to upgrade your tools. Support for I/O redirection is necessary to make it easy to import awk programs from other environments. Pipes are nice to have but not vital.
A proper compilation of gawk sources when sizeof(int)
differs from sizeof(void *) requires an ISO C compiler. An initial
port was done with gcc. You may actually prefer executables
where ints are four bytes wide but the other variant works as well.
You may need quite a bit of memory when trying to recompile the gawk sources, as some source files (regex.c in particular) are quite big. If you run out of memory compiling such a file, try reducing the optimization level for this particular file, which may help.
With a reasonable shell (bash will do), you have a pretty good chance that the configure utility will succeed, and in particular if you run GNU/Linux, MiNT or a similar operating system. Otherwise sample versions of config.h and Makefile.st are given in the atari subdirectory and can be edited and copied to the corresponding files in the main source directory. Even if configure produces something, it might be advisable to compare its results with the sample versions and possibly make adjustments.
Some gawk source code fragments depend on a preprocessor define
‘atarist’. This basically assumes the TOS environment with gcc.
Modify these sections as appropriate if they are not right for your
environment. Also see the remarks about AWKPATH and envsep in
Atari Using.
As shipped, the sample config.h claims that the system
function is missing from the libraries, which is not true, and an
alternative implementation of this function is provided in
unsupported/atari/system.c.
Depending upon your particular combination of
shell and operating system, you might want to change the file to indicate
that system is available.
An executable version of gawk should be placed, as usual, anywhere in your PATH where your shell can find it.
While executing, the Atari version of gawk creates a number of temporary files. When using gcc libraries for TOS, gawk looks for either of the environment variables, TEMP or TMPDIR, in that order. If either one is found, its value is assumed to be a directory for temporary files. This directory must exist, and if you can spare the memory, it is a good idea to put it on a RAM drive. If neither TEMP nor TMPDIR are found, then gawk uses the current directory for its temporary files.
The ST version of gawk searches for its program files, as described in
AWKPATH Variable.
The default value for the AWKPATH variable is taken from
DEFPATH defined in Makefile. The sample gcc/TOS
Makefile for the ST in the distribution sets DEFPATH to
".,c:\lib\awk,c:\gnu\lib\awk". The search path can be
modified by explicitly setting AWKPATH to whatever you want.
Note that colons cannot be used on the ST to separate elements in the
AWKPATH variable, since they have another reserved meaning.
Instead, you must use a comma to separate elements in the path. When
recompiling, the separating character can be modified by initializing
the envsep variable in unsupported/atari/gawkmisc.atr to another
value.
Although awk allows great flexibility in doing I/O redirections
from within a program, this facility should be used with care on the ST
running under TOS. In some circumstances, the OS routines for file-handle
pool processing lose track of certain events, causing the
computer to crash and requiring a reboot. Often a warm reboot is
sufficient. Fortunately, this happens infrequently and in rather
esoteric situations. In particular, avoid having one part of an
awk program using print statements explicitly redirected
to /dev/stdout, while other print statements use the
default standard output, and a calling shell has redirected standard
output to a file.
When gawk is compiled with the ST version of gcc and its
usual libraries, it accepts both ‘/’ and ‘\’ as path separators.
While this is convenient, it should be remembered that this removes one
technically valid character (‘/’) from your file name.
It may also create problems for external programs called via the system
function, which may not support this convention. Whenever it is possible
that a file created by gawk will be used by some other program,
use only backslashes. Also remember that in awk, backslashes in
strings have to be doubled in order to get literal backslashes
(see Escape Sequences).
The Tandem port is only minimally supported. The port's contributor no longer has access to a Tandem system.
The Tandem port was done on a Cyclone machine running D20. The port is pretty clean and all facilities seem to work except for the I/O piping facilities (see Getline/Pipe, Getline/Variable/Pipe, and Redirection), which is just too foreign a concept for Tandem.
To build a Tandem executable from source, download all of the files so that the file names on the Tandem box conform to the restrictions of D20. For example, array.c becomes ARRAYC, and awk.h becomes AWKH. The totally Tandem-specific files are in the tandem “subvolume” (unsupported/tandem in the gawk distribution) and should be copied to the main source directory before building gawk.
The file compit can then be used to compile and bind an executable. Alas, there is no configure or make.
Usage is the same as for Unix, except that D20 requires all ‘{’ and
‘}’ characters to be escaped with ‘~’ on the command line
(but not in script files). Also, the standard Tandem syntax for
‘/in filename,out filename/’ must be used instead of the usual
Unix ‘<’ and ‘>’ for file redirection. (Redirection options
on getline, print etc., are supported.)
The ‘-mr val’ option (see Options) has been “stolen” to enable Tandem users to process fixed-length records with no “end-of-line” character. That is, ‘-mr 74’ tells gawk to read the input file as fixed 74-byte records.
There is nothing more dangerous than a bored archeologist.
The Hitchhiker's Guide to the Galaxy
If you have problems with gawk or think that you have found a bug, please report it to the developers; we cannot promise to do anything but we might well want to fix it.
Before reporting a bug, make sure you have actually found a real bug. Carefully reread the documentation and see if it really says you can do what you're trying to do. If it's not clear whether you should be able to do something or not, report that too; it's a bug in the documentation!
Before reporting a bug or trying to fix it yourself, try to isolate it to the smallest possible awk program and input data file that reproduces the problem. Then send us the program and data file, some idea of what kind of Unix system you're using, the compiler you used to compile gawk, and the exact results gawk gave you. Also say what you expected to occur; this helps us decide whether the problem is really in the documentation.
Once you have a precise problem, send email to bug-gawk@gnu.org.
Please include the version number of gawk you are using. You can get this information with the command ‘gawk --version’. Using this address automatically sends a carbon copy of your mail to me. If necessary, I can be reached directly at arnold@skeeve.com. The bug reporting address is preferred since the email list is archived at the GNU Project. All email should be in English, since that is my native language.
Caution: Do not try to report bugs in gawk by
posting to the Usenet/Internet newsgroup comp.lang.awk.
While the gawk developers do occasionally read this newsgroup,
there is no guarantee that we will see your posting. The steps described
above are the official recognized ways for reporting bugs.
NOTE: Many distributions of GNU/Linux and the various BSD-based operating systems have their own bug reporting systems. If you report a bug using your distribution's bug reporting system, please also send a copy to bug-gawk@gnu.org.This is for two reasons. First, while some distributions forward bug reports “upstream” to the GNU mailing list, many don't, so there is a good chance that the gawk maintainer won't even see the bug report! Second, mail to the GNU list is archived, and having everything at the GNU project keeps things self-contained and not dependant on other web sites.
Non-bug suggestions are always welcome as well. If you have questions about things that are unclear in the documentation or are just obscure features, ask me; I will try to help you out, although I may not have the time to fix the problem. You can send me electronic mail at the Internet address noted previously.
If you find bugs in one of the non-Unix ports of gawk, please send an electronic mail message to the person who maintains that port. They are named in the following list, as well as in the README file in the gawk distribution. Information in the README file should be considered authoritative if it conflicts with this Web page.
The people maintaining the non-Unix ports of gawk are as follows:
| MS-DOS | Scott Deifik, scottd.mail@sbcglobal.net. |
| OS/2 | Andreas Buening, andreas.buening@nexgo.de |
| Tandem | Stephen Davies, scldad@sdc.com.au.
|
| Tandem (POSIX-compliant) | Ralf Wildenhues Ralf.Wildenhues@gmx.de |
| VMS | Pat Rankin, rankin@pactechdata.com. |
| z/OS (OS/390) | Dave Pitts, pitts@cozx.com.
|
If your bug is also reproducible under Unix, please send a copy of your report to the bug-gawk@gnu.org email list as well.
It's kind of fun to put comments like this in your awk code.
// Do C++ comments work? answer: yes! of course
Michael Brennan
There are a number of other freely available awk implementations. This section briefly describes where to get them:
This version requires an ISO C (1990 standard) compiler; the C compiler from GCC (the GNU Compiler Collection) works quite nicely.
See BTL, for a list of extensions in this awk that are not in POSIX awk.
The original distribution site for the mawk source code no longer has it. A copy has been made available at http://www.skeeve.com/gawk/mawk1.3.3.tar.gz.
In 2009, Thomas Dickey took on mawk maintenance. Basic information is availabe on the project's web page. The download URL is ftp://invisible-island.net/mawk/mawk.tar.gz.
Once you have it, gunzip may be used to decompress this file. Installation is similar to gawk's (see Unix Installation).
mawk has the following extensions that are not in POSIX awk:
fflush built-in function for flushing buffered output
(see I/O Functions).
func as an abbreviation for function
(see Definition Syntax).
"-" instead of "/dev/stdin" with mawk.
FS and for the third
argument to split to be null strings
(see Single Character Fields).
RS to be a regexp
(see Records).
BINMODE special variable for non-Unix operating systems
(see PC Using).
It is to be hoped that a future version of mawk will support nextfile
(see Nextfile Statement).
The awk translator is released under the GPL, and the library is under the LGPL.
To get awka, go to http://awka.sourceforge.net. You can reach Andrew Sumner at andrew@zbcom.net.
This is an independent implementation of awk distributed under the GPL. It has a large number of extensions over standard awk and may not be 100% syntactically compatible with it. See http://www.quiktrim.org/QTawk.html for more information, including the manual and a download link.
This appendix contains information mainly of interest to implementors and maintainers of gawk. Everything in it applies specifically to gawk and not to other implementations.
See POSIX/GNU, for a summary of the GNU extensions to the awk language and program. All of these features can be turned off by invoking gawk with the --traditional option or with the --posix option.
If gawk is compiled for debugging with ‘-DDEBUG’, then there is one more option available on the command line:
-W parsedebug--parsedebugThis option is intended only for serious gawk developers and not for the casual user. It probably has not even been compiled into your version of gawk, since it slows down execution.
If you find that you want to enhance gawk in a significant fashion, you are perfectly free to do so. That is the point of having free software; the source code is available and you are free to change it as you want (see Copying).
This section discusses the ways you might want to change gawk as well as any considerations you should bear in mind.
You are free to add any new features you like to gawk. However, if you want your changes to be incorporated into the gawk distribution, there are several steps that you need to take in order to make it possible for me to include your changes:
int, on the
line above the line with the name and arguments of the function.
if, while, for, do, switch,
and return).
for loop initialization and increment parts, and in macro bodies.
NULL and '\0' in the conditions of
if, while, and for statements, as well as in the cases
of switch statements, instead of just the
plain pointer or character value.
TRUE, FALSE and NULL symbolic constants
and the character constant '\0' where appropriate, instead of 1
and 0.
ISALPHA, ISDIGIT, etc. macros, instead of the
traditional lowercase versions; these macros are better behaved for
non-ASCII character sets.
alloca function for allocating memory off the stack.
Its use causes more portability trouble than is worth the minor benefit of not having
to free the storage. Instead, use malloc and free.
NOTE: If I have to reformat your code to follow the coding style used in gawk, I may not bother to integrate your changes at all.
You will also have to sign paperwork for your documentation changes.
Using this format makes it easy for me to apply your changes to the
master version of the gawk source code (using patch).
If I have to apply the changes manually, using a text editor, I may
not do so, particularly if there are lots of changes.
Although this sounds like a lot of work, please remember that while you may write the new code, I have to maintain it and support it. If it isn't possible for me to do that with a minimum of extra work, then I probably will not.
If you want to port gawk to a new operating system, there are several steps:
If the changes needed for a particular system affect too much of the code, I probably will not accept them. In such a case, you can, of course, distribute your changes on your own, as long as you comply with the GPL (see Copying).
Each port's gawkmisc.??? file has a suffix reminiscent of the machine or operating system for the port—for example, pc/gawkmisc.pc and vms/gawkmisc.vms. The use of separate suffixes, instead of plain gawkmisc.c, makes it possible to move files from a port's subdirectory into the main subdirectory, without accidentally destroying the real gawkmisc.c file. (Currently, this is only an issue for the PC operating system ports.)
Following these steps makes it much easier to integrate your changes into gawk and have them coexist happily with other operating systems' code that is already there.
In the code that you supply and maintain, feel free to use a coding style and brace layout that suits your taste.
Danger Will Robinson! Danger!!
Warning! Warning!
The Robot
Beginning with gawk 3.1, it is possible to add new built-in
functions to gawk using dynamically loaded libraries. This
facility is available on systems (such as GNU/Linux) that support
the dlopen and dlsym functions.
This section describes how to write and use dynamically
loaded extensions for gawk.
Experience with programming in
C or C++ is necessary when reading this section.
Caution: The facilities described in this section are very much subject to change in a future gawk release. Be aware that you may have to re-do everything, perhaps from scratch, at some future time.
Caution: If you have written your own dynamic extensions, be sure to recompile them for each new gawk release. There is no guarantee of binary compatibility between different releases, nor will there ever be such a guarantee.
The truth is that gawk was not designed for simple extensibility. The facilities for adding functions using shared libraries work, but are something of a “bag on the side.” Thus, this tour is brief and simplistic; would-be gawk hackers are encouraged to spend some time reading the source code before trying to write extensions based on the material presented here. Of particular note are the files awk.h, builtin.c, and eval.c. Reading awkgram.y in order to see how the parse tree is built would also be of use.
With the disclaimers out of the way, the following types, structure members, functions, and macros are declared in awk.h and are of use when writing extensions. The next section shows how they are used:
AWKNUMAWKNUM is the internal type of awk
floating-point numbers. Typically, it is a C double.
NODENODE.
These contain both strings and numbers, as well as variables and arrays.
AWKNUM force_number(NODE *n)void force_string(NODE *n)NODE's string value is current.
It may end up calling an internal gawk function.
It also guarantees that the string is zero-terminated.
size_t get_curfunc_arg_count(void)stack_ptr. If this value is
greater than tree->param_cnt, the function was
called incorrectly from the awk program.
Caution: This function is new as of gawk 3.1.4.
n->param_cntmake_builtin function.
n->stptrn->stlenNODE's string value, respectively.
The string is not guaranteed to be zero-terminated.
If you need to pass the string value to a C library function, save
the value in n->stptr[n->stlen], assign '\0' to it,
call the routine, and then restore the value.
n->typeNODE. This is a C enum. Values should
be either Node_var or Node_var_array for function
parameters.
n->vnamevoid assoc_clear(NODE *n)n.
Make sure that ‘n->type == Node_var_array’ first.
NODE **assoc_lookup(NODE *symbol, NODE *subs, int reference)symbol is the array, subs is the subscript.
This is usually a value created with tmp_string (see below).
reference should be TRUE if it is an error to use the
value before it is created. Typically, FALSE is the
correct value to use from extension functions.
NODE *make_string(char *s, size_t len)NODE that
can be stored appropriately. This is permanent storage; understanding
of gawk memory management is helpful.
NODE *make_number(AWKNUM val)AWKNUM and turn it into a pointer to a NODE that
can be stored appropriately. This is permanent storage; understanding
of gawk memory management is helpful.
NODE *tmp_string(char *s, size_t len);NODE that
can be stored appropriately. This is temporary storage; understanding
of gawk memory management is helpful.
NODE *tmp_number(AWKNUM val)AWKNUM and turn it into a pointer to a NODE that
can be stored appropriately. This is temporary storage;
understanding of gawk memory management is helpful.
NODE *dupnode(NODE *n)NODE;
understanding of gawk memory management is helpful.
void free_temp(NODE *n)NODE
allocated with tmp_string or tmp_number.
Understanding of gawk memory management is helpful.
void make_builtin(char *name, NODE *(*func)(NODE *), int count)func as new built-in
function name. name is a regular C string. count
is the maximum number of arguments that the function takes.
The function should be written in the following manner:
/* do_xxx --- do xxx function for gawk */
NODE *
do_xxx(NODE *tree)
{
...
}
NODE *get_argument(NODE *tree, int i)i-th argument from the function call.
The first argument is argument zero.
NODE *get_actual_argument(NODE *tree, unsigned int i, int optional, int wantarray);i. wantarray is TRUE
if the argument should be an array, FALSE otherwise. If optional is
TRUE, the argument need not have been supplied. If it wasn't, the return
value is NULL. It is a fatal error if optional is TRUE but
the argument was not provided.
Caution: This function is new as of gawk 3.1.4.
get_scalar_argument(t, i, opt)get_actual_argument.
Caution: This macro is new as of gawk 3.1.4.
get_array_argument(t, i, opt)get_actual_argument.
Caution: This macro is new as of gawk 3.1.4.
void set_value(NODE *tree)void update_ERRNO(void)ERRNO variable, based on the current
value of the C errno variable.
It is provided as a convenience.
void update_ERRNO_saved(int errno_saved)ERRNO variable, based on the saved
value of the C errno variable provided as the argument.
It is provided as a convenience.
Caution: This function is new as of gawk 3.1.5.
void register_deferred_variable(const char *name, NODE *(*load_func)(void))ENVIRON and PROCINFO variables, so you can refer to them
for examples.
Caution: This function is new as of gawk 3.1.5.
void register_open_hook(void *(*open_func)(IOBUF *))IOBUF
structure in iop_alloc. After creating the new IOBUF,
iop_alloc will call (in reverse order of registration, so the last
function registered is called first) each open hook until one returns
non-NULL. If any hook returns a non-NULL value, that value is assigned
to the IOBUF's opaque field (which will presumably point
to a structure containing additional state associated with the input
processing), and no further open hooks are called.
The function called will most likely want to set the IOBUF
get_record method to indicate that future input records should
be retrieved by calling that method instead of using the standard
gawk input processing.
And the function will also probably want to set the IOBUF
close_func method to be called when the file is closed to clean
up any state associated with the input.
Finally, hook functions should be prepared to receive an IOBUF
structure where the fd field is set to INVALID_HANDLE,
meaning that gawk was not able to open the file itself. In
this case, the hook function must be able to successfully open the file
and place a valid file descriptor there.
Currently, for example, the hook function facility is used to implement the XML parser shared library extension. For more info, please look in awk.h and in io.c.
Caution: This function is new as of gawk 3.1.5.
An argument that is supposed to be an array needs to be handled with some extra code, in case the array being passed in is actually from a function parameter.
In versions of gawk up to and including 3.1.2, the following boilerplate code shows how to do this:
NODE *the_arg;
the_arg = get_argument(tree, 2); /* assume need 3rd arg, 0-based */
/* if a parameter, get it off the stack */
if (the_arg->type == Node_param_list)
the_arg = stack_ptr[the_arg->param_cnt];
/* parameter referenced an array, get it */
if (the_arg->type == Node_array_ref)
the_arg = the_arg->orig_array;
/* check type */
if (the_arg->type != Node_var && the_arg->type != Node_var_array)
fatal("newfunc: third argument is not an array");
/* force it to be an array, if necessary, clear it */
the_arg->type = Node_var_array;
assoc_clear(the_arg);
For versions 3.1.3 and later, the internals changed. In particular, the interface was actually simplified drastically. The following boilerplate code now suffices:
NODE *the_arg;
the_arg = get_argument(tree, 2); /* assume need 3rd arg, 0-based */
/* force it to be an array: */
the_arg = get_array(the_arg);
/* if necessary, clear it: */
assoc_clear(the_arg);
As of version 3.1.4, the internals improved again, and became even simpler:
NODE *the_arg;
the_arg = get_array_argument(tree, 2, FALSE); /* assume need 3rd arg, 0-based */
Again, you should spend time studying the gawk internals; don't just blindly copy this code.
Two useful functions that are not in awk are chdir
(so that an awk program can change its directory) and
stat (so that an awk program can gather information about
a file).
This section implements these functions for gawk in an
external extension library.
chdir and statThis section shows how to use the new functions at the awk
level once they've been integrated into the running gawk
interpreter.
Using chdir is very straightforward. It takes one argument,
the new directory to change to:
...
newdir = "/home/arnold/funstuff"
ret = chdir(newdir)
if (ret < 0) {
printf("could not change to %s: %s\n",
newdir, ERRNO) > "/dev/stderr"
exit 1
}
...
The return value is negative if the chdir failed,
and ERRNO
(see Built-in Variables)
is set to a string indicating the error.
Using stat is a bit more complicated.
The C stat function fills in a structure that has a fair
amount of information.
The right way to model this in awk is to fill in an associative
array with the appropriate information:
file = "/home/arnold/.profile"
fdata[1] = "x" # force `fdata' to be an array
ret = stat(file, fdata)
if (ret < 0) {
printf("could not stat %s: %s\n",
file, ERRNO) > "/dev/stderr"
exit 1
}
printf("size of %s is %d bytes\n", file, fdata["size"])
The stat function always clears the data array, even if
the stat fails. It fills in the following elements:
"name"stat'ed.
"dev""ino""mode""nlink""uid""gid""size""blocks""atime""mtime""ctime"strftime
(see Built-in).
"pmode""drwxr-xr-x".
"type""blockdev""chardev""directory""fifo""file""socket"AF_UNIX (“Unix domain”) socket in the
filesystem.
"symlink"Several additional elements may be present depending upon the operating
system and the type of the file. You can test for them in your awk
program by using the in operator
(see Reference to Elements):
"blksize"stat structure.
"linkval""rdev""major""minor"chdir and statHere is the C code for these extensions. They were written for GNU/Linux. The code needs some more work for complete portability to other POSIX-compliant systems:74
#include "awk.h"
#include <sys/sysmacros.h>
/* do_chdir --- provide dynamically loaded
chdir() builtin for gawk */
static NODE *
do_chdir(tree)
NODE *tree;
{
NODE *newdir;
int ret = -1;
if (do_lint && get_curfunc_arg_count() != 1)
lintwarn("chdir: called with incorrect number of arguments");
newdir = get_scalar_argument(tree, 0);
The file includes the "awk.h" header file for definitions
for the gawk internals. It includes <sys/sysmacros.h>
for access to the major and minor macros.
By convention, for an awk function foo, the function that
implements it is called ‘do_foo’. The function should take
a ‘NODE *’ argument, usually called tree, that
represents the argument list to the function. The newdir
variable represents the new directory to change to, retrieved
with get_argument. Note that the first argument is
numbered zero.
This code actually accomplishes the chdir. It first forces
the argument to be a string and passes the string value to the
chdir system call. If the chdir fails, ERRNO
is updated.
The result of force_string has to be freed with free_temp:
(void) force_string(newdir);
ret = chdir(newdir->stptr);
if (ret < 0)
update_ERRNO();
free_temp(newdir);
Finally, the function returns the return value to the awk level,
using set_value. Then it must return a value from the call to
the new built-in (this value ignored by the interpreter):
/* Set the return value */
set_value(tmp_number((AWKNUM) ret));
/* Just to make the interpreter happy */
return tmp_number((AWKNUM) 0);
}
The stat built-in is more involved. First comes a function
that turns a numeric mode into a printable representation
(e.g., 644 becomes ‘-rw-r--r--’). This is omitted here for brevity:
/* format_mode --- turn a stat mode field
into something readable */
static char *
format_mode(fmode)
unsigned long fmode;
{
...
}
Next comes the actual do_stat function itself. First come the
variable declarations and argument checking:
/* do_stat --- provide a stat() function for gawk */
static NODE *
do_stat(tree)
NODE *tree;
{
NODE *file, *array;
struct stat sbuf;
int ret;
NODE **aptr;
char *pmode; /* printable mode */
char *type = "unknown";
if (do_lint && get_curfunc_arg_count() > 2)
lintwarn("stat: called with too many arguments");
Then comes the actual work. First, we get the arguments.
Then, we always clear the array. To get the file information,
we use lstat, in case the file is a symbolic link.
If there's an error, we set ERRNO and return:
/* directory is first arg, array to hold results is second */
file = get_scalar_argument(tree, 0, FALSE);
array = get_array_argument(tree, 1, FALSE);
/* empty out the array */
assoc_clear(array);
/* lstat the file, if error, set ERRNO and return */
(void) force_string(file);
ret = lstat(file->stptr, & sbuf);
if (ret < 0) {
update_ERRNO();
set_value(tmp_number((AWKNUM) ret));
free_temp(file);
return tmp_number((AWKNUM) 0);
}
Now comes the tedious part: filling in the array. Only a few of the calls are shown here, since they all follow the same pattern:
/* fill in the array */
aptr = assoc_lookup(array, tmp_string("name", 4), FALSE);
*aptr = dupnode(file);
aptr = assoc_lookup(array, tmp_string("mode", 4), FALSE);
*aptr = make_number((AWKNUM) sbuf.st_mode);
aptr = assoc_lookup(array, tmp_string("pmode", 5), FALSE);
pmode = format_mode(sbuf.st_mode);
*aptr = make_string(pmode, strlen(pmode));
When done, we free the temporary value containing the file name, set the return value, and return:
free_temp(file);
/* Set the return value */
set_value(tmp_number((AWKNUM) ret));
/* Just to make the interpreter happy */
return tmp_number((AWKNUM) 0);
}
Finally, it's necessary to provide the “glue” that loads the
new function(s) into gawk. By convention, each library has
a routine named dlload that does the job:
/* dlload --- load new builtins in this library */
NODE *
dlload(tree, dl)
NODE *tree;
void *dl;
{
make_builtin("chdir", do_chdir, 1);
make_builtin("stat", do_stat, 2);
return tmp_number((AWKNUM) 0);
}
And that's it! As an exercise, consider adding functions to
implement system calls such as chown, chmod, and umask.
Now that the code is written, it must be possible to add it at runtime to the running gawk interpreter. First, the code must be compiled. Assuming that the functions are in a file named filefuncs.c, and idir is the location of the gawk include files, the following steps create a GNU/Linux shared library:
$ gcc -shared -DHAVE_CONFIG_H -c -O -g -Iidir filefuncs.c
$ ld -o filefuncs.so -shared filefuncs.o
Once the library exists, it is loaded by calling the extension
built-in function.
This function takes two arguments: the name of the
library to load and the name of a function to call when the library
is first loaded. This function adds the new functions to gawk.
It returns the value returned by the initialization function
within the shared library:
# file testff.awk
BEGIN {
extension("./filefuncs.so", "dlload")
chdir(".") # no-op
data[1] = 1 # force `data' to be an array
print "Info for testff.awk"
ret = stat("testff.awk", data)
print "ret =", ret
for (i in data)
printf "data[\"%s\"] = %s\n", i, data[i]
print "testff.awk modified:",
strftime("%m %d %y %H:%M:%S", data["mtime"])
}
Here are the results of running the program:
$ gawk -f testff.awk
-| Info for testff.awk
-| ret = 0
-| data["blksize"] = 4096
-| data["mtime"] = 932361936
-| data["mode"] = 33188
-| data["type"] = file
-| data["dev"] = 2065
-| data["gid"] = 10
-| data["ino"] = 878597
-| data["ctime"] = 971431797
-| data["blocks"] = 2
-| data["nlink"] = 1
-| data["name"] = testff.awk
-| data["atime"] = 971608519
-| data["pmode"] = -rw-r--r--
-| data["size"] = 607
-| data["uid"] = 2076
-| testff.awk modified: 07 19 99 08:25:36
AWK is a language similar to PERL, only considerably more elegant.
Arnold RobbinsHey!
Larry Wall
This section briefly lists extensions and possible improvements that indicate the directions we are currently considering for gawk. The file FUTURES in the gawk distribution lists these extensions as well.
Following is a list of probable future changes visible at the awk language level:
RECLEN variable for fixed-length recordsFIELDWIDTHS, this would speed up the processing of
fixed-length records.
PROCINFO["RS"] would be "RS" or "RECLEN",
depending upon which kind of record processing is in effect.
printf specifiersprintf
format specifiers. These should be evaluated for possible inclusion
in gawk.
lint warningsFollowing is a list of probable improvements that will make gawk's source code easier to work with:
Following is a list of probable improvements that will make gawk perform better:
It should be possible for gawk to convert the script's parse tree into a C program which the user would then compile, using the normal C compiler and a special gawk library to provide all the needed functions (regexps, fields, associative arrays, type coercion, and so on).
An easier possibility might be for an intermediate phase of gawk to convert the parse tree into a linear byte code form like the one used in GNU Emacs Lisp. The recursive evaluator would then be replaced by a straight line byte code interpreter that would be intermediate in speed between running a compiled program and doing what gawk does now.
Finally, the programs in the test suite could use documenting in this Web page.
See Additions, if you are interested in tackling any of these projects.
This appendix attempts to define some of the basic concepts and terms that are used throughout the rest of this Web page. As this Web page is specifically about awk, and not about computer programming in general, the coverage here is by necessity fairly cursory and simplistic. (If you need more background, there are many other introductory texts that you should refer to instead.)
At the most basic level, the job of a program is to process some input data and produce results.
_______
+------+ / \ +---------+
| Data | -----> < Program > -----> | Results |
+------+ \_______/ +---------+
The “program” in the figure can be either a compiled program75 (such as ls), or it may be interpreted. In the latter case, a machine-executable program such as awk reads your program, and then uses the instructions in your program to process the data.
When you write a program, it usually consists of the following, very basic set of steps:
______
+----------------+ / More \ No +----------+
| Initialization | -------> < Data > -------> | Clean Up |
+----------------+ ^ \ ? / +----------+
| +--+-+
| | Yes
| |
| V
| +---------+
+-----+ Process |
+---------+
BEGIN rule
(see BEGIN/END).
If you were baking a cake, this might consist of laying out all the
mixing bowls and the baking pan, and making sure you have all the
ingredients that you need.
In most programming languages, you have to manually manage the reading of data, checking to see if there is more each time you read a chunk. awk's pattern-action paradigm (see Getting Started) handles the mechanics of this for you.
In baking a cake, the processing corresponds to the actual labor:
breaking eggs, mixing the flour, water, and other ingredients, and then putting the cake
into the oven.
END rule
(see BEGIN/END).
After the cake comes out of the oven, you still have to wrap it in plastic wrap to keep anyone from tasting it, as well as wash the mixing bowls and utensils.
An algorithm is a detailed set of instructions necessary to accomplish a task, or process data. It is much the same as a recipe for baking a cake. Programs implement algorithms. Often, it is up to you to design the algorithm and implement it, simultaneously.
The “logical chunks” we talked about previously are called records, similar to the records a company keeps on employees, a school keeps for students, or a doctor keeps for patients. Each record has many component parts, such as first and last names, date of birth, address, and so on. The component parts are referred to as the fields of the record.
The act of reading data is termed input, and that of generating results, not too surprisingly, is termed output. They are often referred to together as “input/output,” and even more often, as “I/O” for short. (You will also see “input” and “output” used as verbs.)
awk manages the reading of data for you, as well as the breaking it up into records and fields. Your program's job is to tell awk what to with the data. You do this by describing patterns in the data to look for, and actions to execute when those patterns are seen. This data-driven nature of awk programs usually makes them both easier to write and easier to read.
In a program,
you keep track of information and values in things called variables.
A variable is just a name for a given value, such as first_name,
last_name, address, and so on.
awk has several predefined variables, and it has
special names to refer to the current input record
and the fields of the record.
You may also group multiple
associated values under one name, as an array.
Data, particularly in awk, consists of either numeric values, such as 42 or 3.1415927, or string values. String values are essentially anything that's not a number, such as a name. Strings are sometimes referred to as character data, since they store the individual characters that comprise them. Individual variables, as well as numeric and string variables, are referred to as scalar values. Groups of values, such as arrays, are not scalars.
Within computers, there are two kinds of numeric values: integers and floating-point. In school, integer values were referred to as “whole” numbers—that is, numbers without any fractional part, such as 1, 42, or −17. The advantage to integer numbers is that they represent values exactly. The disadvantage is that their range is limited. On most modern systems, this range is −2,147,483,648 to 2,147,483,647.
Integer values come in two flavors: signed and unsigned. Signed values may be negative or positive, with the range of values just described. Unsigned values are always positive. On most modern systems, the range is from 0 to 4,294,967,295.
Floating-point numbers represent what are called “real” numbers; i.e., those that do have a fractional part, such as 3.1415927. The advantage to floating-point numbers is that they can represent a much larger range of values. The disadvantage is that there are numbers that they cannot represent exactly. awk uses double-precision floating-point numbers, which can hold more digits than single-precision floating-point numbers. Floating-point issues are discussed more fully in Floating Point Issues.
At the very lowest level, computers store values as groups of binary digits, or bits. Modern computers group bits into groups of eight, called bytes. Advanced applications sometimes have to manipulate bits directly, and gawk provides functions for doing so.
While you are probably used to the idea of a number without a value (i.e., zero),
it takes a bit more getting used to the idea of zero-length character data.
Nevertheless, such a thing exists.
It is called the null string.
The null string is character data that has no value.
In other words, it is empty. It is written in awk programs
like this: "".
Humans are used to working in decimal; i.e., base 10. In base 10, numbers go from 0 to 9, and then “roll over” into the next column. (Remember grade school? 42 is 4 times 10 plus 2.)
There are other number bases though. Computers commonly use base 2 or binary, base 8 or octal, and base 16 or hexadecimal. In binary, each column represents two times the value in the column to its right. Each column may contain either a 0 or a 1. Thus, binary 1010 represents 1 times 8, plus 0 times 4, plus 1 times 2, plus 0 times 1, or decimal 10. Octal and hexadecimal are discussed more in Nondecimal-numbers.
Programs are written in programming languages. Hundreds, if not thousands, of programming languages exist. One of the most popular is the C programming language. The C language had a very strong influence on the design of the awk language.
There have been several versions of C. The first is often referred to as “K&R” C, after the initials of Brian Kernighan and Dennis Ritchie, the authors of the first book on C. (Dennis Ritchie created the language, and Brian Kernighan was one of the creators of awk.)
In the mid-1980s, an effort began to produce an international standard for C. This work culminated in 1989, with the production of the ANSI standard for C. This standard became an ISO standard in 1990. Where it makes sense, POSIX awk is compatible with 1990 ISO C.
In 1999, a revised ISO C standard was approved and released. Future versions of gawk will be as compatible as possible with this standard.
As mentioned earlier, floating-point numbers represent what are called “real” numbers, i.e., those that have a fractional part. awk uses double-precision floating-point numbers to represent all numeric values. This section describes some of the issues involved in using floating-point numbers.
There is a very nice paper on floating-point arithmetic by David Goldberg, “What Every Computer Scientist Should Know About Floating-point Arithmetic,” ACM Computing Surveys 23, 1 (1991-03), 5-48.76 This is worth reading if you are interested in the details, but it does require a background in computer science.
Internally, awk keeps both the numeric value (double-precision floating-point) and the string value for a variable. Separately, awk keeps track of what type the variable has (see Typing and Comparison), which plays a role in how variables are used in comparisons.
It is important to note that the string value for a number may not reflect the full value (all the digits) that the numeric value actually contains. The following program (values.awk) illustrates this:
{
$1 = $2 + $3
# see it for what it is
printf("$1 = %.12g\n", $1)
# use CONVFMT
a = "<" $1 ">"
print "a =", a
# use OFMT
print "$1 =", $1
}
This program shows the full value of the sum of $2 and $3
using printf, and then prints the string values obtained
from both automatic conversion (via CONVFMT) and
from printing (via OFMT).
Here is what happens when the program is run:
$ echo 2 3.654321 1.2345678 | awk -f values.awk
-| $1 = 4.8888888
-| a = <4.88889>
-| $1 = 4.88889
This makes it clear that the full numeric value is different from what the default string representations show.
CONVFMT's default value is "%.6g", which yields a value with
at least six significant digits. For some applications, you might want to
change it to specify more precision.
On most modern machines, most of the time,
17 digits is enough to capture a floating-point number's
value exactly.77
Unlike numbers in the abstract sense (such as what you studied in high school or college math), numbers stored in computers are limited in certain ways. They cannot represent an infinite number of digits, nor can they always represent things exactly. In particular, floating-point numbers cannot always represent values exactly. Here is an example:
$ awk '{ printf("%010d\n", $1 * 100) }'
515.79
-| 0000051579
515.80
-| 0000051579
515.81
-| 0000051580
515.82
-| 0000051582
Ctrl-d
This shows that some values can be represented exactly, whereas others are only approximated. This is not a “bug” in awk, but simply an artifact of how computers represent numbers.
Another peculiarity of floating-point numbers on modern systems is that they often have more than one representation for the number zero! In particular, it is possible to represent “minus zero” as well as regular, or “positive” zero.
This example shows that negative and positive zero are distinct values when stored internally, but that they are in fact equal to each other, as well as to “regular” zero:
$ gawk 'BEGIN { mz = -0 ; pz = 0
> printf "-0 = %g, +0 = %g, (-0 == +0) -> %d\n", mz, pz, mz == pz
> printf "mz == 0 -> %d, pz == 0 -> %d\n", mz == 0, pz == 0
> }'
-| -0 = -0, +0 = 0, (-0 == +0) -> 1
-| mz == 0 -> 1, pz == 0 -> 1
It helps to keep this in mind should you process numeric data that contains negative zero values; the fact that the zero is negative is noted and can affect comparisons.
Historically, awk has converted any non-numeric looking string to the numeric value zero, when required. Furthermore, the original definition of the language and the original POSIX standards specified that awk only understands decimal numbers (base 10), and not octal (base 8) or hexadecimal numbers (base 16).
As of this writing (February, 2007), changes in the language of the current POSIX standard can be interpreted to imply that awk should support additional features. These features are:
The first problem is that both of these are clear changes to historical practice:
The second problem is that the gawk maintainer feels that this
interpretation of the standard, which requires a certain amount of
“language lawyering” to arrive at in the first place, was not intended
by the standard developers, either. In other words, “we see how you
got where you are, but we don't think that that's where you want to be.”
Nevertheless, on systems that support IEEE floating point, it seems reasonable to provide some way to support NaN and Infinity values. The solution implemented in gawk, as of version 3.1.6, is as follows:
strtod() function, and if it successfuly returns a numeric value,
that is what's used. By definition, the results are not portable across
different systems.78
They are also a little surprising:
$ echo nanny | gawk --posix '{ print $1 + 0 }'
-| nan
$ echo 0xDeadBeef | gawk --posix '{ print $1 + 0 }'
-| 3735928559
$ echo nanny | gawk '{ print $1 + 0 }'
-| 0
$ echo +nan | gawk '{ print $1 + 0 }'
-| nan
$ echo 0xDeadBeef | gawk '{ print $1 + 0 }'
-| 0
gawk does ignore case distinction in the four special values. Thus ‘+nan’ and ‘+NaN’ are the same.
Computers are often defined by how many bits they use to represent integer
values. Typical systems are 32-bit systems, but 64-bit systems are
becoming increasingly popular, and 16-bit systems are waning in
popularity.
sqrt (for the square root of a number) and substr (for a
substring of a string).
gawk provides functions for timestamp management, bit manipulation,
and runtime string translation.
(See Built-in.)
ARGC,
ARGV,
CONVFMT,
ENVIRON,
FILENAME,
FNR,
FS,
NF,
NR,
OFMT,
OFS,
ORS,
RLENGTH,
RSTART,
RS,
and
SUBSEP
are the variables that have special meaning to awk.
In addition,
ARGIND,
BINMODE,
ERRNO,
FIELDWIDTHS,
IGNORECASE,
LINT,
PROCINFO,
RT,
and
TEXTDOMAIN
are the variables that have special meaning to gawk.
Changing some of them affects awk's running environment.
(See Built-in Variables.)
In general, gawk attempts to be as similar to the 1990 version
of ISO C as makes sense. Future versions of gawk may adopt features
from the newer 1999 standard, as appropriate.
if, while, do,
and for
statements, and in patterns to select which input records to process.
(See Typing and Comparison.)
double.
"foo", but it may also be an expression whose value can vary.
(See Computed Regexps.)
=val, that each
program has available to it. Users generally place values into the
environment in order to provide information to various programs. Typical
examples are the environment variables HOME and PATH.
The epoch on Unix and POSIX systems is 1970-01-01 00:00:00 UTC.
See also “GMT” and “UTC.”
FS). Such pieces are
called fields. If the pieces are of fixed length, you can use the built-in
variable FIELDWIDTHS to describe their lengths.
(See Field Separators,
and
Constant Size.)
strftime and sprintf functions, and are used in the
printf statement as well. Also, data conversions from numbers to strings
are controlled by the format string contained in the built-in variable
CONVFMT. (See Control Letters.)
0–9 and
A–F, with ‘A’
representing 10, ‘B’ representing 11, and so on, up to ‘F’ for 15.
Hexadecimal numbers are written in C using a leading ‘0x’,
to indicate their base. Thus, 0x12 is 18 (1 times 16 plus 2).
gawk's keywords are:
BEGIN,
END,
if,
else,
while,
do...while,
for,
for...in,
break,
continue,
delete,
next,
nextfile,
function,
func,
and
exit.
If gawk was configured with the --enable-switch
option (see Switch Statement), then
switch,
case,
and
default
are also keywords.
""). It can appear in input data by having two successive
occurrences of the field separator appear next to each other.
0–7.
Octal numbers are written in C using a leading ‘0’,
to indicate their base. Thus, 013 is 11 (one times 8 plus 3).
A pattern is an arbitrary conditional expression against which input is
tested. If the condition is satisfied, the pattern is said to match
the input record. A typical pattern might compare the input record against
a regular expression. (See Pattern Overview.)
You can redirect the output of the print and printf statements
to a file or a system command, using the ‘>’, ‘>>’, ‘|’, and ‘|&’
operators. You can redirect input to the getline statement using
the ‘<’, ‘|’, and ‘|&’ operators.
(See Redirection,
and Getline.)
/foo/. This regular expression is chosen
when you write the awk program and cannot be changed during
its execution. (See Regexp Usage.)
float.
mktime, strftime, and systime.
See also “Epoch” and “UTC.”
Copyright © 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. http://fsf.org/
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this
license document, but changing it is not allowed.
The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for software and other kinds of works.
The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast, the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change all versions of a program—to make sure it remains free software for all its users. We, the Free Software Foundation, use the GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to any other work released this way by its authors. You can apply it to your programs, too.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you have certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps: (1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains that there is no warranty for this free software. For both users' and authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to authors of previous versions.
Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of protecting users' freedom to change the software. The systematic pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore, we have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents. States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could make it effectively proprietary. To prevent this, the GPL assures that patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification follow.
“This License” refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
“Copyright” also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of works, such as semiconductor masks.
“The Program” refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this License. Each licensee is addressed as “you”. “Licensees” and “recipients” may be individuals or organizations.
To “modify” a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an exact copy. The resulting work is called a “modified version” of the earlier work or a work “based on” the earlier work.
A “covered work” means either the unmodified Program or a work based on the Program.
To “propagate” a work means to do anything with it that, without permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying, distribution (with or without modification), making available to the public, and in some countries other activities as well.
To “convey” a work means any kind of propagation that enables other parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.
An interactive user interface displays “Appropriate Legal Notices” to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2) tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
The “source code” for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it. “Object code” means any non-source form of a work.
A “Standard Interface” means an interface that either is an official standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that is widely used among developers working in that language.
The “System Libraries” of an executable work include anything, other than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an implementation is available to the public in source code form. A “Major Component”, in this context, means a major essential component (kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system (if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
The “Corresponding Source” for a work in object code form means all the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to control those activities. However, it does not include the work's System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source includes interface definition files associated with source files for the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require, such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those subprograms and other parts of the work.
The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding Source.
The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that same work.
All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10 makes it unnecessary.
No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article 11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such measures.
When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of technological measures.
You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice; keep intact all notices stating that this License and any non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code; keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey, and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work, and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program, in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an “aggregate” if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other parts of the aggregate.
You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License, in one of these ways:
A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be included in conveying the object code work.
A “User Product” is either (1) a “consumer product”, which means any tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family, or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product, doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular product received by a particular user, “normally used” refers to a typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent the only significant mode of use of the product.
“Installation Information” for a User Product means any methods, procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because modification has been made.
If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has been installed in ROM).
The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a network may be denied when the modification itself materially and adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and protocols for communication across the network.
Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided, in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly documented (and with an implementation available to the public in source code form), and must require no special password or key for unpacking, reading or copying.
“Additional permissions” are terms that supplement the terms of this License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions. Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by this License without regard to the additional permissions.
When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work, for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
All other non-permissive additional terms are considered “further restrictions” within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is governed by this License along with a term that is a further restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms of that license document, provided that the further restriction does not survive such relicensing or conveying.
If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating where to find the applicable terms.
Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions; the above requirements apply either way.
You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third paragraph of section 11).
However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a) provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means prior to 60 days after the cessation.
Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after your receipt of the notice.
Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same material under section 10.
You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However, nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
An “entity transaction” is a transaction transferring control of an organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered work results from an entity transaction, each party to that transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation (including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
A “contributor” is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The work thus licensed is called the contributor's “contributor version”.
A contributor's “essential patent claims” are all patent claims owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version, but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For purposes of this definition, “control” includes the right to grant patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of this License.
Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and propagate the contents of its contributor version.
In the following three paragraphs, a “patent license” is any express agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent (such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to sue for patent infringement). To “grant” such a patent license to a party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a patent against the party.
If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license, and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a publicly available network server or other readily accessible means, then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent license to downstream recipients. “Knowingly relying” means you have actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that country that you have reason to believe are valid.
If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered work and works based on it.
A patent license is “discriminatory” if it does not include within the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are specifically granted under this License. You may not convey a covered work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily for and in connection with specific products or compilations that contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement, or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work, but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License, section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the combination as such.
The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the GNU General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General Public License “or any later version” applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of the GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation.
If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you to choose that version for the Program.
Later license versions may give you additional or different permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a later version.
THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM “AS IS” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms, reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a copy of the Program in return for a fee.
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the “copyright” line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.
Copyright (C) year name of author
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or (at
your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:
program Copyright (C) year name of author
This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type ‘show w’.
This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
under certain conditions; type ‘show c’ for details.
The hypothetical commands ‘show w’ and ‘show c’ should show the appropriate parts of the General Public License. Of course, your program's commands might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an “about box”.
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school, if any, to sign a “copyright disclaimer” for the program, if necessary. For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.
The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General Public License instead of this License. But first, please read http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html.
Copyright © 2000, 2001, 2002, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
http://fsf.org/
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other functional and useful document free in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for modifications made by others.
This License is a kind of “copyleft”, which means that derivative works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft license designed for free software.
We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free software, because free software needs free documentation: a free program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.
This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under the terms of this License. Such a notice grants a world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, to use that work under the conditions stated herein. The “Document”, below, refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as “you”. You accept the license if you copy, modify or distribute the work in a way requiring permission under copyright law.
A “Modified Version” of the Document means any work containing the Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with modifications and/or translated into another language.
A “Secondary Section” is a named appendix or a front-matter section of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within that overall subject. (Thus, if the Document is in part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding them.
The “Invariant Sections” are certain Secondary Sections whose titles are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License. If a section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it is not allowed to be designated as Invariant. The Document may contain zero Invariant Sections. If the Document does not identify any Invariant Sections then there are none.
The “Cover Texts” are certain short passages of text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License. A Front-Cover Text may be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may be at most 25 words.
A “Transparent” copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, represented in a format whose specification is available to the general public, that is suitable for revising the document straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file format whose markup, or absence of markup, has been arranged to thwart or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. An image format is not Transparent if used for any substantial amount of text. A copy that is not “Transparent” is called “Opaque”.
Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain ascii without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple HTML, PostScript or PDF designed for human modification. Examples of transparent image formats include PNG, XCF and JPG. Opaque formats include proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally available, and the machine-generated HTML, PostScript or PDF produced by some word processors for output purposes only.
The “Title Page” means, for a printed book, the title page itself, plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in formats which do not have any title page as such, “Title Page” means the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title, preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
The “publisher” means any person or entity that distributes copies of the Document to the public.
A section “Entitled XYZ” means a named subunit of the Document whose title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses following text that translates XYZ in another language. (Here XYZ stands for a specific section name mentioned below, such as “Acknowledgements”, “Dedications”, “Endorsements”, or “History”.) To “Preserve the Title” of such a section when you modify the Document means that it remains a section “Entitled XYZ” according to this definition.
The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which states that this License applies to the Document. These Warranty Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in this License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has no effect on the meaning of this License.
You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.
You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and you may publicly display copies.
If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other respects.
If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent pages.
If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy a computer-network location from which the general network-using public has access to download using public-standard network protocols a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material. If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the public.
It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:
If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice. These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
You may add a section Entitled “Endorsements”, provided it contains nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various parties—for example, statements of peer review or that the text has been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a standard.
You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.
The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
You may combine the Document with other documents released under this License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its license notice, and that you preserve all their Warranty Disclaimers.
The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but different contents, make the title of each such section unique by adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.
In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled “History” in the various original documents, forming one section Entitled “History”; likewise combine any sections Entitled “Acknowledgements”, and any sections Entitled “Dedications”. You must delete all sections Entitled “Endorsements.”
You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.
You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.
A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an “aggregate” if the copyright resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the legal rights of the compilation's users beyond what the individual works permit. When the Document is included in an aggregate, this License does not apply to the other works in the aggregate which are not themselves derivative works of the Document.
If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic form. Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket the whole aggregate.
Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4. Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special permission from their copyright holders, but you may include translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a translation of this License, and all the license notices in the Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you also include the original English version of this License and the original versions of those notices and disclaimers. In case of a disagreement between the translation and the original version of this License or a notice or disclaimer, the original version will prevail.
If a section in the Document is Entitled “Acknowledgements”, “Dedications”, or “History”, the requirement (section 4) to Preserve its Title (section 1) will typically require changing the actual title.
You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a) provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means prior to 60 days after the cessation.
Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after your receipt of the notice.
Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently reinstated, receipt of a copy of some or all of the same material does not give you any rights to use it.
The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/.
Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this License “or any later version” applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the Document specifies that a proxy can decide which future versions of this License can be used, that proxy's public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you to choose that version for the Document.
“Massive Multiauthor Collaboration Site” (or “MMC Site”) means any World Wide Web server that publishes copyrightable works and also provides prominent facilities for anybody to edit those works. A public wiki that anybody can edit is an example of such a server. A “Massive Multiauthor Collaboration” (or “MMC”) contained in the site means any set of copyrightable works thus published on the MMC site.
“CC-BY-SA” means the Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 license published by Creative Commons Corporation, a not-for-profit corporation with a principal place of business in San Francisco, California, as well as future copyleft versions of that license published by that same organization.
“Incorporate” means to publish or republish a Document, in whole or in part, as part of another Document.
An MMC is “eligible for relicensing” if it is licensed under this License, and if all works that were first published under this License somewhere other than this MMC, and subsequently incorporated in whole or in part into the MMC, (1) had no cover texts or invariant sections, and (2) were thus incorporated prior to November 1, 2008.
The operator of an MMC Site may republish an MMC contained in the site under CC-BY-SA on the same site at any time before August 1, 2009, provided the MMC is eligible for relicensing.
To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of the License in the document and put the following copyright and license notices just after the title page:
Copyright (C) year your name.
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover
Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
Free Documentation License''.
If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover Texts, replace the “with...Texts.” line with this:
with the Invariant Sections being list their titles, with
the Front-Cover Texts being list, and with the Back-Cover Texts
being list.
If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the situation.
If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free software license, such as the GNU General Public License, to permit their use in free software.
! (exclamation point), ! operator: Boolean Ops! (exclamation point), ! operator: Egrep Program! (exclamation point), ! operator: Precedence! (exclamation point), != operator: Precedence! (exclamation point), != operator: Comparison Operators! (exclamation point), !~ operator: Expression Patterns! (exclamation point), !~ operator: Precedence! (exclamation point), !~ operator: Comparison Operators! (exclamation point), !~ operator: Regexp Constants! (exclamation point), !~ operator: Computed Regexps! (exclamation point), !~ operator: Case-sensitivity! (exclamation point), !~ operator: Regexp Usage! operator: Egrep Program! operator: Ranges" (double quote): Quoting" (double quote): Read Terminal" (double quote), regexp constants: Computed Regexps# (number sign), #! (executable scripts): Executable Scripts# (number sign), #! (executable scripts), portability issues with: Executable Scripts# (number sign), commenting: Comments$ (dollar sign): Regexp Operators$ (dollar sign), $ field operator: Precedence$ (dollar sign), $ field operator: Fields$ (dollar sign), incrementing fields and arrays: Increment Ops$ field operator: Fields% (percent sign), % operator: Precedence% (percent sign), %= operator: Precedence% (percent sign), %= operator: Assignment Ops& (ampersand), && operator: Precedence& (ampersand), && operator: Boolean Ops& (ampersand), gsub/gensub/sub functions and: Gory Details' (single quote): Quoting' (single quote): Long' (single quote): One-shot' (single quote), vs. apostrophe: Comments' (single quote), with double quotes: Quoting() (parentheses): Regexp Operators() (parentheses), pgawk program: Profiling* (asterisk), * operator, as multiplication operator: Precedence* (asterisk), * operator, as regexp operator: Regexp Operators* (asterisk), * operator, null strings, matching: Gory Details* (asterisk), ** operator: Options* (asterisk), ** operator: Precedence* (asterisk), ** operator: Arithmetic Ops* (asterisk), **= operator: Options* (asterisk), **= operator: Precedence* (asterisk), **= operator: Assignment Ops* (asterisk), *= operator: Precedence* (asterisk), *= operator: Assignment Ops+ (plus sign): Regexp Operators+ (plus sign), + operator: Precedence+ (plus sign), ++ operator: Precedence+ (plus sign), ++ operator: Increment Ops+ (plus sign), += operator: Precedence+ (plus sign), += operator: Assignment Ops+ (plus sign), decrement/increment operators: Increment Ops, (comma), in range patterns: Ranges- (hyphen), - operator: Precedence- (hyphen), -- (decrement/increment) operator: Precedence- (hyphen), -- operator: Increment Ops- (hyphen), -= operator: Precedence- (hyphen), -= operator: Assignment Ops- (hyphen), filenames beginning with: Options- (hyphen), in character lists: Character Lists--assign option: Options--compat option: Options--copyleft option: Options--copyright option: Options--disable-directories-fatal configuration option: Additional Configuration Options--disable-libsigsegv configuration option: Additional Configuration Options--disable-lint configuration option: Additional Configuration Options--disable-nls configuration option: Additional Configuration Options--dump-variables option: Library Names--dump-variables option: Options--enable-portals configuration option: Additional Configuration Options--enable-portals configuration option: Portal Files--enable-switch configuration option: Additional Configuration Options--exec option: Options--field-separator option: Options--file option: Options--gen-po option: Options--gen-po option: String Extraction--help option: Options--lint option: Options--lint option: Command Line--lint-old option: Options--non-decimal-data option: Options--non-decimal-data option: Nondecimal Data--non-decimal-data option, strtonum function and: Nondecimal Data--optimize option: Options--posix option: Options--posix option, --traditional option and: Options--profile option: Options--profile option: Profiling--re-interval option: Options--source option: Options--traditional option: Options--traditional option, --posix option and: Options--usage option: Options--use-lc-numeric option: Options--version option: Options--with-whiny-user-strftime configuration option: Additional Configuration Options-f option: Options-F option: Options-F option: Command Line Field Separator-f option: Long-F option, -Ft sets FS to TAB: Options-f option, on command line: Options-F option, troubleshooting: Known Bugs-mf/-mr options: Options-O option: Options-v option: Options-v option, variables, assigning: Assignment Options-W option: Options. (period): Regexp Operators.mo files: Explaining gettext.mo files, converting from .po: I18N Example.mo files, specifying directory of: Programmer i18n.mo files, specifying directory of: Explaining gettext.po files: Translator i18n.po files: Explaining gettext.po files, converting to .mo: I18N Example/ (forward slash): Regexp/ (forward slash), / operator: Precedence/ (forward slash), /= operator: Precedence/ (forward slash), /= operator: Assignment Ops/ (forward slash), /= operator, vs. /=.../ regexp constant: Assignment Ops/ (forward slash), patterns and: Expression Patterns/= operator vs. /=.../ regexp constant: Assignment Ops/dev/... special files (gawk): Special FD/inet/ files (gawk): TCP/IP Networking/p files (gawk): Portal Files; (semicolon): Statements/Lines; (semicolon), AWKPATH variable and: PC Using; (semicolon), separating statements in actions: Statements; (semicolon), separating statements in actions: Action Overview< (left angle bracket), < operator: Precedence< (left angle bracket), < operator: Comparison Operators< (left angle bracket), < operator (I/O): Getline/File< (left angle bracket), <= operator: Precedence< (left angle bracket), <= operator: Comparison Operators= (equals sign), = operator: Assignment Ops= (equals sign), == operator: Precedence= (equals sign), == operator: Comparison Operators> (right angle bracket), > operator: Precedence> (right angle bracket), > operator: Comparison Operators> (right angle bracket), > operator (I/O): Redirection> (right angle bracket), >= operator: Precedence> (right angle bracket), >= operator: Comparison Operators> (right angle bracket), >> operator (I/O): Precedence> (right angle bracket), >> operator (I/O): Redirection? (question mark): GNU Regexp Operators? (question mark): Regexp Operators? (question mark), ?: operator: Precedence[] (square brackets): Regexp Operators\ (backslash): Regexp Operators\ (backslash): Quoting\ (backslash): Comments\ (backslash): Read Terminal\ (backslash), \" escape sequence: Escape Sequences\ (backslash), \' operator (gawk): GNU Regexp Operators\ (backslash), \/ escape sequence: Escape Sequences\ (backslash), \< operator (gawk): GNU Regexp Operators\ (backslash), \> operator (gawk): GNU Regexp Operators\ (backslash), \` operator (gawk): GNU Regexp Operators\ (backslash), \a escape sequence: Escape Sequences\ (backslash), \b escape sequence: Escape Sequences\ (backslash), \B operator (gawk): GNU Regexp Operators\ (backslash), \f escape sequence: Escape Sequences\ (backslash), \n escape sequence: Escape Sequences\ (backslash), \nnn escape sequence: Escape Sequences\ (backslash), \r escape sequence: Escape Sequences\ (backslash), \t escape sequence: Escape Sequences\ (backslash), \v escape sequence: Escape Sequences\ (backslash), \W operator (gawk): GNU Regexp Operators\ (backslash), \w operator (gawk): GNU Regexp Operators\ (backslash), \x escape sequence: Escape Sequences\ (backslash), \y operator (gawk): GNU Regexp Operators\ (backslash), as field separators: Command Line Field Separator\ (backslash), continuing lines and: Egrep Program\ (backslash), continuing lines and: Statements/Lines\ (backslash), continuing lines and, comments and: Statements/Lines\ (backslash), continuing lines and, in csh: Statements/Lines\ (backslash), continuing lines and, in csh: More Complex\ (backslash), gsub/gensub/sub functions and: Gory Details\ (backslash), in character lists: Character Lists\ (backslash), in escape sequences: Escape Sequences\ (backslash), in escape sequences, POSIX and: Escape Sequences\ (backslash), regexp constants: Computed Regexps^ (caret): GNU Regexp Operators^ (caret): Regexp Operators^ (caret), ^ operator: Options^ (caret), ^ operator: Precedence^ (caret), ^= operator: Options^ (caret), ^= operator: Precedence^ (caret), ^= operator: Assignment Ops^ (caret), in character lists: Character ListsFS: Regexp Field Splitting_ (underscore), _ C macro: Explaining gettext_ (underscore), in names of private variables: Library Names_ (underscore), translatable string: Programmer i18n_gr_init user-defined function: Group Functions_pw_init user-defined function: Passwd Functionsclose function: Close Files And PipesFNR/NR variables: Auto-setalarm.awk program: Alarm Program/= operator vs. /=.../ regexp constant: Assignment Ops&), && operator: Boolean Ops&), &&operator: Precedence&), gsub/gensub/sub functions and: Gory Detailsand function (gawk): Bitwise FunctionsARGC/ARGV variables: ARGC and ARGVARGC/ARGV variables: Auto-setARGC/ARGV variables, command-line arguments: Other ArgumentsARGC/ARGV variables, portability and: Executable ScriptsARGIND variable: Auto-setARGIND variable, command-line arguments: Other Argumentsfor statement and: Scanning an ArrayIGNORECASE variable and: Array IntroIGNORECASE variable and: Array Sortingasort function (gawk): String Functionsasort function (gawk): Array Sortingasort function (gawk), arrays, sorting: Array Sortingasorti function (gawk): String Functionsassert function (C library): Assert Functionassert user-defined function: Assert Functionassoc_clear internal function: Internalsassoc_lookup internal function: Internals*), * operator, as multiplication operator: Precedence*), * operator, as regexp operator: Regexp Operators*), * operator, null strings, matching: Gory Details*), ** operator: Options*), ** operator: Precedence*), ** operator: Arithmetic Ops*), **= operator: Options*), **= operator: Precedence*), **= operator: Assignment Ops*), *= operator: Precedence*), *= operator: Assignment Opsatan2 function: Numeric FunctionsOFMT variable: Conversionawk.h file (internal): InternalsAWKNUM internal type: InternalsAWKPATH environment variable: PC Usingawkprof.out file: Profilingawkvars.out file: Options\): Regexp Operators\): Quoting\): Comments\): Read Terminal\), \" escape sequence: Escape Sequences\), \' operator (gawk): GNU Regexp Operators\), \/ escape sequence: Escape Sequences\), \< operator (gawk): GNU Regexp Operators\), \> operator (gawk): GNU Regexp Operators\), \` operator (gawk): GNU Regexp Operators\), \a escape sequence: Escape Sequences\), \b escape sequence: Escape Sequences\), \B operator (gawk): GNU Regexp Operators\), \f escape sequence: Escape Sequences\), \n escape sequence: Escape Sequences\), \nnn escape sequence: Escape Sequences\), \r escape sequence: Escape Sequences\), \t escape sequence: Escape Sequences\), \v escape sequence: Escape Sequences\), \W operator (gawk): GNU Regexp Operators\), \w operator (gawk): GNU Regexp Operators\), \x escape sequence: Escape Sequences\), \y operator (gawk): GNU Regexp Operators\), as field separators: Command Line Field Separator\), continuing lines and: Egrep Program\), continuing lines and: Statements/Lines\), continuing lines and, comments and: Statements/Lines\), continuing lines and, in csh: Statements/Lines\), continuing lines and, in csh: More Complex\), gsub/gensub/sub functions and: Gory Details\), in character lists: Character Lists\), in escape sequences: Escape Sequences\), in escape sequences, POSIX and: Escape Sequences\), regexp constants: Computed RegexpsBBS-list file: Sample Data FilesBEGIN pattern: BEGIN/ENDBEGIN pattern: Field SeparatorsBEGIN pattern: RecordsBEGIN pattern, assert user-defined function and: Assert FunctionBEGIN pattern, Boolean patterns and: Expression PatternsBEGIN pattern, exit statement and: Exit StatementBEGIN pattern, getline and: Getline NotesBEGIN pattern, headings, adding: Print ExamplesBEGIN pattern, next/nextfile statements and: Next StatementBEGIN pattern, next/nextfile statements and: I/O And BEGIN/ENDBEGIN pattern, OFS/ORS variables, assigning values to: Output SeparatorsBEGIN pattern, operators and: Using BEGIN/ENDBEGIN pattern, pgawk program: ProfilingBEGIN pattern, print statement and: I/O And BEGIN/ENDBEGIN pattern, pwcat program: Passwd FunctionsBEGIN pattern, running awk programs and: Cut ProgramBEGIN pattern, TEXTDOMAIN variable and: Programmer i18nbeginfile user-defined function: Filetrans Functionbindtextdomain function (C library): Explaining gettextbindtextdomain function (gawk): Programmer i18nbindtextdomain function (gawk): I18N Functionsbindtextdomain function (gawk), portability and: I18N PortabilityBINMODE variable: PC UsingBINMODE variable: User-modifiedbits2str user-defined function: Bitwise Functions{}), actions and: Action Overview{}), pgawk program: Profiling{}), statements, grouping: Statementsbreak statement: Break Statementbug-gawk@gnu.org: Bugsbug-gawk@gnu.org bug reporting address: Bugs-v option, setting with: Options^): GNU Regexp Operators^): Regexp Operators^), ^ operator: Options^), ^ operator: Precedence^), ^= operator: Options^), ^= operator: Precedence^), ^= operator: Assignment Ops^), in character lists: Character Listscase keyword: Switch Statementchdir function, implementing in gawk: Sample Librarychr user-defined function: Ordinal Functionscliff_rand user-defined function: Cliff Random Functionclose function: I/O Functionsclose function: Close Files And Pipesclose function: Getline/Pipeclose function: Getline/Variable/Fileclose function, return values: Close Files And Pipesclose function, two-way pipes and: Two-way I/Oclose_func input method: Internals,), in range patterns: RangesFS on, setting: Command Line Field Separatorcomp.lang.awk newsgroup: Bugscompl function (gawk): Bitwise Functions--disable-directories-fatal: Additional Configuration Options--disable-libsigsegv: Additional Configuration Options--disable-lint: Additional Configuration Options--disable-nls: Additional Configuration Options--enable-portals: Additional Configuration Options--enable-switch: Additional Configuration Options--with-whiny-user-strftime: Additional Configuration Optionscontinue statement: Continue StatementCONVFMT variable: User-modifiedCONVFMT variable: ConversionCONVFMT variable, array subscripts and: Numeric Array Subscriptsgetline from: Getline/Coprocesscos function: Numeric Functions|& operator, comparison with: Two-way I/Octime user-defined function: Function Examplecustom.h file: Configuration Philosophycut.awk program: Cut ProgramFS: Regexp Field Splittingbreak statement: Break Statementclose function: Close Files And Pipescontinue statement: Continue StatementCONVFMT variable: Conversionexit statement: Exit StatementFILENAME variable: Auto-setFILENAME variable: Getline NotesFNR/NR variables: Auto-setFS as null string: Single Character Fieldslength function: String FunctionsNF variable, decrementing: Changing FieldsOFMT variable: OFMT/= operator and: Assignment Opssplit function: String Functionsdate utility, POSIX: Time Functionsdcgettext function (gawk): Programmer i18ndcgettext function (gawk): I18N Functionsdcgettext function (gawk), portability and: I18N Portabilitydcngettext function (gawk): Programmer i18ndcngettext function (gawk): I18N Functionsdcngettext function (gawk), portability and: I18N Portabilitydefault keyword: Switch Statementdelete statement: DeleteARGC/ARGV variables: ARGC and ARGVARGIND variable: Auto-setAWKPATH environment variable: AWKPATH VariableBEGIN/END patterns: I/O And BEGIN/ENDBINMODE variable: PC UsingBINMODE variable: User-modifiedclose function: Close Files And PipesERRNO variable: Auto-setFIELDWIDTHS variable: User-modifiedgetline command: GetlineIGNORECASE variable: User-modifiedLINT variable: User-modifiedmatch function: String Functionsnext/nextfile statements: Nextfile Statementprint/printf statements: Format ModifiersPROCINFO array: Auto-setRS/RT variables: RecordsRT variable: Auto-setsplit function: String Functionsstrtonum function (gawk): String FunctionsTEXTDOMAIN variable: User-modifieddo-while statement: Do Statementdo-while statement: Regexp Usage$): Regexp Operators$), $ field operator: Precedence$), $ field operator: Fields$), incrementing fields and arrays: Increment Ops"): Quoting"): Read Terminal"), regexp constants: Computed Regexpsdupnode internal function: Internalsdupword.awk program: Dupword Programegrep.awk program: Egrep Programbug-gawk@gnu.org: BugsEMISTERED: TCP/IP NetworkingEND pattern: BEGIN/ENDEND pattern, assert user-defined function and: Assert FunctionEND pattern, backslash continuation and: Egrep ProgramEND pattern, Boolean patterns and: Expression PatternsEND pattern, exit statement and: Exit StatementEND pattern, next/nextfile statements and: Next StatementEND pattern, next/nextfile statements and: I/O And BEGIN/ENDEND pattern, operators and: Using BEGIN/ENDEND pattern, pgawk program: ProfilingEND pattern, print statement and: I/O And BEGIN/ENDendfile user-defined function: Filetrans Functionendgrent function (C library): Group Functionsendgrent user-defined function: Group Functionsendpwent function (C library): Passwd Functionsendpwent user-defined function: Passwd FunctionsENVIRON variable: InternalsENVIRON variable: Auto-set=), = operator: Assignment Ops=), == operator: Precedence=), == operator: Comparison OperatorsERRNO variable: InternalsERRNO variable: Auto-setERRNO variable: GetlineERRNO variable and: Auto-setgsub/gensub/sub functions: Gory Details!), ! operator: Egrep Program!), ! operator: Precedence!), ! operator: Boolean Ops!), != operator: Precedence!), != operator: Comparison Operators!), !~ operator: Expression Patterns!), !~ operator: Precedence!), !~ operator: Comparison Operators!), !~ operator: Regexp Constants!), !~ operator: Computed Regexps!), !~ operator: Case-sensitivity!), !~ operator: Regexp Usageexit statement: Exit Statementexp function: Numeric Functionsextension function (gawk): Using Internal File Opsextract.awk program: Extract Programfflush function: I/O Functionsfflush function, unsupported: Options$: FieldsFIELDWIDTHS variable and: User-modifiedOFS: Changing FieldsFIELDWIDTHS variable: User-modifiedFIELDWIDTHS variable: Constant SizeFILENAME variable: Auto-setFILENAME variable: Reading FilesFILENAME variable, getline, setting with: Getline Notes.mo: Explaining gettext.mo, converting from .po: I18N Example.mo, specifying directory of: Programmer i18n.mo, specifying directory of: Explaining gettext.po: Translator i18n.po: Explaining gettext.po, converting to .mo: I18N Example/dev/... special files: Special FD/inet/ (gawk): TCP/IP Networking/p (gawk): Portal Filesawkprof.out: Profilingawkvars.out: OptionsARGIND variable and: Auto-setAWKNUM internal type: InternalsFNR variable: Auto-setFNR variable: RecordsFNR variable, changing: Auto-setfor statement: For Statementfor statement, in arrays: Scanning an Arrayforce_number internal function: Internalsforce_string internal function: Internalsprintf statement: Control Lettersstrftime function (gawk): Time Functions/): Regexp/), / operator: Precedence/), /= operator: Precedence/), /= operator: Assignment Ops/), /= operator, vs. /=.../ regexp constant: Assignment Ops/), patterns and: Expression Patternsfree_temp internal macro: InternalsFS variable: User-modifiedFS variable: Field SeparatorsFS variable, --field-separator option and: OptionsFS variable, as TAB character: OptionsFS variable, changing value of: Known BugsFS variable, changing value of: Field SeparatorsFS variable, running awk programs and: Cut ProgramFS variable, setting from command line: Command Line Field SeparatorFS, containing ‘^’: Regexp Field Splittingnextfile statement: Nextfile Functionnext/nextfile statements and: Nextfile Statementnext/nextfile statements and: Next Statementbreak statement in: Break Statementcontinue statement in: Continue Statementfflush function in: I/O FunctionsFIELDWIDTHS variable in: User-modifiedIGNORECASE variable in: User-modifiedLINT variable in: User-modifiednext file statement in: Nextfile Statementnextfile statement in: Nextfile Functionnextfile statement in: Nextfile Statementgensub function (gawk): String Functionsgensub function (gawk): Using Constant Regexpsgensub function (gawk), escape processing: Gory Detailsget_actual_argument internal function: Internalsget_argument internal function: Internalsget_array_argument internal macro: Internalsget_curfunc_arg_count internal function: Internalsget_record input method: Internalsget_scalar_argument internal macro: Internalsgetgrent function (C library): Group Functionsgetgrent user-defined function: Group Functionsgetgrgid function (C library): Group Functionsgetgrgid user-defined function: Group Functionsgetgrnam function (C library): Group Functionsgetgrnam user-defined function: Group Functionsgetgruser function (C library): Group Functionsgetgruser function, user-defined: Group Functionsgetline command: Reading Filesgetline command, _gr_init user-defined function: Group Functionsgetline command, _pw_init function: Passwd Functionsgetline command, coprocesses, using from: Close Files And Pipesgetline command, coprocesses, using from: Getline/Coprocessgetline command, deadlock and: Two-way I/Ogetline command, explicit input with: Getlinegetline command, FILENAME variable and: Getline Notesgetline command, return values: Getlinegetline command, variants: Getline Summarygetopt function (C library): Getopt Functiongetopt user-defined function: Getopt Functiongetpwent function (C library): Passwd Functionsgetpwent user-defined function: Passwd Functionsgetpwnam function (C library): Passwd Functionsgetpwnam user-defined function: Passwd Functionsgetpwuid function (C library): Passwd Functionsgetpwuid user-defined function: Passwd Functionsgetservbyname function (C library): TCP/IP Networkinggettext function (C library): Explaining gettextgettext library: Explaining gettextgettext library, locale categories: Explaining gettextgettimeofday user-defined function: Gettimeofday Functiongsub function: String Functionsgsub function: Using Constant Regexpsgsub function, arguments of: String Functionsgsub function, escape processing: Gory Detailshistsort.awk program: History SortingHUP signal: Profiling-), - operator: Precedence-), -- (decrement/increment) operators: Precedence-), -- operator: Increment Ops-), -= operator: Precedence-), -= operator: Assignment Ops-), filenames beginning with: Options-), in character lists: Character Listsid.awk program: Id Programif statement: If Statementif statement: Regexp Usageif statement, actions, changing: Rangesigawk.sh program: Igawk ProgramIGNORECASE variable: User-modifiedIGNORECASE variable: Case-sensitivityIGNORECASE variable, array sorting and: Array SortingIGNORECASE variable, array subscripts and: Array IntroIGNORECASE variable, in example programs: Library Functionsin operator: Id Programin operator: Precedencein operator: Comparison Operatorsin operator, arrays and: Scanning an Arrayin operator, arrays and: Reference to Elementsindex function: String FunctionsBEGIN and END: I/O And BEGIN/ENDint function: Numeric FunctionsINT signal (MS-DOS): Profilinginventory-shipped file: Sample Data FilesIOBUF internal structure: Internalsiop_alloc internal function: Internalsjoin user-defined function: Join Functionlabels.awk program: Labels ProgramLC_ALL locale category: Explaining gettextLC_COLLATE locale category: Explaining gettextLC_CTYPE locale category: Explaining gettextLC_MESSAGES locale category: Explaining gettextLC_MESSAGES locale category, bindtextdomain function (gawk): Programmer i18nLC_MONETARY locale category: Explaining gettextLC_NUMERIC locale category: Explaining gettextLC_RESPONSE locale category: Explaining gettextLC_TIME locale category: Explaining gettext<), < operator: Precedence<), < operator: Comparison Operators<), < operator (I/O): Getline/File<), <= operator: Precedence<), <= operator: Comparison Operatorslength function: String Functionsnextfile statement: Nextfile Functionprint statement: Print ExamplesLINT variable: User-modifiedlog function: Numeric Functionscontinue statements and: For Statementwhile statement: While Statementlshift function (gawk): Bitwise Functionsmake_builtin internal function: Internalsmake_number internal function: Internalsmake_string internal function: Internalsmatch function: String Functionsmatch function, RSTART/RLENGTH variables: String Functionsmktime function (gawk): Time Functionsnext file statement: POSIX/GNUnext file statement, deprecated: Obsoletenext file statement, in gawk: Nextfile Statementnext statement: Next Statementnext statement: Boolean Opsnext statement, BEGIN/END patterns and: I/O And BEGIN/ENDnext statement, user-defined functions and: Next Statementnextfile statement: Nextfile Statementnextfile statement, BEGIN/END patterns and: I/O And BEGIN/ENDnextfile statement, implementing: Nextfile Functionnextfile statement, in gawk: Nextfile Statementnextfile statement, next file statement and: Obsoletenextfile statement, user-defined functions and: Nextfile Statementnextfile user-defined function: Nextfile FunctionNF variable: Auto-setNF variable: FieldsNF variable, decrementing: Changing Fieldsnoassign.awk program: Ignoring AssignsNODE internal type: InternalsNR variable: Auto-setNR variable: RecordsNR variable, changing: Auto-set#), #! (executable scripts): Executable Scripts#), #! (executable scripts), portability issues with: Executable Scripts#), commenting: CommentsAWKNUM internal type: InternalsNODE internal type: InternalsOFMT variable: User-modifiedOFMT variable: ConversionOFMT variable: OFMTOFMT variable, POSIX awk and: OFMTOFS variable: User-modifiedOFS variable: Output SeparatorsOFS variable: Changing Fieldsor function (gawk): Bitwise Functionsord user-defined function: Ordinal FunctionsORS variable: User-modifiedORS variable: Output SeparatorsOFS variable: Changing FieldsORS variable: Output SeparatorsOFMT: OFMTparam_cnt internal variable: Internals(): Regexp Operators(), pgawk program: Profiling%), % operator: Precedence%), %= operator: Precedence%), %= operator: Assignment Ops.): Regexp Operatorsawkprof.out file: Profiling+): Regexp Operators+), + operator: Precedence+), ++ operator: Precedence+), ++ operator: Increment Ops+), += operator: Precedence+), += operator: Assignment Ops+), decrement/increment operators: Increment Ops#! (executable scripts): Executable Scripts** operator and: Arithmetic Ops**= operator and: Assignment OpsARGV variable: Executable Scriptsclose function and: Close Files And Pipesfflush function and: I/O Functionsgettext library and: Explaining gettextlength function: String Functionsnext statement in user-defined functions: Function CaveatsNF variable, decrementing: Changing Fieldssubstr function: String Functionsprintf statement: Printf Orderingprintf statement: Format Modifiersprintf statement, mixing with regular formats: Printf Ordering**= operator and: Assignment Ops< operator and: Getline/FileBEGIN/END patterns: I/O And BEGIN/ENDbreak statement and: Break Statementcontinue statement and: Continue StatementCONVFMT variable and: User-modifieddate utility and: Time FunctionsFS variable and: User-modifiedfunction keyword in: Definition Syntaxgsub/sub: Gory Detailslength: String Functionsnext/nextfile statements and: Next StatementOFMT variable and: ConversionOFMT variable and: OFMT.), using: Regexp Operatorsprintf format strings and: Format Modifiers| I/O operator and: Getline/Pipeprint statement: Printingprint statement, BEGIN/END patterns and: I/O And BEGIN/ENDprint statement, commas, omitting: Print Examplesprint statement, I/O operators in: Precedenceprint statement, line continuations and: Print Examplesprint statement, OFMT variable and: User-modifiedprint statement, See Also redirection, of output: Redirectionprint statement, sprintf function and: Round Functionprintf statement: Printfprintf statement: Printingprintf statement, columns, aligning: Print Examplesprintf statement, format-control characters: Control Lettersprintf statement, I/O operators in: Precedenceprintf statement, modifiers: Format Modifiersprintf statement, positional specifiers: Printf Orderingprintf statement, positional specifiers: Format Modifiersprintf statement, positional specifiers, mixing with regular formats: Printf Orderingprintf statement, See Also redirection, of output: Redirectionprintf statement, sprintf function and: Round Functionprintf statement, syntax of: Basic PrintfPROCINFO array: Group FunctionsPROCINFO array: Passwd FunctionsPROCINFO array: Auto-setPROCINFO array: Special CaveatsPROCINFO variable: Internals--non-decimal-data option: Nondecimal DataARGC/ARGV variables: Auto-setexit statement: Exit Statementnextfile statement: Nextfile Function?): GNU Regexp Operators?): Regexp Operators?), ?: operator: PrecedenceQUIT signal (MS-DOS): Profilingrand function: Numeric Functionsrand/srand functions: Numeric Functionsreadable.awk program: File Checking/=.../, /= operator and: Assignment Opsregister_deferred_variable internal function: Internalsregister_open_hook internal function: Internalsreturn statement, user-defined functions: Return Statementclose function: Close Files And Pipesrev user-defined function: Function Examplerewind user-defined function: Rewind Function>), > operator: Precedence>), > operator: Comparison Operators>), > operator (I/O): Redirection>), >= operator: Precedence>), >= operator: Comparison Operators>), >> operator (I/O): Precedence>), >> operator (I/O): RedirectionRLENGTH variable: Auto-setRLENGTH variable, match function and: String Functionsround user-defined function: Round FunctionRS variable: User-modifiedRS variable: RecordsRS variable, multiline records and: Multiple Linershift function (gawk): Bitwise FunctionsRSTART variable: Auto-setRSTART variable, match function and: String FunctionsRT variable: Auto-setRT variable: Multiple LineRT variable: Records;): Statements/Lines;), AWKPATH variable and: PC Using;), separating statements in actions: Statements;), separating statements in actions: Action OverviewFIELDWIDTHS variable and: User-modifiedset_value internal function: Internalsasort function: Array SortingFILENAME variable: Getline NotesHUP/SIGHUP: ProfilingINT/SIGINT (MS-DOS): ProfilingQUIT/SIGQUIT (MS-DOS): ProfilingUSR1/SIGUSR1: Profilingsin function: Numeric Functions'): Quoting'): Long'): One-shot'), vs. apostrophe: Comments'), with double quotes: Quotingsplit function: String Functionssplit function, array elements, deleting: Deletesplit utility: Split Programsplit.awk program: Split Programsprintf function: String Functionssprintf function: OFMTsprintf function, OFMT variable and: User-modifiedsprintf function, print/printf statements and: Round Functionsqrt function: Numeric Functions[]): Regexp Operatorssrand function: Numeric Functionsstat function, implementing in gawk: Sample Librarystlen internal variable: Internalsstptr internal variable: Internalsstrftime function (gawk): Time FunctionsNODE internal type: Internalsstrtonum function (gawk): String Functionsstrtonum function (gawk), --non-decimal-data option and: Nondecimal Datasub function: String Functionssub function: Using Constant Regexpssub function, arguments of: String Functionssub function, escape processing: Gory DetailsSUBSEP variable: User-modifiedSUBSEP variable, multidimensional arrays: Multi-dimensionalsubstr function: String Functionsswitch statement: Switch Statement/= operator vs. /=.../ regexp constant: Assignment Opssystem function: I/O Functionssystime function (gawk): Time Functionstee utility: Tee Programtee.awk program: Tee Programtestbits.awk program: Bitwise Functionstextdomain function (C library): Explaining gettextTEXTDOMAIN variable: Programmer i18nTEXTDOMAIN variable: User-modifiedTEXTDOMAIN variable, BEGIN pattern and: Programmer i18nTEXTDOMAIN variable, portability and: I18N Portability~), ~ operator: Expression Patterns~), ~ operator: Precedence~), ~ operator: Comparison Operators~), ~ operator: Regexp Constants~), ~ operator: Computed Regexps~), ~ operator: Case-sensitivity~), ~ operator: Regexp Usagetmp_number internal function: Internalstmp_string internal function: Internalstolower function: String Functionstoupper function: String Functionstranslate.awk program: Translate Program--non-decimal-data option: Options-F option: Known Bugs== operator: Comparison OperatorsFS not IFS: Field Separatorsprintf format strings: Format Modifiersfflush function: I/O Functionsgetline function: File Checkinggsub/sub functions: String Functionsmatch function: String Functionsprint statement, omitting commas: Print Examplessubstr function: String Functionssystem function: I/O Functionstype internal variable: Internals_), _ C macro: Explaining gettext_), in names of private variables: Library Names_), translatable string: Programmer i18nuniq.awk program: Uniq Programclose function and: Close Files And Pipesupdate_ERRNO internal function: Internalsupdate_ERRNO_saved internal function: InternalsUSR1 signal: Profiling-v option, setting with: Optionsgetline command into, using: Getline/Variable/Coprocessgetline command into, using: Getline/Variable/Pipegetline command into, using: Getline/Variable/Filegetline command into, using: Getline/Variable|): Regexp Operators|), | operator (I/O): Precedence|), | operator (I/O): Getline/Pipe|), |& I/O operator (I/O): Two-way I/O|), |& operator (I/O): Precedence|), |& operator (I/O): Getline/Coprocess|), |& operator (I/O), two-way communications: Portal Files|), || operator: Precedence|), || operator: Boolean Opsvname internal variable: Internalswc.awk program: Wc Programwhile statement: While Statementwhile statement: Regexp Usagewordfreq.awk program: Word Sortingxgettext utility: String Extractionxor function (gawk): Bitwise Functionszerofile.awk program: Empty Files{} (braces), actions and: Action Overview{} (braces), pgawk program: Profiling{} (braces), statements, grouping: Statements| (vertical bar): Regexp Operators| (vertical bar), | operator (I/O): Precedence| (vertical bar), | operator (I/O): Redirection| (vertical bar), | operator (I/O): Getline/Pipe| (vertical bar), |& operator (I/O): Two-way I/O| (vertical bar), |& operator (I/O): Precedence| (vertical bar), |& operator (I/O): Redirection| (vertical bar), |& operator (I/O): Getline/Coprocess| (vertical bar), |& operator (I/O), pipes, closing: Close Files And Pipes| (vertical bar), |& operator (I/O), two-way communications: Portal Files| (vertical bar), || operator: Precedence| (vertical bar), || operator: Boolean Ops~ (tilde), ~ operator: Expression Patterns~ (tilde), ~ operator: Precedence~ (tilde), ~ operator: Comparison Operators~ (tilde), ~ operator: Regexp Constants~ (tilde), ~ operator: Computed Regexps~ (tilde), ~ operator: Case-sensitivity[1] These commands are available on POSIX-compliant systems, as well as on traditional Unix-based systems. If you are using some other operating system, you still need to be familiar with the ideas of I/O redirection and pipes.
[2] Often, these systems use gawk for their awk implementation!
[3] All such differences appear in the index under the entry “differences in awk and gawk.”
[4] GNU stands for “GNU's not Unix.”
[5] The terminology “GNU/Linux” is explained in the Glossary.
[6] Although we generally recommend the use of single quotes around the program text, double quotes are needed here in order to put the single quote into the message.
[7] The ‘#!’ mechanism works on Linux systems, systems derived from the 4.4-Lite Berkeley Software Distribution, and most commercial Unix systems.
[8] The line beginning with ‘#!’ lists the full file name of an interpreter to run and an optional initial command-line argument to pass to that interpreter. The operating system then runs the interpreter with the given argument and the full argument list of the executed program. The first argument in the list is the full file name of the awk program. The rest of the argument list contains either options to awk, or data files, or both.
[9] In the C shell (csh), you need to type a semicolon and then a backslash at the end of the first line; see Statements/Lines, for an explanation. In a POSIX-compliant shell, such as the Bourne shell or bash, you can type the example as shown. If the command ‘echo $path’ produces an empty output line, you are most likely using a POSIX-compliant shell. Otherwise, you are probably using the C shell or a shell derived from it.
[10] On some very old systems, you may need to use ‘ls -lg’ to get this output.
[11] The ‘?’ and ‘:’ referred to here is the three-operand conditional expression described in Conditional Exp. Splitting lines after ‘?’ and ‘:’ is a minor gawk extension; if --posix is specified (see Options), then this extension is disabled.
[13] In other literature, you may see a character list referred to as either a character set, a character class, or a bracket expression.
[14] Use two backslashes if you're using a string constant with a regexp operator or function.
[15] Experienced C and C++ programmers will note that it is possible, using something like ‘IGNORECASE = 1 && /foObAr/ { ... }’ and ‘IGNORECASE = 0 || /foobar/ { ... }’. However, this is somewhat obscure and we don't recommend it.
[16] At least that we know about.
[17] In POSIX awk, newlines are not considered whitespace for separating fields.
[18] The sed utility is a “stream editor.” Its behavior is also defined by the POSIX standard.
[19] When FS is the null string ("")
or a regexp, this special feature of RS does not apply.
It does apply to the default field separator of a single space:
‘FS = " "’.
[20] Older versions of gawk would interpret these names internally only if the system did not actually have a /dev/fd directory or any of the other special files listed earlier. Usually this didn't make a difference, but sometimes it did; thus, it was decided to make gawk's behavior consistent on all systems and to have it always interpret the special file names itself.
[21] The technical terminology is rather morbid. The finished child is called a “zombie,” and cleaning up after it is referred to as “reaping.”
[22]
This is a full 16-bit value as returned by the wait
system call. See the system manual pages for information on
how to decode this value.
[23] The internal representation of all numbers, including integers, uses double-precision floating-point numbers. On most modern systems, these are in IEEE 754 standard format.
[24] Pathological cases can require up to 752 digits (!), but we doubt that you need to worry about this.
[25] It happens that gawk and mawk “get it right,” but you should not rely on this.
[26] The POSIX standard has been revised. The revised standard's rules for typing and comparison are the same as just described for gawk.
[27] This program has a bug; it prints lines starting with ‘END’. How would you fix it?
[28] The original version of awk used to keep reading and ignoring input until the end of the file was seen.
[29] In POSIX awk, newline does not count as whitespace.
[30] Some early implementations of Unix awk initialized
FILENAME to "-", even if there were data files to be
processed. This behavior was incorrect and should not be relied
upon in your programs.
[31] Thanks to Michael Brennan for pointing this out.
[32] The C version of rand
is known to produce fairly poor sequences of random numbers.
However, nothing requires that an awk implementation use the C
rand to implement the awk version of rand.
In fact, gawk uses the BSD random function, which is
considerably better than rand, to produce random numbers.
[33] Computer-generated random numbers really are not truly random. They are technically known as “pseudorandom.” This means that while the numbers in a sequence appear to be random, you can in fact generate the same sequence of random numbers over and over again.
[34] Unless you use the --non-decimal-data option, which isn't recommended. See Nondecimal Data, for more information.
[35] Note that this means
that the record will first be regenerated using the value of OFS if
any fields have been changed, and that the fields will be updated
after the substitution, even if the operation is a “no-op” such
as ‘sub(/^/, "")’.
[36] This is different from C and C++, in which the first character is number zero.
[37] This consequence was certainly unintended.
[38] A program is interactive if the standard output is connected to a terminal device.
[39] See Glossary, especially the entries “Epoch” and “UTC.”
[40] The GNU date utility can also do many of the things described here. Its use may be preferable for simple time-related operations in shell scripts.
[41] Occasionally there are minutes in a year with a leap second, which is why the seconds can go up to 60.
[42] As this
is a recent standard, not every system's strftime necessarily
supports all of the conversions listed here.
[43] If you don't understand any of this, don't worry about it; these facilities are meant to make it easier to “internationalize” programs. Other internationalization features are described in Internationalization.
[44] This is because ISO C leaves the
behavior of the C version of strftime undefined and gawk
uses the system's version of strftime if it's there.
Typically, the conversion specifier either does not appear in the
returned string or appears literally.
[45] This example shows that 0's come in on the left side. For gawk, this is always true, but in some languages, it's possible to have the left side fill with 1's. Caveat emptor.
[46] For some operating systems, the gawk
port doesn't support GNU gettext. This applies most notably to
the PC operating systems. As such, these features are not available
if you are using one of those operating systems. Sorry.
[47] Americans
use a comma every three decimal places and a period for the decimal
point, while many Europeans do exactly the opposite:
1,234.56 versus 1.234,56.
[48] Starting with gettext
version 0.11.5, the xgettext utility that comes with GNU
gettext can handle .awk files.
[49] This example is borrowed
from the GNU gettext manual.
[50] This is good fodder for an “Obfuscated awk” contest.
[51] Perhaps it would be better if it were called “Hippy.” Ah, well.
[52] This is very different from the same operator in the C shell, csh.
[53] Not recommended.
[54] Your version of gawk may use a different directory; it will depend upon how gawk was built and installed. The actual directory is the value of ‘$(datadir)’ generated when gawk was configured. You probably don't need to worry about this, though.
[55] The effects are
not identical. Output of the transformed
record will be in all lowercase, while IGNORECASE preserves the original
contents of the input record.
[56] While all the library routines could have been rewritten to use this convention, this was not done, in order to show how my own awk programming style has evolved and to provide some basis for this discussion.
[57] gawk's --dump-variables command-line option is useful for verifying this.
[58] http://mathworld.wolfram.com/CliffRandomNumberGenerator.html
[59] ASCII
has been extended in many countries to use the values from 128 to 255
for country-specific characters. If your system uses these extensions,
you can simplify _ord_init to simply loop from 0 to 255.
[60] It would be nice if awk had an assignment operator for concatenation. The lack of an explicit operator for concatenation makes string operations more difficult than they really need to be.
[61] This
function was written before gawk acquired the ability to
split strings into single characters using "" as the separator.
We have left it alone, since using substr is more portable.
[62] It is often the case that password information is stored in a network database.
[63] It also introduces a subtle bug; if a match happens, we output the translated line, not the original.
[64] wc can't just use the value of
FNR in endfile. If you examine
the code in
Filetrans Function,
you will see that
FNR has already been reset by the time
endfile is called.
[65] On some older System V systems, tr may require that the lists be written as range expressions enclosed in square brackets (‘[a-z]’) and quoted, to prevent the shell from attempting a file name expansion. This is not a feature.
[66] This program was written before gawk acquired the ability to split each character in a string into separate array elements.
[67] “Real world” is defined as “a program actually used to get something done.”
[68] Fully explaining the sh language is beyond the scope of this book. We provide some minimal explanations, but see a good shell programming book if you wish to understand things in more depth.
[69] On some very old versions of awk, the test ‘getline junk < t’ can loop forever if the file exists but is empty. Caveat emptor.
[71] http://www.cs.princeton.edu/~bwk
[72] http://www.opensolaris.org
[73] http://jawk.sourceforge.net
[74] This version is edited slightly for presentation. The complete version can be found in extension/filefuncs.c in the gawk distribution.
[75] Compiled programs are typically written in lower-level languages such as C, C++, Fortran, or Ada, and then translated, or compiled, into a form that the computer can execute directly.
[76] http://www.validlab.com/goldberg/paper.ps.
[77] Pathological cases can require up to 752 digits (!), but we doubt that you need to worry about this.
[78] You asked for it, you got it.